I N C L UD I N G

C LAIR VO YAN CE C LA IRA UD I E N C E

,

PRE MONITION A ND I MPR E SS ION S

C LAIR VO YANT P S Y C HO METRY
C LAIR VO YANT C RYS TAL GA ZIN G -

D I S TANT C LAIR VOYAN C E

PA S T C LA IR VOYAN C E
F UT URE C LAIR VO YAN CE
S EC ON D S I GHT
-

PR E VI S ION
C LAIR VOYANT D EVELOPMEN T
A S TRAL B O D Y TRA VE LLIN G
-

A S TRAL PLANE PH E NO ME NA
-

P S Y C HI C IN FL UE N CE— Pe s n a I an d D i s tan t
r o

PS Y C H I C A TTRA C TION
PS Y C HI C HEALIN G
TE L E PA TH Y
MIND R E A D IN G
-

THO UGH T TRAN S FEREN C E d cu m an

PS Y C HI C PH E NO ME NA
8 1 5 P A G ES . M O R O C C O , ST A M P E D G E N U I N E G O LD
PR ICE C LO T H P O ST P A I D

c A L E XA N D E R
.
,
 SY N O P SI S O F T HE L E SSO N S
LESS ON I
T H E AS T RA L S E N S E S
T h e k pti l p on who bel i ev es on l y th e e vi d enc e o f hi s enses
s e ca er s
“
s
T h e m wh o h m u ch to say b o t h ors e sense
a n as C o m m on S ens e a u
“ " “
.

v ersus U n m m on Senses T he o di n y fi v e senses are no t the on l y

.

co r ar
senses T h e o di n y sens e s are no t as i n fall ible as m any thi n k th e m
.

r ar
Illus i ons o f th e fiv e ph y s ic a l s e nses W h a t i s ba ck of th e or g ans f
. .

o
ph ys ic al sense A ll senses a n ev olu ti on o f th e sense o f feel i n g H o w
.

th e mi n d re c e iv es th e re p or t o f the senses T he R ea l K n w er be hi n d
. .

o
th senses W h a t the u n f ol di n g o f ne w senses m eans t o m an T he su p er
.

e
ph ys ic al sens e s T h e A s t ral S enses Man h as sev n ph ys ic al senses
. .

e
i ns tea d o f m erely fiv e Ea ch ph ys ic al sense h as it s as t ral sense co un t er
. . ,

p ar t W h a t th e as t a l senses are S ens i n g on th e as t ral p lane H o w

.

r
th e mi n d fun cti ons on th e as t ral p lane by m eans of th e as t ral senses
. . .

T he un fol d i n g o f th A t ral Se ns e s o p ens up a ne w w o rl d of e xp er i en c e

.
,

e s
t o m an
P a g e 13
.

LESS ON II
TE L E PAT H Y v s C LA I R V O YA N CE .

T h e t w o ex t ra p h ys ic al senses of m an T h e e x t ra s e nse o f th e “

p resen c e o f o th er l ivi n g thi n g s T h e t ele p a thic sens e How m

.

” “
an
m ay sense th e p resen c e o f o th er l ivi n g thi n g s a p ar t f ro m th e o p era ti on
. .

o f hi s or di nary fiv e ph ys ic al senses T hi s p o w er i s s t ron g ly d e v elo p e d

i n sav a ges an d barbar i ans bu t h as be c o m e a t o phi ed i n m os t civi l iz e d
.

r
m en by c on ti nue d di suse I t i s no w v es tig al i n civi l iz d m an bu t m ay ,

e
be d ev elo p e d by p ra ctic e A n im als h av e thi s ex t ra sense high ly d e v el
, . ,

p e d an d it p lays a v e y imp or t an t p ar t i n th e i r p ro t e cti on f ro m

.

O r
ene mies ; th e i r c a pt ure o f p rey t T h e s t ran g e a cti ons o f d o g s h orses
,

e c.
e tc ex p la i ne d H o w th e geese sa v e d R o m e b y reason of thi s sens A ll , ,

e
.

h un t ers h av e ex p eri en c e d e vid en c es o f th e ex i s t en c e of thi s sense on th

. . .
,

e
p ar t o f an im als T h e p h ys ic al tele p thic sense H o w it o p era t es In t er a
es ti n g i ns t n es o f it s p ossess ion by an im als an d sa v a g e t r i bes W om en
. . .

a c
p ossess it s t ron g ly T h e di s ti n ctio n be tw ee n thi f or m o f tho u g ht
.
,

s
t rans feren c e an d c la i rv oyan c e
.

P a g e 28 .

LESS ON I I I
TELE P AT HY E X P L A I N E D
W h a t tele p a th y m eans T h e m en t al p ro c ess b y which one k n o w s
“ “

a t a di s t an c e T h e sen d i n g an d r ivi n g o f w a v es an d c urren t s o f

.

"
e ce
th ou ght an d feel i n g T h ou ght vi bra ti ons an d h o w th ey are c ause d
.

T h e p art p laye d by th e c erebru m c erebellu m an d m d l l oblon g a t a

. , .

e u a
th e th ree bra i ns o f m an T h e p ar t p laye d by th e solar p lexus an d othe r , ,

g rea t ner v ous c en t res H o w tho u ght m essa g es are re c e iv e d H o w s t a t es

.

o f e m o ti onal ex cit e m en t are t rans mitte d t o o th ers T h e P i n al Glan d ;

. .

e
wh a t it i s an d wh a t it d oes T h imp or t an t p ar t it p lays i n t ele p a th y
.

e
an d th ou ght t rans feren c e Men t al a tm os ph eres P sy chic a tm os ph eres o f
.
,
-

au dien c es t o w ns h ouses s t o es e tc W h y you are no t a ff e ct e d b all

. .

r
th ou ght vi bra ti ons i n e q ual m easure an d s t ren th H ow th ou ght v b ra
, , .
, ,
g

ti ons are neu t al iz ed A fii i ti an d re p uls i ons h tw di fferen t tho u g ht

.
t
r n es e e en
vibra ti ons In t eres ti n g f t c on c ern i n g t e l e pa th y S c ie n tific exp lana
.

ac s
ti ons o f t ele p a th y
. .

LESS ON I V
S C IE NTI F IC TE L E PAT H Y
T he i mp or t a nt i n ve s tig a ti ons o f the S c ie t y fo r P s y ch ic a l R arc h o ese .
 True t ele p a th y a n d p seu d o t ele p a th y ; how th ey ar e d i s ting u i s hed b y-

s ci en ti s t s S t r ict t es t s imp ose d i n i nv es tig a ti ons T h e ce lebra t e d C y “

r ee r
Ex p erim en t s an d ho w th ey w ere c on d u ct e d T he elabora tio n o f th
. .

"
e
guess i n g g a m e Sev en t een c ar d s ch osen r i g ht i n s t ra i ht su c c ess i on
.
.
“ "

P re c au ti ons a g a i ns t f rau d or c ollus i on T w o h un d r ed an t en su cc ess e

. .
,

s
ou t o f a p oss i ble th ree h un d re d an d e ight y t w Sci en c e p ronoun c es
.

-
o.
th e resul t s as en ti rely beyon d th e law o f c o i n cid en c es an d m a th e m a tic al
p robab i l it y ; an d th a t th e ph eno m ena w ere g enu i ne an d real t ele p a th y
S ti ll m ore w on d erful t es t s Tele p a th y an i n c on tes t able real i t y A
.

p sy chic for c e t rans mitt i n g id eas an d th ou ght s In t eres ti n g c ases of

.
.
”

s p on t ane o us tele p a t h y s ci en tific ally p rov en Ex t ra ct s f ro m th e s cien ti fic

.

rec or d s C ol d s ci en tific re p or t s rea d l ik e a ro m an c e an d p rov beyon d

.
.
e

d oub t the rea l it y o f thi s g rea t fi el d 1! D h m

. ,

en o en a .
P a ge 53 0

LESS ON V
MI N D R EAD I N G A N D B E Y O N D -
,

W h a t M i n d R ea di n g i s T h e tw o p h ases of M i n d R ea di n g M i n d
“ -
”
-

R ea di n g with ph ys ic al c on t a ct ; an d with ou t ph ys ic al c on t a ct W h y th e
. .

s ci en tific i n v es tig a t ors m a k e th e di s ti n cti on W h y s ci en ce h as been o v er

.

c u ti ous ; an d h o w it falls s h or t o f th e full un d ers t an di n g of c on t ct

.

a a
M i n d R ea di n g H o w th e th ou ght w av es flo w alon g th e nerv es o f th e
- -

p roject or an d recipien t L ik e t ele g ra ph y o v er wi res as c o mp are d with

.

th e w ireless m e th o d H o w t o learn by a c tu al e x p er ien c e an d no t alone

. ,

by rea di n g boo k s H o w t o ex p er im en t f or yoursel f ; an d h o w t o ob t ai n

.
,

th e bes t resul t s i n M i n d R ea d i n g T h e w or ki g p r i n cip les o f M i n d R ea d

.

-
- n
i g s tated F ull di recti ons an d i ns t ru cti on giv en f or th e su cc ess ful p er
.

n
o f th e i n t res ti n g fea t s T hi s lesson i s r ally a l i tt le m anual o f
.

for m a n ce e e
p a ctic al i ns t ru cti on i n M i n d R e di n g an d the high er ph ases o f T hmouight
.

r - a
Trans feren c e T h e p erson c are fully s t u d y i n g an d a pp ly i n g th e p 1
,
r c 95
t au ght th ere i n s ho ul d be c o m e v ery p ro fi ci en t i n bo th p r iv a t e an d p l ic
.

u
m an ifes t a tio ns .

P a g e 74
LESS ON VI
C LAI R V OYAN T P SY C H O MET R Y
W h a t Cla i r vo yan c e really i s ; an d wh a t it i s n ot T he fa c ul t y of
a c q u i r i n g su p er nor m al k no w le dg e o f f a ct s an d h a pp en i n g a t a di s t an c e
-
.

or i n p as t or f u t ure tim e i n d e p en d en t o f th e or di nary senses an d i n d e ,

pe n d en t f t ele p athic rea di n g o f the mi n d s o f o th ers T h e di fferen t ki n d s

,
,
o
o f Ct lai rv oyan c e d es c r i be d W h a t i s P sy ch o m e t ry ? C la i r v oyan t en p
.

p or rela ti ons th e as t ral p lane with di s t an t p as t or fu ture h a pp en ra

.

on
i n g s an d e v en t s ; by m eans o f a c onne cti n g m a t er i al l i n k H o w t o ob t a i n , ,

th e p sy chic a ffi n it y or as t ral rela ti on t o o th er thi n g s by m eans o f a b it

.

o f s t one flo ck o f h a i r artic le o f w ear i n g a p p arel e tc In t eres ti n g i n

s t an chesm t i c lai i rv oyan t p sy ch o m e t ry H o w t o g o abou t th e w or k o f
, , .
,
o
H o w t o d e v elo p th e p o w er H o w t o s ec ure th e bes t
.

p y s c o e r z n
g
c on diti ons ; an d wh a t t o d o wh en you h a v e ob t a i ne d th e m P s y ch o m e t ry
.
.

d ev elo p s the o cc ul ti s t fo r s ti ll hi g h er c la i rv oyan t p ow ers

.

P a ge 90
.

L E S S ON VII
C LA I R V OYAN T C RYS TA L G AZ I N G -

T h e sec on d g rea t m e th o d o f se c u ri n g c la i rv oyan t en r n a 1 -

with th e as t ral p lane H o w th e c rys t al m a gic m i i gg g332 23 0

f oc us th e p sy chic ener g y o f th e c la i rv oyan t p erson T h e c r ys t al ser v es

-
.
, r ror e 3

th e p ur p ose oi f a p sy chic mc ros c o p e or t eles c o p e H o w c rys t als t en d t o

i
.

bec o m e p olar z e d t o th e v i bra ti ons o f th e i r o w ner W h y c rys t als s h oul d .

be p res rv e d for th e p ersonal use of th ei r o w ners T h e use o f c rys t als

e
.

or o th er form s o f s h i n i n g object s by di fferen t pe p les i n an ci en t an d

.
.

e
m o d ern tim es H ow th ey are e mp loye d i n A us t ral i a N e w Z ealan d Fij i ,

Islan d s S ou th Am er ic a e tc by th e p r imi tiv e t ri bes Var i ous b ti

.
, .

p
.

f or th e c rys t al F ull di re cti ons f or C rys t al Ga zi n g C o m le t su s

, .

t t
u es
i e n
an d w arni n g s A ll s t a g es d es c r i be d f ro m the fi rs t m i l k y
.
.

t ti
s ru
c on s “

mi s t t o th e c learly d e fi ne d p sy chic p h o t g ra ph T h e A s t ral Tub

.
,
”
o
an d th e p ar t it p la y s i n C y s t al G a zi n g A c o m p le t l itt l e te xt b ook of
e,
.

r
th e s ubject .
. e -

P a g e 1 05
 LESS ON VIII
CL A I R V OYAN T R EVE R IE
T he hig he r fo r m s of C la i r vo yanc e an d h o w the y m ay b cul tiv a t d e e
a n d a c q u ire d Tran c e c on diti ons n ot essen ti al to high s t C l ai rvo y a n c ,

e e,
al th ou gh o ft en c onne ct ed th erewith In C la i rv oyan t R ev e i e the c lai r
.

r
vo yan t d oes no t bec o m e un c ons ci ous ; bu t m erely s h u t s ou t th o u t
.
,
“ ”
e
s id e w orl d f s ight s an d soun d s Shiftin g th e c ons ci ousness f r om the
o
p h ys ic al p lane t o the as t ral C la i r v oyan t R ev eri e m ay b saf ly an d
.

e e
l y i n d u c e d by m en t al c on c en t ra tio n alon e A r tifici al m e thod
.

'
e fi ti ec ve s
d an g erous an d n ot a dvi se d by bes t au th or ities A bnorm al co n ditio ns
.

no t d es i rable T h one p o i n t e d mi n d T h e C la i r v oyan t d ay d r a m

.
,
“ ” “ "
e e
or b o w n s t u d y F alse p sy chic d ev elo pm en t U of h y p n oti c
. .

“ ” “ ”
r se
d ru g s s t ron g ly c on d e m ne d Scien tific p sy ch olo gic al meth o d s s t a t d an d
. .

e
t au ght T h e la w s o f a tt en ti on an d c on c en t ra ti on of th e mi n d H w
.

o
C la i rv oyan ce d evel o p s by this meth o d T he t r e oc c ul t i n s t ruc ti n g iv n
. .

u o e
full y
.

P a g e 120
LESS ON IX
S I M P L E C L A I R V OYAN CE
W h at the Cla i rvo y an t senses i n Simp le C la i rvo yan ce P erc ep tion
of th e Aura an d A ur ic E m ana ti ons o f o th ers ; P sy chic V i bra tio ns ; A s t ral
.

C olors ; T h ou ght C u rren t s Wa v es an d V i bra tio ns et c are fea tu re o f

,

s
S imp le C la i r v oyan c e T h e beau tif ul k ale id os c o pi c s p c t a c le o f th e Au ric , , .
,

e
ch an g es T he P rana Aura an d it s a pp earan c es T he Men t al an d E mo
.

l A ura an d it s m any i n teres ti n g ph ases P erc e p ti on of A s t ra l

. , .

ti on a
T h ou ght F or m s Oth er A s t ral P h eno m ena T h e A s t ral W o rl d an d i t
, .

-
s
Myr i a d Man ifes t a ti ons St ran g e as p e t s o f A s t ra l V i s i on i n g S e i n g ,
. .

“
c e
th r u gh a B r ick w all T h e X R ay V i s i on R ea di n g f ro m c los e d b ook s
. .

"
o - -

seale d env elo p es e tc an d h o w it i s e xp la i nable S ee i n g i n t o the d th .

. .

e e
o f the ear th an d th e occ ul t ex p lanati on th ereof T h e Law s an d P r i
, .

nc
p les o f thi s Ex t ra o r d i nary P ow er Ma g n if y i n g an d Dimi n i s hin g C la i r
.
,

v oyan t V i s io n A w o n de r ful fi el d for ex p er im en t o p ene d o u t fo r t h

.

e
t u d en t
.

s
P a g e 136
.

LESS ON X
C LA I R V O YAN C E OF D I S TA N T S CE N E S
T he c h ara ct er i s tic s o f Sp a c e C la i r v oyan c e T h e A s t ral S i o f D i ee n s
t an t S c enes ; an d th rou gh i n t erv en i n g o bject s R e m ar k abl s t n c e
.

e a s
o f thi s p o w er w ell au th en tic a te d an d es t abl i s h e d In t eres ti n g an d
.

i ns t ru ctiv e hi s to r ic al c ases re c or d e d an d ex p la i ne d Tes tim ony o f th

, .

e
So ci e t y for P sy chic al R esear ch c on c ern i n g thi s ph ase o f C l a i r vo y an ce
.

T h e i n t eres ti n g c ase o f W T St ea d th e c elebra te d En g l i s h w r it er who

.

w en t d ow n on th e T it an ic T he imp or t an t tes tim ny o f Swe d enbor g

. .
, ,
“
o
th e e mi nen t rel igio us t ea ch er Oth er w ell au th en tic a ted c as e s h a pp en i g
.
,
-
n
t o well k now n p ersons T h e e vid en c e c olle ct e d by th e So c i e t y fo r
.

P sy chic al R esear ch In t eres ti n g Ger m an c ase W hy s o m any c as o f

.

es
thi s ki n d h a pp en wh en th e p erson i s o n hi s d ea th be d o r ser io usl y i l l
. .

W h y su ch ex p er i en es oft en oc c ur i n d rea m s Ac t ual a p p earan c of

.
,
“ ”
c e
p ersons a t a di s t an c e an d h o w ex p la i ne d I mp or t an t an d i n t er s ti g
.

e n
fac t s r ec it ed i n co n nectio n w ith thi s p h ase o f Cl i rvo y a nc e
.
,

a
P ag e 15 1
.

LESS ON XI
C L AI R V O YAN CE OF T H E PA S T
T he c l ai vo yan t p erc e ption o f th e fa ct s e v en t s an d happ eni n g of
r
p as t tim e T h ere i s n o di fferen c e i n th e na ture o f thi s s t ran g e h m s
,

en o
enon wh e th er th e p as t tim e be bu t fiv e mi nu t es or else fi v e t
.

d ou s a n
years H o w i s it p oss i ble t o see a thi n g th a t n o lon g er ex i s t s ? T h
,
“ ”
e
jus t h o w of thi s s t ran ge h a pp en i n g N o thi n g c oul d be p er c e iv e d i f i t
.

“ ”

h a d a ct ually di sa p p eare d f r om ex i s t en c e B u t no thi n g en ti rely di sa pp e r

.

a s
i n fi a ct O n th e as t ral p lane are rec or d e d all thi n g s e v en t s an d h a
.

g s i n ce th e be gi nn i n g o f the p resen t w orl d c y c le T h e Ak as h c

.
,
“

fi d ; or th e A s t ral L ight ; c ons tit u t e th e g rea t r ec or d bo k s o f

en n s -
.
” “ ”
eco r s o
the p as t T h e c la i rvo yan t g ai n i n g a cc ess to th ese m a y r ea d th pa t
. e s
lik e a bo ok A nal ogi es i n p h ys ic al s ci en ce In t er s ti n g s cie n ti fic f cts e a
W ha t as t r o no m y t ea ch es on th e subj ec t H o w th e r ec or d s of the pa t
. . .

s
s t ored H o w th ey are rea d by th e c la i rv o y an t A fas ci na ti n g b
.

a re su

j ect l l y p res e n t e d an d ex pla i nea

.
.

c ea r
P a g e 1 07
.

LESS ON x i 1
C LA I R V OYA N C E O F T H E F U TU R E
Th e c lai rvo yan t pow er m an ifes t i n l l fo r m s o f p e rc eptio n o f f ac t a s.
h a pp en in g s an d e v en t s o f f u ture tim e Ex p lana tion of P ro p h ec y P re
i s i on F ore t ell i n g Sec on d S ight e tc T h ese p o w ers no t su p erna t ural
.
,
-
v
b t ar e m erely th e d e v elo pm en t of th e c la i r v oyan t f a c ul ti es H o w m ay
.
, . ,

u
a thi n g be seen yea s before it really ex i s t s Nothi n g c oul d b e seen
.

“
r
unless it ex i s te d i n so m e f or m a t leas t p o t en ti a l an d la t en t K ee n p e r
.
.

of th e sub c ons ci ous fa c ul ti es Sub c ons ci ous reason i n g f r om c ause , .

ce pt i on
t o e ffe ct C o mi n g e v en t s c as t th e i r s h a d o w s before F a t e v s F ree W i ll
.

T ime i s bu t a rela tiv e m o d e o f re g ar di n g thi n g s E v en t s m ay i n

. . . .

“ “

so m e sense ex i s t al w ays bo th p as t an d fu t ure T im e l ik e a m ovi n g

.
,
”

pict ur e reel c on t a i n i n g th e fu t ure s c ene a t th e p resen t m o m en t tho u gh

.
, ,

ou t o f s ight A nalo g y o f d rea m tim e A n Absolu t e C ons ci ousness i

,
-
,

n
which p s t p resen t an d fu t ure ex i s t as a s in g le p er c e pti on A l i m p
. .

a se
o f a t rans c en d en t al t ru th H o w to a c q u i re th e fa c ul t y of u t ur e
.
,

C la i rv oyan c e
.

P a ge 1 82
.

LESS ON X I I I
S E C O N D S IG H T P R EVI S I O N ETC -
, , .

Many p ersons i n all tim es i n all lan d s h av e p oss e ss e d the ift

o f l o o kin g i n t o th e fu t ure N o t a su p ers titi on bu t a s ci en tific f a ct g
,

he , ,

i nv es tig a ti ons of th e s cien tific bo dies T h e S o ci e t y f or P sy chic al R

. .
,

e
search an d it s re p or t s on thi s ph ase o f C la i r v oyan c In teres ti n g c as e
.

e
t ol d b y a lea di n g T h eoso phi s t Tra g e d y an d F uneral fo reseen by C lai r
.
,

v oyan t P re vi s i on or S e c on d S ight Hi s t or ic al i ns t an c es Geor g e F x

.

-
o
th e ! ua k er an d hi s S e o n d Sight T h e p ro ph ec y of th e D ea th of C aesar
.
, .
,

c -

B i bl ic al i ns t an c es T h e c elebra t ed c ase of C tt which h as bec o me a

. .
,

a zo e,
m a tt er o f hi s t ory H o w C tt f ore t ol d th e c o mi n g of th e F ren ch
.

a zo e
R ev olu ti on i n c lu di n g th e f a t e o f e mi nen t p ersona ges p resen t a t th e
.

tim e o f th e p ro ph ec y A s t ar t l i n g o cc urren c e we ll w or th y o f c are f l

,

u
s tu d y T h e hi s t or ic al case o f th e assassi na ti on o f S p en c er P e r c e v al
. ,

C h an e l lor o f th e Ex ch e q uer Oth er w ell au th en tic a te d c ases S y m b o l ic

. .

c -

vi s io ns Ir i s h an d S c o tc h c ases
.

. .

LESS ON XIV
A S T RA L B OD Y T RAVE L I N G -

A t ra l vi s i on i n g i n C la i r vo yan c e an d vi s i on i n g b y m e a ns o f th
s
A s t ral B o dy T h e d i ff eren c be tw een th e tw o ph ases o f c la i rv o y an t
, e
e
ph en om ena T he ch ara ct er i s tic s o f A s t ral Bod y t ra v l i n g H o w one
.

-
e
t rav el i n g i n th e A s t ral B o d y m a y see all ar o un d him i ns t ea d o f
. .
“ ”

m erely g a zi n g a t an as t ral pict ur e L imit a tio ns o f A s t ral B o d y vi s io n ,

-

W h a t th e A s t ral B o d y really i s ; an d wh a t it i s l ik e H o w it di s
.

i g n -

en g a ges it elf f ro m the ph ys ic al b d y an d t rav els i n s p a c e Man y p er

. .

s o
sons t rav el i th e as t ral d ur i n g or di nary slee p Occ ul t t ea chin g s , .

“ ”
h
re g ar di n g A s t ral B o d y t rav el i n g H o w d y i n g p ersons o ft en t ra v el i n th
.

-
e
as t ral bo d y be f ore d ea th Many i n t eres ti n g c ases cit e d all w ell
.

th
- -
au en
t d by s ci en ti fic i n v es tig a ti on S o ci e t y fo r P sy chic al R ese r ch s r ec
, .
,

ti ca e a
’

or d s an d re p or t s on su ch c ases D an gers o f un i ns t ru ct d p ers o ns g oi n g

.

e
o u t on th e as t ral ex c e pt i d ream s t a te Fo ls rus h i n wh ere an els
.

“
n o
ar etcot t r ea d A tim ly wa r i n g A m o s t i m p o r t an t a n d i n t ere g
f ubj
. .
"
e . e n .

s
P a g e 2 12
.

LESS ON XV
S T RAN G E AS T RA L P H E N O ME NA
Add iti onal ph as e s o f A s t ral P h en om ena P rojecti on o f T ho u ght
F or m s So m ethi n g be tw een or d i nary C la i vo yan c e an d A s t ral B o dy
.

r -

p ercepti on W h a t a T h ou ght F or m i s H o w it i s c rea t ed W h a t it doe s

.

W h ere it g oes H ow a p or ti on o f one s co ns c i o usness i p roj ec te d i a

.
. . .
’
.
s n
Thou ght F or m U s i n g a T h ou ght Fo r m as a t o u t po s t o r o b e r a tion
- - -
s v
p o i n t H o w thi n g s a pp ear wh en vi e w e d f ro m a T h ou ght F or m A w on
. ,
-

d f l ph ase o f o cc ul t p h eno m ena Adv an ta g es an d di sa dv an t a g es of

.
.

er u
thi s f or m o f c la i rv oyan t vi s i on i n g H i n d u P sy chic Ma gic an d how it i s
.

p er f o m ed R e m ar k able i llusory e ffe ct s p d d b y Hi n d u Ma gi ci ans

. ,

r ro u ce
A ll i s ex p la i ne d w h en th e p r i n cip le o f th e c r a t i o n an d p roje ct i on o f
.
.
.

e
T h ou ght Fo rm s i s un d ers to o d W h y th e Hi n d u s ex c el i n thi s ph ase o f
o c c ul ti s m A n i n t eres ti n g d es c ri p ti on o f Hi n d u Ma g i c f ea t s T h e p o w er
- .

of c on en t ra t e d vi sual iz a ti on T h e p h eno m ena o f Levit a ti on or the

.
.

“ ”
c
movi g o f ar tic les a t a di s t an c e T h e o cc ul t ex p lana ti on o f thi s ph e
. ,

n
N a t u ra l ex p lana tio n f or c lle d su p er na t ural
.
“
m o cc i c s
gg g gfzi
-
no en on . so -
a

LESS ON X VI
P SY C H IC IN F LUE N CE ITS LAW S AN D PR I N CI P L E S :
T he la w s an d p r i n cip les un d erly i n g th e p o w er of o ne mi n d to i n
flu e n ce an d a ffe ct ano th er mi n d More th an or di nary t ele p a th y T h e
i n d u ctiv e p o w er o f m en t al vi bra ti ons E v ery thi n g i s i n vi bra ti on Men tal
. .

vi bra ti ons m u c h high er i n th e s c ale th an are ph ys ic al vi bra ti ons

. .

a re
W h a t i n d u cti on i s H o w a m en t al s t a t e or an em o ti onal f eel i n g t en d s
.

“ ”

t o i d u c e a s im i lar s t a t e i n ano th er mi n d Many i ns t an c es c ite d T h e

. , ,

n
t d e g rees o f vi bra t ory i nfluen c e an d wh a t c auses th e di fferen c e
. .

d i fif
‘
eren
T h e c on t a gi ous e ffe ct o f a s t ron g feel i n g W h y a s t ron g d es i re h as a
.
,
“ ”

d yna mic e ff ect i n c er t a in c ases T h e p o w er of vi sual iz a ti on i P sy chic

.

n
Influen c e T h e Att ra c tiv e P o w er of T h ou ght T h e effe ct o f Men tal C on
.

c en t a tio n Foc us i n g your F or c es H ol di n g th e mi n d t o a s t a t e o f one

. .
“
r
p o i n t ed ness W h y th e o cc ul ti s t c on t rols hi s im a gi na ti on S u gg es ti ons
. .

as to p ra ctic e an d rules o f d ev elo pm en t A fe w eas i ly m as t ered p r i n

. .

pl es wh h g iv e y o u the k y to the w ho l e of thi w o n de rf ul subj ec t

. .
' ‘

c1 1c s
P a g e 243
e .

LESS ON XVII
P E RSO NAL P SY C H I C I N F L U E N CE O V E R O T H E RS
P s y chic Influen ce exer t e d o v er o th ers wh en i n th ei r p r e s e n ce Dif
t d e g rees o f t i nfluen ce P os ess i on o f thi s p o we r by A lexan d er , .

fer en he s
th e Grea t N a p ole B ona p ar te ! ul i us C aesar an d o th er g rea t lea d ers
.

on
o f m en T h e ab i l it y to i nfluen c e o th ers i s a sure s ig n of th e p ossess i on
, , ,

o f thi s p sy chic p o w er T he T h ree U n d erly i n g P r i n ci p les of P sy chi c I

.

n
T h e imp or t n ce of s t ron g d es i re t o i nfluen c e an d exer t p o w er
.

flu e n ce . a
T h e i m p or t an c e of c lear p os itiv e m en t al pict u res o f wh a t e ffect y ou wi s h .

t o p ro d u c e T h e imp ort an c e o f th e fi r m c on c en t ra ti on o f your mi n d on

,

th e subje ct T he c rea ti on of a p os itiv e p sy chic a t m os phe r e T h e P os i

.

tiv e P sy chic A ura How t o p r o ject your P sy chic P ow er T he P sy c hic

. .

S t ru gg l be tw een two p ersons H o w t o h an d le yoursel f in su ch c on

. .

e
fli t o f P sy chic P o w er H o w to N eu t ral iz e th e P sy chic P o w er o f o th ers
.

c s
an d th us di sar m th e m T h e Occ ul t S hi el d o f D ef en c e Valuable di r
. .

ce
ti ons r eg ar di n g p ra ctic e an d d e velo pm en t o f P sy chic P o w e r Sci en tifi c
. .

E xe rc i s e s f o r Deve l o p men t I m p o r t an t R ules o f P ra c tic e

.

P a g e 25 7
. .

LESS ON XVI I I
P SY C HI C INF L U E N CE A T A D I S TAN C E
P sy c hi c Influen ce ov er oth ers m an i fes t e d wh en th ey ar e d i s t an t f ro m
th e p erson exer ti n g the i nfluen c e Di s t an c e no o bs t a c le P sy chic In ,

d u cti on a t Lon g R an e H o w to c rea t e th e en ra pp or t c on diti on with th e

. .

o th er p erson H o w g p ro t ect your e l f a g ai ns t su ch i nfluen c e a t a di s

-
.

0 s
t an c e T h e P sy c hic A r m or P sy ch o m e t r ic Me th o d of p r od u ci n g Di s
.

tan t En R a p p or t C on diti on To p ro c ee d wh en th e e n ra pp or t c on dition

. .

i s sec u re d T h e s ci en tific ex p lana ti on o f th e ol d ta l e s ab u t s o rc ery

.

o
w itchc ra ft su p er na t ural i nfluen c e e tc T h e e ff e ct o f fear an d bel i e f
.
.
-

o n the mi n d o f th e o th er p erson T h e e ffe ct o f D en i al T h e s ec re t o f

, , .
, ,

m any s t ran g e c ases m a d e p la i n S o m e t y pic al cases T h e Mas t er K y

. .

- e
which unlo ck s the d oors o f m any Mys t er i es Lo w f or m s o f Occ ul ti s m
. .

an d h o w th ey m ay be d e fea t e d D an g erous Tea hi n g s in so m e q uar t ers

.
,
c
Warn i n g s a g a i ns t th e i r u se T h e A s t ral Tube ; h o w it i s e r e t e d u sed
.
.

c
an d e mp l o ye d A imp le p la in exp lana tio n o f a pu zz l i n g occu l t m a ni
.
.
s
t es ta tio n S e lf P r otec tio n
.
,
. -

P a g e 273
.
 LESS ON XIX
LAW S OF P SY C H IC A TT RA CT I ON
H o w p sy chi c vi bra tio ns t en d to a tt ra ct to thei r cr a to r oth er p e r e
s o ns vi bra ti n g alon g th e sa m e l i nes ; an d thi n g s h a vi n g a rela ti on to th e
thi n g s th ou ght o f H ar m ony an d In h ar m ony i n the P sy chic Worl d T h e
La w o f P sy chic Att ra cti on T h e La w o f P sy chic R e p uls i on A n i m
. .

p or t an t ph ase o f A s t ral P h eno m ena T h e Law w or k s tw o w ays I t

. .

d raw s oth er p ersons an d thi n g s t o you ; an d y o u to oth er p ersons an d

. .

thi n g s H o w th e m en o f b ig bus i ness o p era t e u n d er thi s La w o f “ ”

Att ra cti on H o w s ch e mi n g ex p lo it ers o f th e p ubl i c a ct ually t rea t th e

.
“

p ubl i c by p sy chic m eans T h e v ar i ous for m s o f p sy chic i nfluen ce e m

.

p loye d by p ersons o f thi s ki n d T h e La w o f Att ra cti on an d h o w it

.

w or k s ou t i n B us i ness L ife T h e s ci en ti fi c f ac t s be hi n d th e ou tw ar d
. ,

a pp e ran c e o f thi n g s Ins t an c es an d exa mp les o f th e w or ki n g ou t o f

.

a
th ese la w s an d p r i n c i p les T h e La w o f P sy c hic Att ra ction i s as c on
s t an t an d i n v ar i able as th e g r a t La w o f Gravit a ti on o r Ma g ne tic A tt
.

e rac
ti on T h e C R ela ti on o f T h ou ght s an d T hi n g H o w w e m a y c rea t e o ur ,

o- s.
o w n en vi r o n m en t by P sy chic Influen c e
.

P a ge 2 88 .

LESS ON XX
P SY C H IC AN D M A G N ETI C H E A L I N G
T h P sy c hi c P r i n cip les un d erly i n g th e many f or m s of p sy chic o r
e
m en t al h l i n g Many theo r i es—
ea t o f p r i cip les P sy chic H eal i g o ne se n n
as ol d as th e ra c e T h e B as ic P r i cip le o f P sy c h i c H eal i n g T h e
. .

n s
P h ys i olo gic al P r i n cip les i n v ol v e d H o w th A s t r l B o d y i s us d i n
. .

e a e
P sy chic H eali n g H u m an Ma g ne ti s m an d wh a t it re l ly i s A ll abou t
.

a
P rana T h e Lay i n g o f H a d s i H eal i n g ; an d wh a t i s ba ck o f it ,
. .

-
ou n n
Wh a t h a p p ens i n Ma g ne tic H e li n g T h e S e re t o f A bs e n t H eal i n g
. .

a c
Sp a c e n o barr i er i n P sy c hic H al i n g T h e H u m an Aura an d P sy ch ic
. .

e
H eal i n g T h e Se c re t o f Su g g es tiv e T h era p eu tic s T h e e ffe ct of th e
.

ffi m a ti ons o f th e h ealers How th e H eal i n g Cul t s ob t a i n g oo d

. .

“ ”
a r re
S el f H eali n g by P sy c hi c P ow er A bsen t H eal i n g by P sy chi c
.

su lt s. -

P o w er H o w t o t ea t o th ers by Absen t Trea tm en t Valuable I t

.
“
r n s r uc
ti ons an d P ra ctic al Me th o d s of P sy chic H eal i n g T he wh ole subje ct
. .

co n
d an d m a d e p la i n so th a t it m ay be a pp li e d by any p erson o f a v er
.

d en se
a g e i n t ell ig en c e N o f an ciful th or ies ; o nl y p la in p rac tic al fa ct s fo r
, .

e
a ctu al a pp l ic a tion
.
,

P ag e 304
.
 I NTRO D U C TI O N .

In preparing thi s serie s of l e s son s for stud ent s

of We st ern land s I have b een comp ell ed to pro
,

ce e d al ong lin e s exactly o pp o sit e to th o se which

I would hav e ch o sen had the se l e sson s been fo r
student s i n I ndia Th i s becau se of th e di am etric
.

ally oppo sit e m ental attitud e s of th e stud ent s of

th e se two several land s .

Th e stud ent i n India expect s th e t each er t o

stat e po sitively th e principl e s involved and th e ,

meth od s wh ereby th e se principle s may b e mani

fe s t e d togeth er with fre quent illu strati on s ( ge n
,

e r a l l y i n th e nature of fab le s or parabl e s ) serv ,

ing to l ink th e n ew knowl edge to som e already

known th ing Th e H ind u stud ent n ever expect s
.

“ ”
or demand s anyth in g in th e nature of pro of
o f th e t each er s statement s o f principl e o r m eth
o d ; i n fact,
h e would regard it a s a n in sult t o
th e teach er t o a sk for th e same C on sequently .
,

h e do e s n ot l ook for or a s k specifi c in stanc e s o r

, ,

i llu st r ation s i n th e nature o f scientific evidenc e

o r pro of of th e principle s taugh t H e may a s k .

for m ore information but solely for th e purpo se

,

of bringin g out som e point which h e h a s n ot

gra sped ; b ut h e avo i d s a s a pe stilence any que s
t i on seeming t o indicate argum ent d oub t o f ,

wh at i s b eing taught h im or o f th e nature o f a

,

d emand for pro of or evidenc e .

Th e We stern student on the oth er h an d i s

, ,

a ccu stomed to maintaining th e skeptical attitud e

o f m i nd— th e sci entific attitud e o f doubt and de
m and for pro o f— an d th e t each er so un d er stand s
10 I N T ROD U C TI O N

it . B oth a r e a cc u stome d t o i ll u strat i on s br i n g

i n g out th e pr i nciple s involved but th ese i llu stra ,

t i on s mu st not b e fanciful or figu r a t i v e th ey —

mu st b e actual ca se s w ell auth ent i ca t ed a nd
,

v ouch ed for a s evidence I n sh ort th e We stern

.
,
“
teach er i s expected t o actually pro ve to h i s
student s h i s principl e s and m eth o d s b efore h e ,

m ay expect th em to b e acce p ted Th i s o f course .

, ,

n o t fr o m a n y real d oubt o r s u sp i c i on o f th e verac

i ty o r ab i l i ty o f th e t each er but merely b ecau se
,

th e We st ern m i nd expect s to que stion an d b e ,

q u e st i oned in th i s way i n th e p roce s s o f teach i n g

,

and l earnin g .

C on sequently i n th i s s e r i e s o f l e s son s I h a v e
, ,

s ought to follow th e We st ern m eth o d rath er th an

th e H indu S o far a s i s po s sible I h av e avoide d
.
,

th e flat po sitive statement o f pr i nc i p l e s an d m eth

od s and have sought t o prove each s tep o f th e
,

teach i n g Of cour se I have b een com pell ed t o

.
,

a s sum e th e exi stence o f certa i n fundam ental

pr i nci p l e s i n order t o a v oid lon g a n d t ech nical
,

m etaphys i cal an d ph i lo soph i cal d i scu s sion s I .

h a ve al so had to content myself with th e po sit iv e

flat a s sert i on o f the exi sten c e o f th e A stral P lan e ,

A ka s hi c R ecord s P rana etc wh i ch a re funda

, , .
,

m en t al po stulate s o i H i ndu p h ilo soph y and o c

—
cu l t science for th ese are e stabl i sh ed sol ely b y
th e experience o f th o se who are abl e t o funct i on
on th e h igh er pl ane s th em selve s B ut beyond .
,

th i s I h a v e sought t o prove by di rect a nd po s i t iv e

ev i dence ( adapted t o th e We stern m i n d ) e v e r y
step of my teach i ng a n d m eth od s .

I n o ffe r i ng th i s s ci ent ifi c p r oo f I h a v e p ur ,
 I NT R O D U C TI ON 11

po s e l y om itt e d ( exce p t i n a few i n stance s ) a ll

m ent i on of o c cult or p sych ic phenom ena occur
r i n g i n In d i a a n d have confin ed mysel f t o i n
,

s t ance s occurring i n We stern land s t o We stern

p erson s M oreover I hav e avo ide d q uot i ng and
.
,

c iting H in du auth or i tie s a n d hav e in stea d , , ,

q uote d a n d cited from auth oritie s well known

and re spected i n We stern land s such a s th e So ,

ci e t y for P sych i cal Re sear c h and th e p ro mi n ent ,

sc i enti st s i ntere ste d i n th e wor k o f th e sa i d s o

ci e t y I n th i s way I h ave sough t t o f urn i sh th e
.

We ste r n stu d ent w i th exa m ple s ca ses and illu s , ,

t r a ti o n s fa m il i ar to h i m an d ea sily referred to , .

H a d I cited Indian ca se s I m ight b e accu sed of ,

off ering proof that coul d n ot b e ea sily v erifi ed ;

an d quo t i n g person s unkn own t o m y read er s .

T h ere i s a wealth of such ca se s a n d illu stration s

i n In d i a na t urally b ut th e s e a s a rul e are trad i
, ,

t i o n a l a n d n o t a v a i labl e i n p r i nted for m ; a n d

th e se woul d not l i k ely b e ve r y s a ti s factory t o th e
We stern stu d ent .

I m u st h owever po s itiv ely and fi r m l y s t a t e

, ,

t hat wh il e th e se ca se s an d illu stration s th e se ,

q u otat i on s and citat i on s are purely We st ern th e , ,

princ i pl e s th ey i llu strate and pro v e are among

th e ol d e s t k n own to H i n d u o ccult sc i enc e and
ph i lo sophy I n fact hav i ng b een a ccepted a s
.
,

p r oven t r ut h i n In dia f or centuri e s pa st th ere

, ,

i s very l i ttl e d eman d for furth er proof th ereo f

on th e p a r t of t h e Hi n d u s I n t h e We st ern world .
,

h owe v er t h e se th i ngs a r e co mp arat i vel y n ew

, ,

an d m u s t b e pro v ed an d att e sted a c cord i n g ly .

So a s I h a v e s a id I h a v e c u t t h e c l o th o f my i n
, ,
12 I NT ROD U C TI O N

struct i on to conform w i th th e p atte r n f a vo r ed f o r

th e We stern garm ent o f k nowl e d ge S o far a s .

th e illu stration s an d ca se s th e quotat i on s a n d

,

citat i on s are concern ed— th e se are pure l y We st

ern a n d fa miliar t o th e stud ent B ut wh en i t .
,

c om e s to th e pr i nc i pl e s t h em sel v e s t h i s i s a n
,

oth er matter— I m u st b e pardone d for stating

that th e se are th e outgrowth of H ind u th ough t
an d inve st i gat i on and th a t h e w h o w oul d d i s
,

cover th e i r roo ts m u st di g aroun d th e tree of th e

Wi sdom o f th e Ea st wh ich ha s sto od th e storm s
,

and w i nd s o f th ou sand s o f years B ut th e .

b ranch e s o f th i s m i ghty tree are wi de s p reading -

,

and th ere i s room for many We stern stu d ent s to

re st in it s sh ad e an d sh elter .

I n th e se l e s son s I h ave referre d o c c a s i onally t o

“
m y two l i ttl e book s entitl ed ,
Th e A stral
” “
Worl d an d Th e H uman A ura re spectively
, , .

To th o se wh o ar e interested i n th e se subj ect s I ,

r ecomm en d th e se littl e boo k s ; t h ey ar e sol d at a

n om i nal pr i ce an d contain m uch th at will b e
,

h elpful t o th e stud e n t o f Hi ndu O c cul t S c i ence .

Th ey are n ot required h owever to com pl et e th e

, ,

under stan ding o f th e subj e c t s treated u pon i n

th e se l e s son s and ar e m ent i on e d an d r e co m
,

m en ded m erely a s s u ppl em entary r eadin g f or th e

“
student wh o w i sh e s t o take l i ttl e s i d e excur
”
s i on s away fro m th e m a i n tr i p co v ered i n th e s e
l esson s .

I tru s t t h at m y s tu d en t s w i ll fin d t h e pl e as
ur e an d sa ti s fa c t i on i n stu d y i ng t h e s e l e s s on s
th a t I h a v e i n w r iti n g th e m .

May 1916
, .
SW A M I P A N C H A D A SI .
 L E SS O N I .

T HE AST RAL S EN SES .

Th e s t u d ent o f occult i sm u sually i s q u i te fa m il

iar w i th th e cra s s individual wh o a ssum e s th e
ch eap skeptical att i tud e t oward o ccult m atter s ,

wh ich att i tud e h e expre s se s i n h i s w oul d —be

“ ” “
smart remar k that h e b elieve s only i n wh at
”
h i s s en se s perce i ve . H e seem s to t h i n k t h at h i s
ch eap w i t ha s fi nall y di sp o se d of th e matter th e ,

i mpl i cat i on be i ng th at th e o ccult i st i s a cred

“
ulo us , ea sy per son wh o b elieve s i n th e ex i st
ence o f th i ngs contrary to th e ev i d ence o f th e
sen se s .

Wh i le th e op i n i on o r v i ew s of per son s o f th i s
cla s s are o f course b eneath th e seriou s concern
, ,

of a n y tru e stud ent o f occulti sm n everth el e s s th e

,

m ental attitud e o f such per son s ar e worthy o f our

pas sing con s i deration ina smuch a s i t serve s to
,

g i ve u s an o bj ect le s son regarding th e ch i ldlike

‘‘ ”
att i tud e o f th e average s o call ed pract i cal per
-

son s regard in g t h e matter o f th e evid en ce o f th e

sen se s .

Th e se s o called practical person s ha v e m uch

-

to say regarding th e i r sen se s Th ey are fond of

.

“
speakin g of th e ev i d ence o f my sen se s Th ey
.

al so hav e much t o say about th e po s se s s i on of

“ ” “
goo d sen se o n th ei r part ; of h av i n g sound
”
common sen se ; and o ften th ey mak e th e s t range
“ ”
b oa st that they h ave h or se sen se seeming to ,

con sider th i s a great po s se s sion A la s for th e

.
,

pretens ion s of th i s cla ss o f p er son s Th ey a r e .

14 C LAI R V OYAN C E

u su ally foun d q uit e credulou s regar di n g m a t te rs

b eyond t h eir everyday fi eld of work an d th ought ,

and accept without questi on th e m o st r i d i c u lou s

t e a ch ings and dogma s reaching th em from th e
voice of som e claim ed author i ty whil e th ey sn eer ,

at som e advanced teach i n g w hi ch th eir m ind s are

incapabl e of compreh ending A nything wh i ch .

“ ”
seem s unu sual to th em i s deemed fli ght y and ,
“
lacking in appeal t o th eir much p rized h or se
sen se .

B ut it i s not my intention t o spen d t i m e i n

,

di scu s sing th e se in significant half penny int el -

l ect s I have m erely a lluded t o th em i n ord er to

.

bring to your mind th e fact that t o many p er son s

“ “ ”
the i dea o f sen se an d that o f sen se s i s very
’

clo sely allied They con sid er all kn owledge and

.

”
wi sd om a s sen se ; an d all such s en s e a s bein g
d erived directly from th eir ordinary five sen se s .

Th ey i gnore alm o st compl etel y th e intuitional

pha se s of th e mind and are unaware of many of
,

th e h igh er proce sse s of rea sonin g .

Such per son s accept a s un doubted anyth ing

th at th eir sen se s report to th em Th ey con sider .

it h ere sy t o que stion a rep ort o f th e s en se s O n e .

o f th eir favorite remark s i s that it alm o st make s

”
m e doubt my sen se s Th ey fail to perceive that
.

th eir sen se s at th e b e st are v ery imp erfect i n

, ,

s t r u m e n t s and that th e m ind i s con stantly em

,

ployed i n correcting th e m i staken report o f th e

ordinary five sen se s .

N ot t o speak o f th e common ph enomenon of

c ol or blindne ss i n wh ich on e color seem s to b e
-
,

anoth er our sen se s are far from be i ng exact We

, .
 T H E A ST RA L SEN SE S 15

m ay b y su gg e s ti o n b e m a d e t o im a g i n e t h a t we
,

s m ell or ta ste certa i n th i ngs wh i ch d o not ex i st ,

and hypnotic subj ect s m ay b e cau se d to see

things that ha v e n o ex i stence sav e i n th e i m a g
i n a t i o n of th e per son Th e familiar exper i m ent
.

of th e person cro s sin g hi s fir st two fin ger s an d ,

placin g th em on a small obj ect such a s a pea or ,

“ ”
th e to p o f a l ea d —p encil sh ow s u s h ow mixed
,

th e sen se o f feeling b ecom e s at tim e s Th e many .

familiar i n stance s o f optical d elu sion s sh ow u s

that even o ur sharp eye s m ay d eceive u s— every
conj uror knows how ea sy it i s t o d eceive th e eye
by sugge stion and fal se m ovem ent s .

P erhap s th e m o st familiar exam pl e o f m i s

taken sen se report s i s that of th e m ovem ent o f
-

th e earth Th e sen se s of every person report to

.

h i m that th e earth i s a fixed imm ovabl e b ody , ,

an d t hat th e sun m oon plan et s an d star s m ov e

, , ,

around th e earth every twenty four h our s It i s -

.

onl y wh en on e acc ept s th e rep ort s o f th e rea son

i n g faculties that h e k n ow s that th e earth not
,

only wh irl s around on it s axi s every twenty four -

h ours b ut that it circl e s around th e s u n every

,

three hundred and sixty fiv e days ; and th at even -

th e s u n it sel f carrying with it the earth an d th e

,

oth e r planet s really move s along i n space m ov

, ,

ing toward o r around som e unknown point far

di stant from i t I f th ere i s any one particular
.

report o f th e sen se s wh ich woul d seem t o b e be

yond doubt or que stion it certainly would b e th i s
,

el em entary sen se report of th e fix e dn e s s o f th e

earth b en eath our feet and th e movem ent s of th e
,

h eavenly bod i e s around i t an d yet we kn ow that -

thi s i s m erely an illu sion and that th e fact s of ,

16 C LAI RVO YA N C E

th e ca se are t otally di ff erent A gain h ow few .

,

person s really r ealize that th e eye perceive s

th ings u p sid e down and th a t th e m in d only
- -
,

gradually acquire s th e tric k o f a d j u st i ng th e i m

pre s sion ?
I am not trying to make any o f you d oubt th e
r eport o f h i s or h er five sen se s That woul d b e .

m o st fooli sh for al l of u s mu st n eed s d epen d upon

,

th e se five sen se s in our everyday affairs and ,

woul d soon com e t o gri ef were we t o n eglect

th ei r report s In stead I am trying t o acquaint
.
,

you with th e real nature of th e se fiv e sen se s th at ,

you m ay real ize what th ey ar e n ot a s W ell a s ,

what th ey are ; an d al so th at you may r eal ize

that th ere i s n o ab surdity in b el ieving th at th ere
are m ore channel s of informati on o pen t o th e
ego or soul of th e per son than th e se much u sed
, ,

five sen ses Wh en you once get a correct sei en

.

t ific conception of th e real nature of th e five ord i

nary sen se s you will b e able t o intell igently
,

gra sp th e natur e of th e h igh er p sych ic facultie s

o r sen se s and thu s b e b etter fitted to u se th em
,
.

S o let u s tak e a few m om ent s tim e i n order t o

,

get th i s fundam ental knowl edge well fixed in our

m ind s .

Wh at are th e fiv e sen se s anyway Your first ,

.

“
a n swer will b e : Fe eling seeing h earing ta st , , ,
”
ing sm ellin g
, B ut that i s m erely a recital of
.

“ ”
th e d i ff erent form s of sen sing What i s a se n se .
,

wh en you get righ t d own t o it ? Well you will ,

find that th e dictionary tell s u s that a sen se i s a

faculty po s se s sed by animal s of perc eiving ex
, ,

t ernal obj ect s by m ean s o f im pre s sion s made

18 C L AI RVO YA N C E

p oorly d evel oped Th e el ementary life form

.

”
f eel s th e touch o f i t s fo od or o f oth er obj ec t s ,

wh ich m ay touch i t Th e plant s al so h a v e som e.

th ing a k in to th i s sen se which i n some c a se s , ,

l ik e that of th e S en s i t i ve P lant f or i n stan c e i s , ,

q uit e w ell d evelope d Long b efore th e sen se o f .

sight or th e sen sit i v en e s s to l ight app eared i n

,

animal life we find evidence s of ta ste an d som e

, ,

th in g l ik e rudim entary h ear i ng or sen s i tiven e s s

t o sound s Sm el l gr a dually d evel oped from th e
.

s en se of ta ste w i th wh ich even now i t i s cl o sel y

,

connected In som e form s o f lower animal l i fe th e

'
.

s e n s e o f s m e l l i s much m ore h ighly d evelope d

'

than i n m an k ind H earing evolved i n due tim e

.

from th e rudim entary feeling of v i brat i on s .

Sight th e h i ghe st o f th e sen se s cam e la st a n d

, , ,

wa s a n e v olution o f th e el em entary sen sit iv en es s

to li g ht .

B ut you s ee all th e se sen s e s are but m o difica

, ,

tion s of th e or i gi nal sen se of feeling o r touch .

Th e eye record s th e touch or feel ing o f th e light

wave s wh ich stri k e upon it Th e ear r ecord s th e .

touch or feel i ng of th e soun d wave s or v i brat i on s -

of th e a i r wh ich reach it Th e ton gu e an d oth er

, .

seat s o f ta st e record th e ch emi c a l t ouch o f th e

part i cl e s of food ; o r oth er sub stance s coming i n ,

contact w i th th e ta st e b ud s Th e n o se record s -
.

th e ch emical touch of th e ga se s or fin e particl e s

of material wh ich t ouch i t s mucou s m embran e .

Th e sen sory nerve s r ecord th e pre senc e o f outer

-

o bj e c t s comin g in contact with th e n erve end s in

v ari ou s part s of th e sk i n of th e b od y Y o u see .
 TH E ASTRA L SEN SES 19

tha t all of th e se sen se s m e r ely r eco r d th e c ont a ct

“ ”
or touch of out sid e obj ect s .

B ut th e sen se organ s the m s e l v e s do n ot d o

, ,
.

th e kn o wi ng o f th e pre sence o f th e obj ect s They .

are but p i ece s of delicat e apparatu s serv i ng t o

record or t o receive pr i mary im pre s sion s from
out sid e Wond erful a s th ey are th ey have th eir
.
,

counterpart s i n th e work s of man a s for i n stance ,

th e cam era or artificial eye ; th e ph onograph o r

, ,

artificial ear ; th e del i cate chemical apparatu s or ,

artifi cial ta ster an d smell er ; th e telegraph or ,

artifi cial nerve s N o t only th i s but th er e are a l

.
,

ways to be found n erve t el egraph wire s convey

ing th e m es sage s of th e eye th e ear th e no se , , ,

th e tongue to th e brain— telling th e som eth ing

,

in th e b rain of what ha s been felt at th e oth er end

of th e lin e S ever th e nerv e s leading to th e eye
.
,

and th ough th e eye will continue t o regi ster p er

fe ctl y still n o m e s sage will reach th e brain A nd
,
.

render th e brain uncon sciou s a n d n o m e ssage ,

w ill reach i t from th e n erve s conn ecting with

eye ear no se tongue or surface o f th e b ody
, , , ,

There i s much mor e to th e receivin g of sen se

me s sages than you would th ink at first you see , .

N ow al l thi s m ean s that th e ego o r soul o r , ,

—
min d i f you prefer th e t erm i s th e real Kn ower
,

wh o become s aware of th e out sid e world by

mean s of th e m e s sage s of th e sen se s C u t o ff .

from th ese m e s sage s th e m in d woul d b e alm o st a

b lank so far a s out sid e obj ect s are c oncern ed
,
.

E very o n e of th e sen se s so cut o ff woul d m ean a

dimini shin g o r cutting o ff of a part of th e world
-

of th e ego A nd l ikewi se each n ew sen se add ed

.
, ,
20 C L A I R VO Y A N C E

t o th e l i st t end s to wi d en an d in c rea se th e worl d

o f th e ego We d o n ot real i z e th i s a s a rul e I n
. , .

s tead we are i n th e hab it o f thinking that th e

,

w orl d con si st s of j u st so many th ings and fact s ,

an d th at we know every po s sibl e o n e of th em .

Th i s i s th e rea son i ng of a child Think h ow v ery

.

m uch small er t han th e worl d o f th e average per

son i s th e worl d o i th e per son born b lind or th e ,

per son born d eaf ! Likewi se th ink h ow very much

,

greater and wid er an d m ore wond erful th i s

,

world of our s would seem were each o f u s to fin d

our selve s sudd enly endowed with a n ew sen se !
H ow much m ore we woul d p erceive H ow much .

m ore we woul d feel H ow much more we woul d

.

know H ow m uch m ore w e would have to tal k

.

a bout Why we ar e really i n about th e sam e po si

.
,

tion a s th e poor girl b orn b lind wh o sai d that sh e

, ,

t h ought that th e col or of scarlet mu st b e som e

th ing like th e sound o i a trum pet P o or thing .
,

sh e c oul d form no conception of col or n ever hav ,

—
ing seen a ray of l igh t sh e could think and spea k
onl y i n th e term s of touch sound ta ste an d sm ell
, , .

Ha d sh e al so been d eaf she woul d h av e b een

,

robb ed o f a still great er share of h er worl d .

Th i nk over th e se th ings a littl e .

Suppo se o n th e contrary tha t we had a n ew

, ,

sen se which woul d enabl e u s to sen se th e wave s

of el ectr i city I n that ca s e we woul d b e abl e to
.

“ ”
feel wh at wa s goin g on at anoth er place— p er
hap s on th e oth er si d e of th e world or m ayb e o n , ,

o n e of th e oth er plan et s Or suppo se that we

.
,

h ad a n X Ray sen se— w e could then see through

a ston e w all in sid e th e room s of a h ou se
, I f our .
 T HE AST RAL SEN SE S 21

vi sion were i m pro v ed by th e a dd it i on of a t el e

scopic a dj u stm ent we coul d see what i s going
,

on i n Mar s and could send an d recei v e communi

,

cation s with th o se living there O r i f with a .

,

m icro sco pic adj u stm ent we coul d s ee all th e

,

secret s of a drop o f water— mayb e it i s well that

we cannot do thi s O n th e oth er hand if w e had
.
,

a well d eveloped tele path ic sen se w e woul d be

-
,

awar e o f th e th ought wave s of oth er s t o such a n

-

ext ent that th er e woul d b e n o secret s l eft h idd en

—
to anyone wouldn t that alter l i fe an d h u m an
’

intercour s e a great d eal ? Th e se th i ngs w ould

r eally be n o more wonderful than i s th e e v olut i on
of th e sen se s we have We can d o so m e o f th e se
.

th ings by a pparatu s d esigned by th e b r a i n o f

man — an d man really i s but a n i m it a to r a n d
adapto r o f N ature P erhap s o n so m e oth er
.
,

world or planet th er e may b e be i ngs ha v in g

seven nin e or fi fteen sen se s i n stead o f th e poor
, ,

littl e fiv e known to u s Wh o k no w s ! .

B ut it i s n o t nece ssary t o ex erci s e th e i m a gina

tion in th e direction o f picturing b eings o n oth er
planet s endowed with m ore sen se s th an h ave th e
p eo pl e of earth Whil e a s th e occult teach ings
.
,

po sitively stat e th ere are b eings o n oth er planet s

,

wh o se sen se s are a s much high er than th e earth

man s a s th e latter s are h igh er than th o se o f th e
’ ’

oyster still we d o not h ave to go so far t o find

,

i n stance s of th e p o s se s sion o f much high er an d

m ore activ e facultie s than th o se e m ployed by t h e
ordinary m a n We h ave but to con si d er th e
.

high er p sych ical facultie s of man r i ght h ere an d ,

now i n ord er t o see what n e w world s are open t o

,
22 C LAI RVOYAN C E

him Wh en you reach a sci entifi c und erstanding

.

of the se things you will see that th er e really i s

,

n oth in g at all sup ernatural ab out much of th e

great body of wonderful experi ence s of men i n al l
“ ”
time s wh ich th e h or se sen s e m a n sneeringly
“ ” “
di smi s se s a s q u eer an d contrary t o sen se .

Yo u will see t hat th e s e ex p erienc e s ar e quit e a s

natura l a s are tho se i n which th e ordinary five
—
s en se s are em p l oyed though th ey are super
physical Th er e i s th e gr eat e st d i fference be
.

tween supernatural a nd super —physi cal you m u st ,

real iz e .

A ll occult i st s k n ow t hat m a n ha s oth er sen se s

than th e o rdinary five alth ough b ut few m e n
,

hav e d evelop ed t h em su ffi c i ently well to u se th em

e ffectively Th e s e super phys i cal sen se s are
.
-

known to th e occu l ti st s a s th e a stral sen se s .

“ ”
Th e t erm A stral u sed so frequently by all o c
,

culti st s ancient an d m od ern i s d er i ved from th e

, ,
“ “ ”
Greek word a stra m ean i n g star , I t i s u sed
.

to ind i cate t h o se plane s of b eing imm ediately

ab ove th e phys i cal plan e Th e a stral sen ses are
.

really th e coun t erpart s o f th e physical sen se s of

man an d ar e connect ed w i th th e a stral bo dy of
,

th e person j us t a s th e p hys i cal sen se s ar e co n

n e ct e d w i t h t h e phys i cal bo dy Th e o ffice of
.

th ese a stra l sen se s i s t o enabl e th e p er son to r e

ce i v e i m pre s s i on s o n th e a stral plan e j u st a s h i s ,

phys i cal sen se s enabl e him t o receive im pre s s i on s

o n th e physical plan e O n th e phys i cal plan e t h e
.

mind of man rece i ve s only th e sen se im pre s sion s

o f th e physical organ s of sen se ; but wh en th e
mind function s and vibrate s on th e a stral plane i t ,
 T H E AST RA L SE N SES 23

r e q u i re s a stral sen se s i n or d er t o rece i ve th e i m

p r e s s 1 on s of that plan e and th e se a s we shal l see
, , ,

a re pre sent .

Each on e of th e physical sen se s o f man ha s it s

.

as tral counterpart Thu s man ha s i n latency

.
, ,

th e power o f seeing feel in g t a sting sm elling

, , , ,

and h ear i n g o n th e a stral plan e by m ean s of h i s

, ,

five a stral sen se s M ore than t h i s t h e b e st o c

.
,

culti st s kn ow that m a n r eally ha s seven physical

sen se s in stead of but fiv e th ough th e se two ad di
,

t i o n a l sen se s are n ot unfold ed in th e ca se of th e

average per son ( th ough o ccult i st s wh o h ave
reach ed a certain stage are abl e to u se th em
effectively ) . Even th e se two extra physical
sen se s have th eir counterpart s on th e a stral
plane .

P er son s wh o have d evel op e d th e u se of th eir

a stral sen se s ar e abl e to receive th e sen se i m
pre s sion s of th e a stral plan e j u st a s cl early a s
they rec e i ve th o se of th e physical plane by m ean s
of th e physical sen se s For in stance th e p er son
.
,

i s thu s ab l e to perceive thin gs occurrin g on th e

a stral plan e ; to read th e A ka s hi c R ecord s o f th e
pa st ; t o p erceive things th at are h appening in
other part s of th e worl d ; to see pa st hap penings
a s wel l ; a n d i n ca se s of peculiar d evelopment to ,

catch gl imp se s of th e future though th i s i s far

,

rarer than th e oth er form s of a stral sight .

Aga i n by m ean s o f cla i raudience th e p er son

, ,

may h ear th e things o f th e a stral world pa st a s ,

wel l a s pre sent and i n rare ca se s th e future

, , .

Th e explanation i s th e sam e in each ca se m erely —

th e receiv i ng of vi brat i on s o n th e a stral plan e i n
24 C LAI RVO Y A N C E

stead o f o n t h e phy s i c a l plane I n t h e sa m e way

.
,

th e a stral sen se s o f smellin g ta st i ng a nd feelin g

, ,

operate . B ut t h ou g h w e h a v e o cca sional i n

stance s o i a stral feel i ng i n certa i n ph a se s o f
,

p sych ic ph enomena we ha v e practically n o mani

,

fe s t a t i o n of a stral sm ell i ng or ta stin g alth ough ,

th e a stral sen s e s are th ere ready for u se I t i s .

only i n in stance s of travell i ng i n th e a stral body

that th e la st two m entioned a stral s en se s viz , .
,

smell and ta ste are m anife ste d

,
.

Th e ph enom ena o f tel epathy or th ough t tran s ,

ference occurs o n b oth th e physical and th e m en

,

tal p lan e O n th e physical plane it i s m ore o r l es s

.

spontan eou s a n d erratic i n manife stat i on ; wh ile

on th e a stral plan e i t i s a s cl ear rel i abl e a n d r e ,

s po n s i v e t o d emand a s i s a stral sight etc , .

Th e ordinary per son ha s but occa sional fla sh e s

of a stral sen sing and a s a rul e i s not abl e to ex
,

pe r i e n ce th e ph enom enon at will Th e trained .

occulti st on th e contrary i s abl e t o shift from

, ,

o n e s et of s en se s to t h e oth er by a sim pl e act,

o r e ff ort of w i ll wh en ever h e m ay w i sh t o d o so
, .

Advanced occult i st s are o ften abl e t o function o n

both physical an d a stral plan e s a t th e sam e ti m e ,

th ou gh th ey d o n ot often d e s i re t o d o so To .

v i sion a s t rally th e tra i n ed occult i st m erely sh i ft s

,

h i s sen sory m echan i s m f ro m phys i cal t o a stral ,

o r v ice v ersa j u st a s t h e t yp ewr i ter o p erator

,

sh i ft s fro m th e small l etter type t o th e capital s

-
,

by simply touch i ng th e sh ift k ey of h i s m achin e

-
.

Many p er son s su pp o se that i t i s n ece s sary t o

travel on th e a stral plan e i n th e a stral b ody i n
, ,

order t o u se th e a stral sen se s Th i s i s a mi sta k e

. .
26 C LAI R VO YA N C E

cho m e t r y i s m erely on e f or m o f a s t ral s ee i ng ;

ju st a s i s c rystal g az i ng .

I n wh at i s k nown a s Tel ek i n e s i s or m o v e m ent ,

at a d i stance th ere i s foun d th e em pl oym ent of

,

both a stral sen s i ng and a stral wi l l act i on a cco m

,

pa n i e d in many ca se s by actual proj ec ti on o f a

p ortion of th e sub stan c e o f th e a stral bo d y .

I n th e ca se of C la i rvoyance we h a v e a n i n ,

stance o f th e simpl est form o f a stral s ee i ng w i th ,

“ ”
out th e n ece s sity o i th e a s soc i ate d obj ect o f
p sych om etry o r th e f ocal poin t o f t h e c r ystal i n
,

c rystal gazing .

Th i s i s true not only o f th e ord i nary f orm of

clairvoyance i n wh i ch th e o ccult i st see s a strally
,

th e happ enings and d o i ngs at som e di stant po i nt ,

at th e m om ent o f ob servation ; i t i s al so true of

what i s k n own a s pa st clairvoyan ce o r a stral see ,

ing of pa st event s ; an d in th e see i n g of future

event s a s i n pro ph etic v i sion etc Th e se are all
, ,
.

sim ply d i fferent form s o f on e an d th e sam e th i n g .

Surely som e o f you may say Th e se th i ngs

, ,

are supernatural far ab ove th e realm o f natural

,

law— and yet th i s m a n woul d h a v e u s b eli eve

oth erw i se So ftly so ftly dear r eader d o not
.
, , ,

ju m p at con clu si on s so readily What d o you .

kn ow ab out th e l im i t s of natural law a n d p h e

mom ena ? What right h av e you t o a ssert that all
b eyon d your cu stomary range of sen se e x pe r i
ence i s out si d e o f N ature ? D o you n ot real iz e
that you ar e attem pt i ng t o plac e a l i m i t u p on
Nature wh ich i n reality i s i llimitabl e ?
,

Th e man of a generat i on b ac k o f th e p r e s en t
one w oul d h a v e b een e q ually j u s t ifi ed i n as se r t
 T HE AST RAL SEN SES 27

i n g t hat th e m arvel s of wi rele s s tel egrap h y wer e

supernatural ha d he been t ol d of th e po s s i bili t y
,

of th e i r man i festation Going ba c k a littl e fu r

.

th er th e fath er of that man would have sa i d th e

,

s a m e th i n g regardin g th e tel eph one had anyon e ,

been so b ol d a s to h a ve pro ph e s i ed i t Going b ac k .

st i ll another gen eration imagin e th e O pini on of

,

som e o f th e old m en of that tim e regarding th e

tel e g raph A n d yet th e se th i ngs are sim ply th e
.

’
di scovery a n d applicat i on o f c erta i n of Nature s
w onderful power s a n d forces .

I s i t any m ore unrea sona bl e to sup po se that

Nature ha s still a m in e of un di scovered trea sure
i n th e m in d a n d con stituti on o f man a s well a s in ,

i nor g anic nature ? N 0 fri end s th e se things ar e

, ,

a s natural a s th e physical sen se s an d n ot a wh i t ,

more o f a m iracl e It i s only that we are accu s

.

t o m e d to on e and n o t to th e oth er that m a k es

, ,

th e a stra l sen se s seem m or e wonderful than th e

phys i cal Nature s workings are al l wond erful
.
’

non e m ore so than th e oth er A ll a r e b eyon d our

.

ab so lut e c oncept i on wh en we get do w n t o th eir

,

real e s sen c e S o l e t u s k eep a n o p en m i n d !

.
 L ESS O N I I .

T ELE PATH Y vs. C L A I RVO YA N C E .

In th i s work I shal l u se th e term cl a i r v o y

“ ”
ance in it s broad sen se of a stral percepti on a s ,

d i stingui sh ed from p erception by m ean s of th e

phys i cal sen se s A s w e proceed you w ill see th e
.
,

gen eral a n d special m eanings of th e term so ,

th ere i s n o n ece s sity for a sp ec i al d efin i tion o r

illu stration of th e term at th i s tim e .

B y tel epathy I m ean th e s ending and r e ce i v

,

ing of th ought m e s sage s and m ental and emo ,

t i o n a l stat es con sc i ou sly or uncon sc i ou sly by

, ,

m ean s of wh at m ay b e call ed th e sixth sen se of

th e physical plan e Th ere i s o f cour se a form o f
.
, ,

thought tran sference on the a stral plan e but th i s ,

I includ e und er th e gen eral t erm of clairvoyance ,

for rea son s which wil l b e explained later o n .

You will rem ember that i n th e preceding cha p

t er I tol d yo u that i n addit i on to th e fi v e ord i nary
ph ysical sen se s of m an th ere were al s o t w o oth er
phy sical sen se s co m parati v ely und ev eloped i n
th e aver a ge per son Th e se two extra physical
.

sen se s ar e re spectively ( 1 ) th e sen se of th e

, ,

p r e sence of oth er living th ings ; an d ( 2 ) th e t el e

path ic sen se A s I al so t old you th e se two extra
.
,

physical sen se s h ave th eir a stral counterpart s .

They al so hav e certain physical organ s w hich

are n ot gen eral ly recognized by physi ol ogi st s or
p sych olo gi st s but wh ich are well kn own t o all
,
 TELE PA T H Y vs . C L A I R VOYAN C E 29

occulti s t s I shall now con sider th e fir st o f th e

.

two above m entioned extra physical sen se s i n

-
,

order to cl ear th e way for our con sid eration o f

th e que stion of th e d i stinct i on between ordinary
tel epathy an d that form of clairvoyance which i s
it s a stral counterpart .

Th ere i s i n every human be ing a sen s e wh ich

i s not gen erally r ecogn ized a s such although ,

nearly every per son ha s h ad m ore or l es s e x pe r i

ence regarding it s workings I r efer t o th e sen se .

of th e pre sence of oth er liv i ng th ings separate ,

a n d apart from th e o peration of any o f th e fiv e

ord i nary physical sen se s I a s k you to under .

stan d that I am not claiming th at th i s i s a high er

sen se than th e oth er physical s en se s or th at it ,

ha s com e to man i n a high state of evolution O n .

th e contrary thi s sen se cam e t o l iving th ings far

,

back i n the scale of evolution I t i s po s se s sed by .

th e h igh er form s o f th e l owe r ani m al s such a s ,

th e h or se d og an d th e m aj ority o f th e wil d
, ,

b ea st s Savage a n d barbari c m e n have it m ore

.

highly d eveloped than i t i s i n th e ca se of th e

civilized man I n fact thi s p h ysical sen se may
.
,

b e t erm ed almo st ve stigal i n civil i z ed m a n be ,

cau se h e ha s not act ively u sed i t for many gener a

tion s For that m atter th e p hys i cal sen se of
.
,

smell i s al so d eficient i n man a n d for th e sam e ,

rea son w h erea s in th e ca se of th e l ower animal s

, ,

and savage man th e sen s e o f sm el l i s v ery k een

,
.

I mention thi s for fear of m i sund er standing I n .

“ ”
m y littl e b ook Th e A stral World I h a v e sa id :
, ,
“
A ll occulti st s know that m a n really ha s seven
sen se s in stead of m erely five th ough th e addi
, ,
30 C L A I RV OYAN C E

ti o n a l two sen se s are n ot su ffi c i ently d e v el oped

f or u se i n th e av erage p er son ( thou g h th e occu l t
i st gen eral ly unfold s th em i nto S om e
h a v e ta k en th i s t o m ean t h at th e o ccult i st d e
v e l o ps th e se two ex t r a physical sen se s j u st a s h e ,

do e s certa i n h igh er p sych ic or a stra l f aculti e s .

B ut th i s i s wrong Th e occulti st i n s uch ca se

.
, ,

m erely r e awak en s th e se t wo sen se s wh ich ha v e

-

b een alm o st l o st t o th e race B y u se an d e x e r .

ci se h e th en d evelo p s th em t o a wond erful p ro

fici e n cy for u se o n th e phys i cal plan e
, .

N ow thi s sen se of th e pre sence of oth er l i ving

,

beings i s very well d evel o p ed i n th e lower ani

mal s particularly in th o se wh o se safety d ep end s
,

u pon th e kn owl edge of th e pre senc e o f th eir n at

ural en emi e s A s might b e expect ed th e wil d ani
.
,

mal s hav e it m ore h igh ly d e v elop ed than d o th e

d ome sticated animal s B ut even amon g th e lat .

ter we find i n stance s of th i s sen se b eing i n act i ve

,

u se— i n th e ca se o f dogs h or se s gee se et c , , , .

e sp ecial l y Who o f u s i s n ot familiar w i th th e

.

strange ac ti on s o f th e dog o r th e h or se wh en , ,

th e animal sen se s th e un seen an d unh eard pre s

ence of som e per son o r anim al ? V ery often we
woul d scol d or puni sh th e an imal for it s pecul i a r
action s simply b ecau se we are not a b l e t o see
,

what i s w orrying it H ow o ft en d oe s th e d o g
.

start su d denly a n d bri stl e up it s h a i r wh en

, ,

nothing i s i n sight o r with i n h earin g d i stance

, .

“ ”
H ow often d o e s th e h or se grow skitti sh or ,

e v en panicky wh en th ere i s n oth i n g w ithin s i gh t

,

o r h earing D om e st i c fowl s e specially gee se

.
, ,

m anifest a n unea sine s s at th e pre sence of strange

 T ELE P AT H Y vs. C LAI RVO Y AN C E 31

person s or animal s though th ey may n ot b e abl e

,

to see o r h ear th em I t i s a matter of h i story tha t

.

th i s sen se i n a fl oc k of gee se once saved ancient

, ,

Rome fro m an attack of th e enemy Th e n ight .

w a s dark a n d stormy an d th e train ed eye sight

,

and k een h earin g of th e Roman outpo st s fail ed to

reveal th e approach o f the enemy B ut th e keen .
,

sen se of th e ge e se felt th e pre sence o f strange

m en an d th ey started to cackl e loudly a rou sed
, ,

th e guard a n d R om e wa s sav ed Sk eptical p er

,
.

son s have sought t o explain thi s hi storical ca s e

by th e th eory that th e geese h eard th e approach
ing enemy B ut th i s explanation will not serve
.
,

for th e R oman soldier s were march in g about o n

th eir po st s an d guard duty and th e gee se r e
-
,

main ed sil ent until th ey sen sed th e approach of

th e small number of th e enemy s scout s w h en ’

th ey bur st into wil d crie s Th e anc i ent R o m an s

.
,

th em selve s were und er n o illu sion about th e

,

matter— th ey recognized th e exi stenc e o f som e

unu sual p ower i n th e gee se and th ey g a v e th e
,

animal s th e full credit th erefor .

Hunter s i n wild and strange land s h a v e tol d u s

that o ften w h en th ey were lying conceal ed for
th e pur po se of sh ooting th e wild an i mal s wh en
th ey cam e with i n range th ey h ave witn e ssed i n
,

stan ce s o f th e ex i stenc e of th i s strange faculty i n

th e wil d b ea st s Th ough th ey coul d not see th e
.

conceal ed hunter s nor sm ell th em ( a s th e w i n d

,

wa s in th e oth er direct i on ) al l o f a sud d en on e or

more of th e animal s ( generally an ol d femal e )
woul d start suddenl y and a s hi ver would b e seen
,

to pa s s over i t s b ody ; th en i t woul d utter a l o w

32 C LAI RVO Y AN C E

w ar n i n g note a nd aw a y woul d fly th e p ac k
, .

N early every hunter ha s had th e experience o f

w a tch i ng h i s expect ed gam e wh en all of a su d ,

d en i t woul d start o ff w i th a n ervou s j er k an d ,

with out wait i ng to sni ff th e air a s i s u sual woul d , ,

bolt precipitately from th e scen e M oreo v er .

,

many b ea st s of p rey are kn own to sen se th e p re s

ence o f th eir natural prey even wh en th e wind i s ,

i n th e oth er d irection and th ere i s n o sound o r

,

m ovem ent mad e b y th e crouching fe a r s tr i cke n ,

an i mal C ertain b ird s seem t o sen se th e pre sence

.

o f pa rticular worm s up on wh ich th ey feed ,

th ough th e latter b e b uried several inch e s i n th e

earth or i n th e bark of tree s
,
.

Savage m a n al so ha s th i s faculty d evel oped a s ,

all traveller s a n d explorer s well know Th ey .

are a s k een a s a wil d animal t o sen se th e nearn e s s

o f en emi e s or i n som e ca se s th e approach of
, , ,

m a n eating b ea st s
-
Th i s d oe s not m ean that
.

that th ese savage s are m or e h ighly d evel oped

—
than i s c i vilized man qu ite th e rever se Th i s .

i s th e explanation : wh en m a n becam e m ore civil

i z e d and mad e h im s el f m ore secure from h i s
,

w i ld bea st enemie s a s well a s from th e sudden

-
,

attac k s o f hi s human enem ie s h e b egan t o u se ,

th i s sen se l es s a n d le ss Finally i n th e cour se o f

.
,

many generation s i t becam e alm o st atroph i ed

,

from d i su se an d cea sed reportin g to th e brain o r

, ,

oth er nerve centr es Or i f you prefer vi ewing i t

.
,

from anoth er angl e i t may b e sai d that th e n erv e

,

centre s and b rain b egan t o pay l e s s and l e s s a t

, ,

t ention t o th e report s of th i s sen se ( tru st i ng

m ore t o sight a n d h ear i ng ) u nt i l th e con sc i ous
34 C LAI RVO YA N C E

perhap s from our lowly animal ance stral ro o t s

-
.

It i s a m o st unpl ea sant fe eling and th e rac e ,

e scape s m uch di scomfort by rea son of i t s com

p a r a t i v e ab senc
. e
I hav e said that occulti st s h av e d e v elo pe d or ,

rath er e d evelo ped th i s sen se Th ey d o th i s i n

r — .

order to have a harmoniou s well d evel ope d s even

-

fold sen se syst em .I t increa se s th eir general

“ ”
awaren e ss . C ertain oth er knowl edge of th e
occulti st n eutralize s th e unpl ea sant feature s of
th e manife station o f thi s sen se a n d h e fin d s it
,

often a very valuabl e adj un ct t o h i s sen se s of

seeing an d h earing particularly in th e ca se s i n
,

wh ich h e i s app roach ed by person s having a n

t a go n i s t i c or ho stil e feelings t oward h i m a s i n ,

such ca se s thi s faculty i s particularly active I n .

conn ection with th e tel epath ic sen se ( to b e d e

scrib ed a littl e furth er on ) th i s sen se operate s t o
give a per son that sen s e of warning wh en a p
pr o a che d by anoth er per son wh o se fee l ings are
not fri endly to him not matter h ow friendly th e
,

outward appearanc e of that p er son may b e .

Th ese two extra sen se s c o operate t o g i ve a p er

s o n that in stinctive feeling o f warnin g wh ich all ,

of u s know in our o w n experience .

Thi s particular a s well a s th e tel epath i c sen se

, ,

may b e cultivated or d evel oped by anyon e wh o

wi sh e s to tak e th e tim e and troubl e to accomp li sh
th e work Th e principl e i s simpl e— m erely th e
.

sam e principl e that on e u se s i n d eveloping any of

th e oth er physical attribute s namely u se and
, ,

exerci se Th e fi rst step ( a ) i s th e recognition o f

.

th e exi stence of th e sen se i t self ; th en ( b ) th e a t

 T ELE P A T H Y vs. C LAI R VO Y A N C E 35

t en ti on g iv en t o i t s report s ; th en ( c ) frequen t
u se an d exerci se Ju st th i n k o f h ow you woul d
.

proceed to d evelo p any o f th e five o rdinary

sen se s— th e h earing sight or touch for in stanc e
.

, , ,

— th en follow th e sam e proce s s in th e cultivation

of th i s extra sen se or two sen ses an d you wi ll
, ,

accompli sh th e sam e kind of re sult s .

N ow l et u s con s id er th e oth er extra ph ys i cal

,
“ ”
sen se th e telepathic sen se o r sen se of be co m
-
,

ing aware of th e th ought wave s or em otional -

,

wave s of oth er p er son s N ow a s strange a s th i s

,
.
,

may app ear to som e person s— th e m o st of per

i —
son s n fact thi s t el epath ic faculty i s n ot a
“
h igh er faculty or sen se but i s really a com ,

p a r a t i v e l y l ow on e Ju st like th e sen se j u st d e
.

scribed i t i s p o s se s sed i n a high er d egree b y

,

m any o f th e lower animal s and by primitive and ,

“ ”
savage m a n That which really i s h igh er i n
.

thi s k in d o f p sych ic ph enom ena i s th e m a n i fe s

t a t i o n o f that h igh er form o f t el epathy— b u se
o f th e a stral counterpart of th i s sen se—wh ich we
y

shal l con sid er lat er un der th e nam e of cl a i r v o y

, ,

ance for th i s i s really a particular pha se of clair

,

v oyance .

A s strange a s it may appear to som e of you ,

t h e lower animal s po sses s a kind of tel epathic

sen se A n animal i s u sually awar e of your feel
.

ings toward it and your purpo se s regarding it

, .

Do m e stic animal s lo se som e of th i s by genera

tion s o f confinem ent wh il e th e wil d animal s hav e
,

th e sen se h ighly d evelop ed B ut even som e o f .

th e d ome stic animal s hav e more or l es s of it .

Y ou will read i ly recognize th i s fact i f you have

36 C LA I R VOYAN C E

ever tr i ed t o cut o ut a certain a ni m al fro m a

h er d or fl oc k You w i ll fin d that t h e an i mal i n
.

som e w ay h a s sen se d your d e sign s upon i t n o ,

matte r h o w in directly you approach i t an d i t will ,

b egin circl i ng around th e oth er an imal s twi sting ,

in an d out i n i t s end eavor s to b e lo st t o your

sigh t Th e oth er an imal s l i k ewi se will seem t o
.
, ,

kn ow th at you are after onl y that particular o n e ,

and will manife st but l ittl e fright o r di stru st ,

comparat i vely .

I hav e frequently seen th i s th i ng in my own ,

country an d i n oth er s among poultry rai sers ,

.

Th e poultryman will th i n k t o h i m self N ow I , , ,

am goin g t o get t hat blac k he n w ith th e yellow

legs th at fat clum sy one an d h e will mov e
-
, ,

toward th e fl oc k slowly an d w i th a n air of u n co n

cern B ut 10 ! a s soon a s h e get s near th e crea
.
,

ture s that black h en will b e seen ed ging h er way

,

t o th e outer circl e o f th e fl ock o n th e o pp o site ,

sid e from t he man W h en t h e man move s around

.

t o h er side sh e wi ll b e f ound to have plun ged i n t o

,

th e crowd an d i t i s har d t o find h er S om etim e s

, .

sh e will actually try t o sn eak o ff and con ceal h er ,

sel f i n som e dark corner o r back of som e large ,

o bj ect Every poultryman will sm il e wh en thi s

.

occurrenc e i s m ent i oned t o h i m — he k nows by

experi ence that h en s have a way of sen sing what
h e ha s i n h i s mind regard ing th em .

M oreo v e r a s every farm er kn ows th e crow

, ,

fam i ly ha s a m o st uncanny way of sen sing th e

intent i on s of th e farm er wh o i s trying t o d e stroy
th e m and sh ow s great sagacity in d efeating
,

th o se i ntent i on s B ut whil e th e crow i s a v ery

.
,
 TELE P ATH Y vs. C LAI RVOYAN C E 37

—
i n t ell ig ent bir d one o f th e wi se st o f th e b i rd
family , in fact— i t obtain s i t s k n owl edge of w h a t
“
i s i n th e m i n d o f th e m a n n ot alone fro m fi gur i ng
”
o n h i s i ntent i on s
, but rath er from tha t i n s ti n c
tive sen sing of h i s m ental state s Th e h en a s a ll .
,

k now i s a v ery stupid b i rd showing but l it t l e i n

, ,

t e l li ge n t activity
. But n everth el es s sh e i s v ery
, ,

q uick a bout sen s i ng th e poultryman s d e s i gn s ’

o n h er though generally very stu p id ab out plan

,

ning out a skillful e scape .

E very own er o f dogs cat s and h or se s ha s h ad

, ,

many op portunitie s fo r ob serving th e manifesta

tion of thi s sen se on th e part of th o se animal s .

E very d og feel s th e emotional state s o f h i s

own er and oth er s Th e h or se know s wh en h i s
, .

own er seek s t o throw th e h alter over h i s n ec k ,

or wh en o n th e contrary h e i s m erely walking

, ,
’
through th e fi eld C at s sen se th eir owner s feel
.

ings a n d th ough t s an d o ften re sent th em Of

, .

cour se th e lower animal s ca n sen se m erely el e

,

mentary m ental state s and generally onl y emo

,

t i o n a l state s a s th eir m ind s are not d eveloped so

,

a s to interpret th e m ore com pl ex m ental state s .

P rimitiv e m en lik ewi se alm o st i n stinctively sen se

th e feelings and d e sign s o f oth er m en Th ey d o .

“ ”
not rea son th e th ing out b ut rather m erely feel
,

th e i dea s an d d esign s o f t h e oth er s Th e w om en .

of th e lower race s are m ore adept i n interpreting

th ese sen se report s th an are th e m en Women .

are m ore s e n sitive a s a rul e than are m e

,
n — on
,

any point o n th e scal e of development .

When we com e to con sid er ordinary telepathy

i n th e ca se of m en of civilized co u n tr 1 e s we find ,
38 C L A I RVOYAN C E

a m ore complex stat e of a ff a i r s Whil e civil iz ed .

man a s a wh ol e ha s l o s t som e o f th e quic k t el e

, ,

path ic p erception o f th e l ower race s h e h as i n , ,

som e exceptional ca se s acquired a faculty of r e

,

ce i v i n g an d i nterpreting m or e com pl ex th ough t

form s an d m ental state s Th e i nve sti gation s of
.

th e Society for P sych i cal R e search a n d th o se of ,

p r i vat e i nve stigator s a s well h av e sh own u s that

,

a picture of a complicated geom etrical de sign

h el d i n th e m in d of one p er son m ay b e carri ed to
and rece i ved by th e m i n d of anoth er p erson wh o ,

reproduce s th e de s i gn o n paper I n th e sam e .

way com p l icated th ought s h av e b een tran s

,

m i t t e d an d recei v ed B ut th e se are only e x ce p

.

t i o n a l ca se s In many ca se s thi s sen se seem s a l

.

m o st dead i n th e ordinary civilized individual ,

except wh en arou sed in exceptional ca se s .

B ut n everth el e ss th e maj ority of per son s h ave

, ,

—
o c ca sional fl a sh e s o f t el epathy j u st en ough to
“
make th em r ealize that th ere i s so m ething i n
”
it. Th e r enewe d int ere st i n th e subj ec t o f l at e ,

year s h a s d i rect ed th e pub l ic m i n d t o th e ph e

,

n o m e n a o f tel epathy and con sequentl y m ore

, , ,

person s are n ow tak i ng n ot e o f th e ca se s o f

th ought tran sference com i n g un d er th eir p er
-

sonal n otice I t mu st b e rem emb ered o f cour se

.
, ,

that all o f u s are c on stantly receiving th ought

wave s an d feel i ng thought i n flu e n ce u n co n
,
-
,

s ci o u s l y I a m s p ea k in g n ow only of th e co n
.

sci ou s perception of th e th ought w ave s -

.

Many inve st i gator s have so d evel op ed th eir

t el epath i c sen se th at th ey are abl e at time s to , ,

obta i n wonderful t e st re sult s B ut it ha s b een a .

,
 T ELE PA T H Y vs. C LAI RVOY A N C E 39

sour c e o f di sappointm en t t o many o f t h em to di s

co v er t h a t at oth er time s un d er ap parently simi
,

l a r cond i tion s th eir succe s s w a s v ery slight

, So .

tru e i s thi s that many auth orit i es hav e a ccepted

th e th eory that telepathy i s more or l es s sp on
t a n e o u s and c annot b e pro duced t o ord er
, Thi s .

th eory i s true a s fa r a s it go es but th er e i s a sid e ,

o f th e ca se that th e se inve stigators overlook ,

probably b ecau se of th eir lack of th e occult

principl e s involved i n th e ph enom ena I mean .

th i s : that th eir m o st br i lliant succe s se s hav e been

“
obta i ned b y rea son of their uncon sciou s switch
”
ing o n of th e a stra l telepath ic sen se th e clair ,

voyant sen se Whil e i n th i s condition th ey o b

.
,

t a i n e d startling re sult s ; b ut th e n ext t i m e th ey

tri ed th ey failed t o a w aken th e a stral sen se and
, , ,

th erefore ha d to d epen d entirely upon th e physi

,

cal t el epathic sen se and con sequently th eir r e

, , ,

s u l t s were com parat i vely poor .

You will under stan d th e di fference a n d d i s

t i nction b et w een physical sen se t elepathy and -
,

a stral sen se t el epath y if you will carefully co n

-
,

s i d er th e nature o f each a s I shal l now pre sent it

,

t o you I a s k your clo se attent i on t o what I shall

.

have t o say o n th i s subj ect i n th e rema i nin g page s

of th i s c hapter D o not p a s s over th e se explana
.

”
tion s a s d ry fo r unle s s you h ave a cl ear funda
,

m enta l un d er s tan d ing o f th e thin g you w il l n ever ,

b e abl e to g et th e b e st r e sult s Th i s i s true o f .

e v ery pha se o f l earn i ng phys i cal a s well a s ,

p sych ic a l— on e mu st get started r i ght i n o rder to ,

obtain th e b e st re sult s .

In t h e fi r st p lace every though t proces s e v ery

, ,
40 C L A I RVOY A N C E

em otional activity every cr e ation of idea s i s a c

, ,

com panied by a manife station of forc e— i n fact ,

i s th e re sult of th e manife stat i on o f a force .

With out entering at all i nto th e qu e st i on of what

mind i s i n i t self we m ay re st firm ly o n th e n at
, ,

ural fact that every man i fe station o f m ental or

emot i onal act i vity i s th e re sult o f an acti on o f
th e b rain o r n ervou s system manife sting i n a ,

form o f v i bration s Ju st a s i n th e ca se of th e
.

manife station of el ectri c i ty in wh ich certain

ch emical el ement s are con sum ed or tran sform ed , ,

so i n th e ca se of mental o r emot i onal activ i ty

th ere i s a con suming o r tran sformat i on of th e
sub stance o f wh ich th e n ervou s syst em i s com
“ ”
po sed Wh en I say nervou s system i n th i s
.

connection I includ e th e b rain o r brain s o f m a n

—for th e se are but a par t o f h i s great nervou s
, ,

system in wh ich al l em otional or m ental act i vity

i s manife sted .

M oreover j u st a s th ere i s no real d e struct i on

,

of m att er i n —
any o f Nature s proce s se s all seem ’

ing d e struction b e i ng but a tran sformation— s o

in th e ca se b efor e u s th ere i s a t ran sfor m ation of
th e en ergy r el ea sed in th e though t o r em otional
proce s s We may gra sp th i s id ea m ore cl early
.

if we con si d er wh at ta k e s place int o tran sforma

tion o f electrical en ergy For in stance tran sm it.
,

a strong current of el ectric i ty over a fin e w i re o r ,

filam ent o f carbon an d lo ! th e current i s tran s

,

formed i nt o ligh t U se anoth er kind o f channel

.

of tran smi ssion and th e current i s tran sfo rm ed

,

into h eat . Every el ectri c light or el ectric ,

42 C L A I RVO YA N C E

stea d o f th ese there i s a tran smi s s i on of force

,

al ong th e channel s of th e a stral plane I t i s a l .

m o st im po s sibl e t o de scri b e th e ph enomena of th e

a stral plan e i n th e term s of th e physi c al I m ay .

illu strat e th e matter i n a general way b y say i n g

, ,

that i s som et h in g l ike your a stral sel f ac t ually ex

tending i t sel f out until i t touch e s th e a stral self
“
of th e other per son a n d thu s actually feel s th e
,

a stral activitie s th ere in stead o f i t b e i ng a ca se

,

o f someth ing l ik e wav e s travell in g al ong space

b etween b rain a n d brain D o you get th i s cl ear
.

l y ? Th i s i s ab out a s n ear to it a s I can explain

it t o you at th i s place Tel epathy i s simply a
.

matter o f th e tran smi s s i on and rece i vin g of

wa v e s o f vi bratory forc e wh ich have travell ed
al ong th e eth er between two p er son s B ut cla i r
.

v oyance o r a stral t el epathy i s som eth in g li k e

-

your m i nd b eing extended out until it actually

touch e s th e m ind of th e oth er per son a n d see s
what i s th ere .

I shal l h av e m uch t o say regarding th e wor k

i ng out o f th e proce sse s o f clairvoyance a s w e ,

proceed I hav e m erely g i ven th e ab ov e explana

.

ti on for th e purp o se o f di stingu i sh ing b etween

ord i nary t elepathy an d cla i rvoyance so a s t o ,

prevent you from fall ing into a co m m on error .

Now let u s con sid er th e ph enomena of ordinary

tel epathy th i s i s v ery wonderful i n i t sel f a l
-
,

th ough it i s o n a l ower plan e o f act ivi t y th an i t s

a st r al or cla i rvoyant co u n t e r p ar t
.
 LE SS ON I I I .

TELE PA T H Y EX PLAI N E D .

T elepathy m eanin g Th ought Tran sference

,
-
,

b ear s a m i sl eadin g titl e Literally tran slated i t

.
,
“
m ean s su ff ering at a d i stan ce or p erhap s , , ,
“ ”
feeling pain at a d i stance Th e nam e sh ould
.

“ ”
r eally indicat e k now i ng at a d i stance i n ord er ,

to b e p ro p erly d e scriptive B ut a s th e t er m h a s
.

a c q u i red a forced m ean ing by rea son o f year s of

u sage i t will probably b e continued i n popula r
,

favor After all nam e s d o not count so l ong a s

.
, ,

th e m eaning i s acce p ted a n d under sto od .

Wh il e th e t erm i tself ha s b een gen erally u sed

i n th e sen se o f con sciou s and deliberate send i ng
a n d rec eiving o f th ought wave s th ere i s a far
-
,

w id er fi el d of pheno m en a really covered by it ,

viz th e uncon sc i ou s send i n g an d rece i v i n g o f

.
,

m ental and emotional v i b ration s I sh al l take up .

th i s pha s e o f th e subj ect i n a m oment after I ,

h a v e call ed your attention to th e m echani sm

wh ereby th e wave s of th ought and em ot i on are
tran smitted .

In th e la st c h apter you will rem emb er that I

,

called your attention to th e fact that th ere i s a

m anife station of en ergy or forc e ( in th e fo rm o f
v ibration s ) i n every m ental or emot i onal state .

Thi s i s true not onl y i n th e ca se of d eep th ought

or v ivid feeling but al so i n th e ca s e o f general
,

m ental feelings an d emot i onal stat e s Dur i ng

, .

such manife station s th ere i s a radiation of m ental

or emotional vibration s from th e brain or nervou s
44 C L A I RVOY A N C E

centre s of th e system wh i ch fl ow s out i n al l d i

,

rection s j u st a s d o light an d wirel e s s electricity .

Th e principal seat s or c entre s of th e se radiat i on s

are ( l ) th e sev eral brain s of man v i z th e cere , .
,

brum c ereb ellum a n d th e m edulla oblongata r e

, , ,

s pe ct fu l l y ; a n d ( 2 ) th e several gr eat centre s o f

nerve sub stance in th e human system called th e ,

pl exi such a s th e solar pl exu s etc

, ,
.

Th e vibrati on s ari sing from em ot i onal exc i te

m ent are sent out princi pally from th e pl exi or ,

g reat centre s o f th e sym pathetic n ervou s system .

Th o se ari sing from th e m ore strictly m ental

state s emanat e fro m c ertain centre s a n d po i nt s o f
th e b rain o r brain s o f th e p er son manife st i ng
, ,

th em C ertain form s o f th ese vibration s con sti

.

tut e th e real e ssence of what i s generally call ed

“ ”
h uman magneti sm which wil l b e t reated upon
,

in th e p ro per place i n th ese l e s son s .

I d o not th ink it advi sabl e t o g o i nt o th e

technical d etail s o f th e gen eration and m echan
i sm o i tran sm i s sion o f th e se th ought and em o
t i o n a l vibration s i n th e se l e sson s To und er stand
, .

th e sam e woul d re quire a t echn ical k n owl edge o f

physiol ogy a n d organic ch emi stry wh ich i s n ot ,

po s se s sed by th e average p erson Mor eover such .

,

d etail s ar e n eith er intere sting n or in struct i ve to

th e general stud ent o f o cculti sm B ut I th i n k i t .
,

proper to give at l ea st a bri ef d e scription o f th e

receiv i ng of such v i bratory wav e s by oth er i nd i
-

v i du a l s .

In th e fir st place every great pl exu s or group s

, ,

o f nerve ganglia i n th e human sy stem i s a r e ce i v

,

i n g station a s well a s a sending stati on A per

, .
 TELE P ATH Y EX P LAI NE D 45

s on m anife st i n g stron g e m ot i onal ex ci te m ent

tend s to awa k en s imi lar st a te s i n th e nervou s cen
t re s of oth er person s i n w h om th e cond i tion s are
favorabl e Th i s expla i n s why th e v ibr a tion s of
.

anger fear pan i c are so contag i ou s It al s o e x

, , ,
.

plain s th e strong e ff e c t o f th e vibrat i on s e m a n a t

ing f rom th e nerve c entre s controlling th e repro
du cti v e syst em i n certain ca se s o f strong sexual
,

excitat i on E ach human sympath etic n ervou s

.

system contain s many rece i ving stat i on s wh ere

emotional v i bration s are received an d wh ere ,

th e y ten d to b e tran sform ed into s i m ilar fe eling

i n th e receiving sy stem unl e s s neutralized by,

o t h er m ental a n d emoti onal state s i n th e per son .

Wh en w e com e to con sid er th e ap paratu s b y

wh i ch i s re c eived th e vib ration s ari sing from
“ ”
what may b e calle d purely m ental op erat i on s
of th e brain s uch a s intell ectual th ought c on
, ,

structi v e imag i nation etc we fin d a m ore ,

.
,

specialized arran g em ent a s m igh t b e exp ect ed

, .

Th ere are several m inor rece i vin g point s o f m e n

tal vibration s reg a rding whi ch I do not con sid er
,

it worth wh il e to go i nto d etail b ecau se o f th e ,

technical feature s involved Th e principal a p .

paratu s for receiving th ought vibration s o f th i s

“ ”
kind i s that wh ich i s kn own a s th e pineal gland ,

wh i ch I shal l now de scribe .

Th e pineal glan d i s a peculiar ma s s of n er v ou s

sub stance which i s emb edd ed i n th e human brain ,

in a po sit i on n ea r th e m i ddl e of th e s k ull al mo st

directly above th e extrem e t op of th e sp i nal
column It i s shap ed lik e a small con e ; a n d i s of
.

a redd i sh gray color

-
It l ie s i n front of th e
.
46 C L A I R V OY AN C E

cereb ellu m a n d i s attach ed t o t h e fl oor o f th e

,

th ird ventricl e o f th e brain It contain s a smal l .

quantity o f peculiar particl e s of gritty san d l i k e ,

-

“
sub stanc e wh ich are som etim e s call ed brain
,

sand It d erive s it s scientifi c nam e from it s

shape wh ich a s I have said re semble s a pin e
, , ,

con e. P hy siologist s are at sea regard ing th e

function of th i s strange organ and gen erally co n ,
“
t ent th em selve s with th e statem ent that it s
”
function s are not under stood B ut o ccul ti st s
.

know that th e pineal glan d with it s pecul iar ar ,

rangem ent o f nerv e cel l corpu scle s an d it s tiny

-
,
”
grain s o f brain sand i s th e ph ysical tel epath ic
-
,

receiv i ng in strum ent Student s of wi rel e s s tel eg

.

r a phy h ave n oticed a startling re sem b lanc e b e

tween th e pineal glan d and a part of th e r eceiving

in strum ent em pl oyed in wirele s s t el e graph y .

Th e th ought vibrat i on s com ing i n contact with

th e n ervou s system of th e receivin g per son set ,

up a pecul iar vibration i n th e sub stan ce of th e

pineal gland and thu s th e fi rst step i n th e tran s
formation o i th e se vibration s int o th ought form s -

in th e m i nd o f th e per son i s un d er way Th e r e .

m a i n de r of th e proce s s i s to o t echnical both i n ,

th e ph ysio logical a s well a s in th e occult sen se ,

t o b e tak en up in d etai l at th i s place Th e stud ent .

will d o well to get th e id ea o f th e workings of

wirel e s s te l egraphy well fixed i n h i s m ind fo r ,

thi s will set u p th e r i ght con ception of th e work

ing of ordinary t el epath y with out th e n ece s sity
,

of compl icat ed t echnical diagram s and de s cr i p

t 1 on s
.

A n d n ow th en l et u s s e e what re sult s fr o m
, ,
 T ELE P AT H Y EX P LAI NE D 47

th e send i n g f orth an d re c e i v i n g of th e se m ental

a nd em o t ional wave s of force an d en ergy I t i s a .

m o st intere sting subj ect I a s sure you Wh il e

,
.

th e ph enom ena o f th e a stral plane i s probably

m ore fa scinatin g t o th e average student I woul d ,

i m pres s upon you th e importance o f ma stering

th e occult ph enomena o f th e ph ys i cal plan e be ,

f o re pa ssing on to that o f th e h igh er plane s .

In th e fi rst place a s all occulti st s know each

, ,

person i s con stantly surrounded with wh at ha s

“ ”
b een call ed a n atmo sph ere com po sed of m ental
an d emotional vibration s which ar e emanat ed
from h i s p er sonality Th e atm o sph ere of each
.

p er son d ep end s upon th e general ch aracter of th e

thought s an d feelin gs o f th e p er son in que stion .

C on sequently a s n o two p er son s are prec i sely

,

ali k e i n character i t foll ow s that n o two per sonal

,

atmo sph ere s are exactly al ike E ach p erson ha s

.

a p sych ic atmo sph ere o f h i s or h er own Th e se .

atmo sph eri c vib ration s d o not ext end very far
fro m th e pre sence o f th e per son and co n s e , ,

q uently a ff ect only th o se coming n ear t o h im .

I n th e sam e way every group or crowd of per

,

son s ha s it s own p sych ic atm o sph ere compo sed ,

o f a b l ending o f th e individual p sych ic atm o s

p h e r e s o f th e person s compo sin g th e crowd ,

group or a s semblage an d repre senting the gen

,

eral average o f th e th ough t a n d feelings of th e

crowd Th ere are n o two group atmo sph ere s
.

exactly alike for th e rea son that n o two group s

,

o f p er son s large or small are exactly alike

, ,
.

A cto rs kn ow th at each aud ience wh ich th ey face

h a s it s own p sych ic atmo sph ere and th e actor s,
48 C LAI RVOY A N C E

are a ff ecte d by it P reach er s lawyer s a n d

.
, ,

sp ea k er s i n general are quite aware o f th i s fact ,

an d freely admit it th ough th ey m a y n ot b e a s

,

q u a i n t e d with th e c au se s or la w s govern i ng th e
ph enom ena .

Following th e sa m e p sy c h i c law it wi l l b e ,

foun d that every town o r large city or even every ,

small village or section of a larger town will be ,

foun d t o hav e it s own di stinctive p sych ic atmo s

phe r e wh ich i s v ery p erceptibl e t o strangers
,

v i s i tin g th e place a n d wh ich a ff ect th o se wh o

,

tak e up th eir re sid en ce in th e place I n large .

citie s i t h a s b een n oticed that every bu i l d i ng ha s

,

it s own p ecul i ar vibration s wh ich ari s e from th e

general character of th o se o ccupying it D if .

fe r e n t church build ings l i k ewi se re flect th e char

acter of th e gen eral habit s o f thoug h t and feel i n g
of th o se wor sh ipping in th e m Lik ew i se cert ai n
.
,

bu sin e s s street s have pl ea sant or unpl ea sant vi

br a t i o n s i n th eir atm o sph ere from th e same
,

cau se s E v ery p er son recognize s th e truth of

.

th e se statem ent s th ou g h b ut few are abl e t o a c

,

count for th e fact s i n a scientific manner .

Th e b eginner i n th e study of p sych ic ph e

n o m e n a often a sk s how th e se th ings ca n b e wh en ,

th e th ought wh ich ha s occa sion ed th e vibration s

hav e long since pa s sed away Th e explanation .

i s sim pl e wh en properly expla i ned I t i s som e

,
.

thing l ike th i s : j u st a s h eat remai n s i n a room

after th e stov e ha s cea sed to th row out h eat
wave s so d o th e vibration s of th ought and feel
,

in g per si st l ong aft er th e th ought or feeling h a s

died away O r if you prefer a m ore material
.
,
50 C LA I R V OY A N C E

a f ew o f th e things which attract o ur at t ent i on

an d i ntere st Th e re st are l o s t t o u s alth ough
.
,

our eye s and ear s r ece i ve them all In th e s a m e .

way we are im pre s sed only by th e stronger vi

,

br a t i o n s w h ich reach u s an d th en only by th o se

,

which we have attracted to our selve s or wh i ch ,

prove attractive to u s by rea son o f o ur own l i k e s

and d i sl i k e s .

I n th e s econ d place th e e ff ect o f c erta i n

,

thought vi bration s i s n eutralized by th e effect of

th e v ibrat i on s o f th ought s o f a n op po sit e char
act er Ju st a s a mixtu re o f blac k an d whit e pro
.

duce s th e n eutral col or o f grey so d o two cur ,

rent s o i o ppo sin g th ought vib rati on s t end to r e

solve th em sel v e s into a n eutral vibration wh ich
h a s little or n o e ff ect upon th o se com i ng i n co n
tact w i th th em You m ay th ink o f num erou s
.

corre spond ence s t o th i s i n th e worl d o f mat er i al

th i ngs F o r i n stance a m ixture o f very hot and
.
,

very col d water will produce a n eutra l lukewar m

,

l i quid n eith er h ot nor col d I n th e sam e way

, .
,

two th ings o f o pp o sing ta ste cha r acter i st i c s ,

wh en blen de d w i ll produce a n eutral ta st e hav i n g

,

but l ittl e e ff ect u pon on e Th e pr i n ci ple i s u n i

.

versal an d i s readily und erstood

,
.

In th e th i r d place th ere i s that w hi ch we m ay

,
“ ”
call a n a ffinity b etween th ought s a n d fe elin g s
of a sim i lar character N o t only d o th e v i bra t ion s
.

o f similar th ou ght s ten d t o coal e sc e an d com

b in e ; but m ore than th i s each on e o f u s a tt r a ct s
, ,

t o h i m sel f or h er sel f th e thou g ht vi brat i on s

wh i ch are i n gen eral ac c ord wi th c orre s pond i n g
t hought s i n our o w n min d s o r f eel i n g s i n o ur ,
 T ELE P AT H Y EX P LAI NE D 51

o w n natur e L ik e attract s like I n th e same

. .

way th e charact er of our th o u ght s a n d feelings

,

act to repel though t o r em otional vi br ation s o f

a n o ppo site or inharmon i ou s n a ture A s all o c
.

culti st s kn ow everyon e d raw s th ought v i bra

,

tion s in harm ony with h i s or h er own ; and al so

repel s th ought vi bration s o f an i nharm oniou s
nature .

Th e s e are th e gen eral laws and p r i ncipl e s gov

erning the ph en om ena of th i s pha se of t el ep a th i c
vibration s Th er e i s much mor e to b e said o n t h e
.

subj ect of cour se but i f you will n ote carefully

, ,

th e l eading p rincipl e s an d l aw s o f manifestation

j u st m entioned you will b e abl e to rea son co r
,

r e ct l y regarding a n y pha se o f th i s cla s s of ph e

n o m e n a wh ich may com e b efor e you for atten

tion Once you learn a gen eral rul e t h e re st be

.
,

come s m erely a matter of a pplication a n d inter

p r e t a t i o n
. Let u s now proceed t o a con sid erat i on
of oth er pha ses o f th e gen eral subj ect o f tel e
path i c influence .

We n ow com e to th e pha se o f w hat may be

—
called direct t elepathy that i s wh ere a th ought
i s con sciou sly a n d m ore or l es s purp o sely d i
, ,

r e ct e d toward anoth er p er son We com e acro s s

.

many i ntere stin g ca se s o f th i s k i n d wh er e p er

son s fin d th em selve s th ink i ng intently o i certain
oth er p er son s an d afterward s are tol d by th e
,

oth er p erson s that I foun d mysel f thinking i n

”
t e n t l y ab out you at such an d such a tim e
, ,
et c .

In som e o f th e se ca se s it i s di fficul t t o d eterm ine

wh ich o n e started th e thinkin g A gain h o w .
,

often do we fin d ourselve s thinking of a per son ,

 52 C L AI R V OY AN C E

w h en al l of a sud d en t h e p er son com e s i nto s i gh t .

Aga i n w e t h i nk intently a n d earn estly about a

,

certain qu e st i on ; and th en all of a su dd en oth er

, ,

fol k s wh om we m eet b egin talking t o u s ab out

th e sam e thing The se in stance s a re too common
.

to need m ore than a p a s sing n otice .

A l i ttl e m ore purpo se i s d i splayed i n that cla s s

o f ph en omena in wh ich w e intently w i sh that a
c ert a i n p er son shall d o a certain th i n g an d 10 ! ,

we soon l earn t h at that certain per son ha s d one

it A n umb er o f year s ago a p opular writer
.
,

wrote a n artic l e i n wh i ch h e m entioned wh a t

see m e d t o h i m t o b e a curiou s in stance o f som e
f orm of m ental i nfluence or tel ep athy H e sa i d .

that h e h a d foun d out that i f h e would sit d own

an d carefully write a l ett er t o som e per son from
wh om h e ha d not h eard for a long t i m e an d th en ,

d e stroy th e letter i n stead of sending it h e woul d ,

b e almo st c ertain to receiv e a l etter from that

p er son w i th in a fe w day s H e did n o t attempt t o
.

a c count for th e phenom enon h e m erely called

,

th e attention o f h i s reader s to it Many p er son s

.

ha v e followe d th e sug g e st i on often with v ery

,

w on d erful re sult s There i s n othing m iraculou s

.
,

o r s u perna t ural ab out such o ccurrence s It i s .

m erely on e p ha se o f tel epathy Th e coneen .

t r a t e d th ought o f th e writer o f th e l ett er i s d i

r e ct e d t o w ard th e oth er p er son and that per son
,

b e gi n s t o th in k of th e fi rst on e ; th en h e th in k s h e
wi ll w rite to h im ; th en h e actually d oe s write .

Di s t a nce spa ce and d i rect i on have no i mport

, ,

ance i n th i s exp eriment— i t i s n ot nece ssary to

e v en k now wh ere th e second person i s in fac t , .
 TE L E P A T H Y EX P LA I NE D 53

Ther e are often found per son s so c l o sely i n

p sych ic harm ony wi t h each oth er t h a t th ey ver y
o ften are abl e t o a s k q u e st i on s an d re c e i v e e u
s w e r s from e a ch other even th ough grea t di s
,

tance s separate t h e m Som e particula r t i m es

.

th ere i s a better p sych i c harmony exi stin g be

tween t h e sam e per son s than i s foun d at o t h e r
t i me s Al l t hi s o f cour se a ff ect s th e s u cc e s s of
.
, ,

th e ex p er i m ent It i s surpri s i ng wha t w o n d er f ul

.

re sult s alon g th e se l i ne s may b e o bta m e d b y a l

mo st any per son o i average intell i gence a f t e r a ,

li ttl e careful pati ent c on scient i ou s pr a c ti ce

, , .

B ut th ere hav e b een ph enom en a o b t a i n e d a s

th e re sult of l ong ser i e s o f care ful exper im en t s
which are i n a way even m ore wonderful than
, ,

the se som ewhat l e s s d el ib erate exper i m ent s j u st

m entioned I allude t o th e experim ent s of a nu m
.

b er of earn e st careful sc i ent i fic student s w h o

, ,

surrounde d th em selve s w i th every pre c a u t i on

a gain st over enthu s i a sm fraud an d c oinc i d ence
-
, , .

P romin ent am ong thi s cla s s of i nv e st i gat i on s we

find th o se conducted b y t h e Soc i ety for P sych i c al
Research o f E ngland whi ch r eally e stabli sh ed a
, ,

firm ba s i s for th e wor k o f oth er i nve stigator s w h o

followe d th e general m eth od s o f th e sai d soc i ety .

In th e fo l l ow i n g c h apter I sh all giv e you a so m e

,

what extended statement o f th e re sult s o f such

inve sti gation s b ecau se th i s i nforma t i on i s i m
,

p ortant to ev ery student of p sych ic ph enom ena ,

not only b ecau se i t e stabli sh e s a fi rm sc i enti fi c

basi s fo r h i s studi e s an d b el iefs but al so becau se ,

it give s h im im portant in f or m at i on wh i ch h e may

a p ply i n t h e c ourse o f h i s own exper i ment a l
w ork .
54 C L AI RVOY A N C E

I m ay m en ti on that th e i nve stigat i on s i n t o t h e

subj e c t of t el e p athy and k indred s ubj ect s u n
, ,

d er th e au s pi ce s of th e society j us t m ention ed ,

were conducted by m en of careful sc i ent i fi c tra i n

ing an d exper i ence a n d under t h e gen eral supe r
,

vi sion a n d ap proval o f th e o ffi cer s of t h e s ociety ,

amon g which ha v e b een numb ered such em i nent

m en a s P r o f H en ry S i dgw i c k o f C ambrid g e
. ,

Un i vers i ty ; P ro f B al four St e w art a Fel l o w of

.
,

th e Royal S o c iety o f En gland ; Rt H on A J . . . .

B alfour th e emin ent Engl i sh state sman ; P ro f

, .

William Jam e s th e e m inent A m er i can p sych ol

,

o gi s t ; Sir William C r oo k e s th e g reat c h em i st

,

a n d d i scoverer o f ph ysical law s wh o i n v ented ,

”
th e cel eb rate d C roo k e s Tub e s with out wh ich
’

th e d i scovery o f th e X Rays rad i o acti v ity e t c,

-
, .
,

woul d hav e b een i m po s sibl e ; Fre d eric k W H . .

Myers th e celebrat ed expl ore r of th e a stral

,

plane s an d writer upon p sych i c ph en om ena ; Si r

,

Oli v er Lod g e th e p o p ular E ngli sh sc i ent i st ; a n d

,

oth er men o f i nternat i onal re p utat i on a n d h igh

standin g Th e char a c ter o f th e se m en a t once
.

g iv e s th e sta m p o f h one sty and sc i ent ifi c a c

curacy t o all t h e w o r k o f th e soc i ety .

I n orde r t h a t yo u m a y u n d er stan d th e sp i r i t
wh i ch ani m a te d th e se scient i fi c i nve s t ig a t ors i n
th eir w or k o f t h e expl or a t i on o f t h i s n ew an d
strange regi on of Nature I a s k you t o carefully ,

r ead th e follow i ng wor d s of t h e pre s i dent i al a d

dre s s o i S i r Willia m C ro ok e s b efore th e R oyal ,

Society at B ri stol E n gland i n 1898 Remem

, , , .

b er pl ea se that thi s addre s s wa s mad e b efore a n

, ,

a s semblage o f di stin gui sh ed scienti st s many o f ,

 T ELE PAT H Y EX P LAI N E D 55

th e m r an k mater i al i s t s an d q u i t e s k ept i cal o f a ll

,

occult ph enom ena— th i s wa s n early twenty ye a r s

a g o rem emb er S i r Will i am C rooke s facing th i s
, .
,

gath eri ng a s it s p r e s i dent s a id

, ,
“
Were I n ow i ntroduc i n g fo r th e fi r st t i me
th e se inquirie s to th e worl d o f sc i ence I sh oul d ,

choo se a startin g po i nt d i ff erent from that of old

( wh ere we form erly began ) I t woul d b e we l l
.

t o b e gi n with Tel epathy ; with th at fundamental

law a s I b el i eve it t o b e th at thought s a n d
, ,

i mage s may b e tran sferre d fro m o n e m in d t o a h

oth er with out th e agen cy o f th e recognized o r
gan s o f sen se— that knowl edge m ay enter th e
human m in d with out being commun icated i n any
h i th erto k nown or r ecogn iz e d w ays . If
telepathy take s place w e h av e t w o physical fact s
,

— th e physical change i n th e bra i n o f A th e sug ,

g e s t or and th e anal ogou s physical change in

,

th e b rain o f B th e recip i ent of th e s u gge s

,

ti on B etween th e se two ph ys i cal event s th ere

.

m u s t ex i st a t rain of ph ysica l c a u se s . It
i s un scient i fic to call i n th e ai d of m yster i ou s
a g enc i e s when w ith every fre sh advance i n
,

k nowl edge i t i s sh own that eith e r vi bration s have

p o w e rs a n d attr i b ute s ab un d a ntly abl e to a n y d e
m a nd— even t h e tran s mi s s i on o f th ought .

“
I t i s suppo sed by som e phys i ologi st s that th e
e s sent i al cell s o f n er v e s d o n o t a ctually touch ,

b u t are separated by a narrow g a p which widen s

i n sl eep wh il e it narrow s almo st to ext i nct i on
dur i ng m ental act i vity . Th i s cond i tion i s s o
s i ngularly lik e a B r a n l y o r Lodge coh erer
( a de
vi ce wh ich l ed t o th e d i sco v ery o f w i rel e s s t ele g
56 C LAI R V O YA N C E

ra p y)
h a s t o sugge st a further anal ogy Th e .

structure of brain an d nerve b e i n g s i milar i t i s ,

conceivabl e that th ere may b e pre sent ma s se s o f

such n erv e coh erer s i n th e bra i n w h o se s p ec i al
,

function i t may b e t o rece iv e i m p u l se s b rought

from with out through th e conn ectin g sequence
,

of et h er wave s of appropr i a t e o r d e r o f m a gn i
tude .

R oentgen ha s f am i l i ar iz e d u s w it h a n o rd er of
vibration s of extrem e m inuten e s s a s compare d
with th e smalle st wave s with wh i c h we h ave
h ith erto b een ac quainted ; and th ere i s n o rea son
to sup po se th at we ha v e h er e reach ed th e l i mit o f
f requency . I t i s k nown that th e act i on o f
th ought i s accom panied by certain m ol ecular
m ovem ent s i n th e b rain a n d h ere we h ave ph ys
,

i c al vi bration s ca pable from th eir extrem e m i n

u t e n e s s of a cting d irect upon ind i v id ual m ol e
c ule s wh il e th eir rapidity approach e s that o f i n
,

t ernal and external m ovement s o f th e atom s

th em selve s A formidabl e range o f ph enom ena
.

m u st b e scientifically s i fte d b efore we e ff ectually

gra sp a faculty so strange so b ew i l d er i n g and
, ,

for age s so in scrutabl e a s th e d ire ct act i on of

,

m ind up on m in d .

“
I n th e ol d E gyptian d ay s a w ell kno w n i n
,

s cr i pt i on wa s carved over th e portal o f t h e

‘
T em pl e of I s i s : I a m whate v er ha s been i s o r , ,

ever will be ; a n d my v e i l no m a n h a th yet l i fte d .

’

N ot thu s d o m o d er n see k er s a fte r t r u th c on f ront

N ature— th e wo rd that stand s f o r th e b a ffl i ng
m y st er i e s of th e Univer se Stead i ly u n fli n ch ,

i n gl y we striv e to p i e r c e th e i n m o st h e a rt of
,
 L ESS O N I V .

SC I ENTI FI C TELE P AT HY .

Th e i n v e stigator s of th e Society for P sych i c al

Re search of E ngland started by givin g a b ro a d
, ,
“
d efinit i on o f Tel epathy a s foll ow s :
,
Tel epathy
i s th e commun i cation of im p re ssi on s of any kin d
fro m o n e mi nd to an oth e r independently of th e
,
”
recogni z ed channel s o f sen se Th ey t o ok th e
.

rational po sit i on that th e actual d i stance b etwe en

the proj ector and th e recipi ent o f th e t el epath i c
m e ssage i s not material ; and that all that i s r e
qu i red i s such a separation of th e two per son s
that no kn own o perati on of th e sen se s can bridge
th e space b etween th em Th ey wi sel y h eld th at
.

t elepathy b etween two person s in th e sam e room

i s a s m uch t elepath y a s wh en th e two per son s are
l ocated at o p po s i t e s id e s of th e world .

Th e inve st i gator s th en rul ed out all in stances

o f th ought t ran smi s sion i n wh ich th er e wa s even
-

th e slighte s t mu scular contact b etween th e pro

j e ct o r and th e reci p i ent .Th ey h el d that th ou g h
th ere m i gh t b e genuin e tel epathy i n such ca se s ,

n everthel e s s th ere wa s always th e po s sib i l ity o f

,

frau d or col lu s ion o r o f uncon sci o u s mu scul a r

,

acti on on th e part o f th e proj ector Th ey d e .

m a n de d ab solut e an d actual separation o f th e

two p er s on s i n ord er that th eir exper i m ent s
,

m ight b e ab ove su s pi c i on Th ey were w i se i n

.

thi s for wh il e th ere i s und oubtedly a p sych i c

,

commun i cation i n th e ca se s i n w hich t h ere i s

th e slight phys i cal conn e cti on b etween th e tw o
 S C I ENTI F I C TELE P AT H Y 59

p erson s ( a s I shall po i nt out to you a l i ttl e fur

ther on ) s t i ll th e element of doubt o r su spicion
,

m u st b e ent irely el i m i nat e d from a scient i fic te st ,

i n ord er to render i t va l uabl e a n d v alid .

Th ey th erefore confined th e i r inve st i gat i on s

, ,

i n Tel epathy to th e t wo following cla s se s viz ,

( l ) wh ere a ct i o n s are p erform ed with out phys

i cal contact with th e per son willing ; and ( 2 )
wh ere some nu m b er word or card i s gue sse d a p
, ,

p a r e n t l y with out any of th e ordinary m ean s of

co m municat i on Th e i nve stigator s recogn ized
.

th e po s sib il ity that in th e fir st of th e above men -

t i o n e d two cla sse s o f exp er i m ent s th ere i s a po s

s i bi li t y of su s p icion o f collu sion fraud or u n co n , ,

sci ou s sugge st i on i n th e m att er o f th e motion of

,

th e eye s o f th e p arty or som e m emb er o f i t , ,

w h ich migh t b e seized upon p erhap s u n co n ,

s ci o u s l y b y th e recipi ent and u sed to guid e h im

, ,

t o th e obj ect wh ich wa s b e i ng th ough t o f by

th e proj ector or th e party Th ey sought t o o b .

v i a t e thi s d i fficulty b y blindfold i ng th e percipi ent ,

and by placing n on conductors of soun d over h i s

-

ear s B ut finally th ey cam e to th e conclu sion

.
, ,

that even th e s e precauti on s m ight n ot prov e suf

fici e n t ; and accord ingly th ey d e voted th e i r a t
, ,

t ention t o th e secon d cla s s o f exper i ment s i n ,

wh ich all o rdinary m ean s o f communication be

tween p roj ector an d r eci p ient were im po s sibl e .

Th ey t ook th e additional precaution s o f l imiting

th e i r c i rcl e t o a small num b er of i nve stigator s of
scientifi c reputati on s an d well known t o each,

other always avo i ding a promi scuou s com pan y

,

for obviou s rea son s .

60 C L A I RVO Y A N C E

On e of th e earl ie st se r i e s o f i n v e s ti gat i on s b y
t h e se special committee s of i nve st i gator s was
that of th e family of th e Rev A M C r e e r y in . . .
,

D erb ysh ire E ngland Th e ch i ldren o f th i s fam

,
.

ily h ad acquired a r eputation i n wh at w a s k no w n

“ ”
a s th e gu e ssing gam e i n wh ich o n e o f th e ch i l ,

d ren previou sly placed out s i d e of th e ro om th en

,
,
“ ”
returned to th e room a n d attem pted to gu e s s
th e nam e or location of som e obj ect a gr eed u p on
by th e party durin g h er a bsence Th e r es u lt s .

were very intere sting a n d qu i te sat i s facto r y an d

, ,

h ave fre quently b een referred to i n wor k s o n th e

subj ect written since th at t i m e I th ink i t w e ll .

t o give th e re sult s of th i s ser i e s of exper i m ent s

in som e littl e d etail fo r th ey form a ba s i s for e x
,

p e r i m e n t s on th e part o f th o se wh o read th e se
l e s son s
.

P rof W F B arrett P rofe s sor o f P h ys i c s in

. . .
,

th e Royal C oll ege o f Science fo r I reland co n ,

ducted th e m o st of th e exper i m ent s Th e report .

“
to th e S oci ety says : We b egan by sel ect i n g th e
sim p le st obj ect s i n the r oo m ; then ch o s e name s
o f town s peopl e date s card s out of a p ac k line s
, , , ,

from d i ff erent po em s etc in fact any th in g or , .

, ,

ser i e s o f i dea s that th o se p re sent coul d k eep i n

th e i r mind s steadily Th e ch il dren sel do m mad e
.

a m i stak e I have seen seventeen card s ch o sen

.

by mysel f nam ed right in succe s sion with out any

m i s take We soon found that a great d eal d e
.

pended on th e steadin es s w i th wh ich th e i dea s

w er e k ept b efore th e mind s o f th e th ink er s and ,

u pon th e en ergy with which th ey will ed th e id ea s

to pa s s I may say that thi s faculty i s n ot by
.
 S C IENTI F I C TELE P ATH Y 61

any m ean s confined to th e m ember s o f o n e fa m

i ly ; it i s much more g eneral than we i magin e .

To v erify thi s conclu sion I inv i ted t wo of a ,

n e i ghbor s ch ildren t o j o i n u s i n our e x per i m ent s

’
,
”
w i th excellent re sult s .

Th e report give s th e m eth od s o f t h e e xpe r i

“
m ent s a s follow s : Th e in quiry ha s taken pl a ce
,

partly i n M r C r e e r y s h ou se an d partly i n l o dg
.
’
,

ings or at a h otel o ccupi ed by som e of our num

,

ber H aving select ed at random o n e ch ild wh om

. ,

we d esired t o l eav e th e room and w ait at som e

di stance we woul d ch o o se a pac k o f card s o r
, ,

writ e o n a p i ece of paper a nam e o f a numb er

wh ich occurred to u s at th e mom ent Generally .
,

but n o t always thi s wa s sh own t o th e m emb er s

,

o f th e fam i ly pre sent i n th e ro om ; but n o one

m ember wa s always pre sent and w e wer e som e ,

tim e s entire ly a l on e We th en recalled th e ch i ld

.
,

one o f u s always a s sur i n g him sel f that w h en th e ,

door w a s sud denly opened sh e wa s at a co n s i d ,

crabl e di stance though th i s wa s u sually a super

,

flu i t y of cauti o n a s our habit wa s to avoid all

,

utterance s of what w a s ch o sen On r e enter i ng .

-
,

—
sh e stoo d som etime s turned b y u s w i th h er f ace
t oward th e wall o ften er w i th h e r eye s di rected
,

toward the ground a n d u sually clo se to u s an d

,

remote from th e family— for a per i o d o f sil ence

varying from a few second s t o a m i nute till sh e ,

c a lled out t o u s som e numb er car d or wh a t , ,

”
e v er i t migh t b e .

In th e fir s t exper i men t s i n gue s s i n g t h e ,

nam e o f obj ect s th e chil d gue s sed correct l y s i x

,

out o f fourteen Sh e th en gu e s sed correctly th e

.
62 C L A I R VO Y A N C E

nam e o f s m a l l obj ect s h el d i n t h e han d s o f on e

o f th e comm i ttee— fiv e t i me s out o f six Sh e
gues sed fi ctit i ou s nam e s ch o sen by th e comm i t
—
tee fiv e out of ten at th e fi r st trial T h e com
, .

m i tt e e then t e ste d h er by wr i t i n g down th e nam e

o f so m e obj ect in th e h ou se fixed at ran d om a n d , ,

th en a fter all h ad th ough t intently of th e th ing

, ,

th ey sent for th e ch il d an d bad e h er try t o fin d

th e th i n g th ought of th e thought concentration
,
-

o f course continuin g durin g th e search Th e r e .

“
sult i s thu s reported : I n th i s way I w rote down ,

am ong oth er th ings a hair b ru sh — i t wa s ,

-

brought ; a n o range— i t wa s brought ; a w i ne

i —
gla s s t wa s b rought ; a n appl e i t wa s brought ;
-

and so on until many obj ect s h ad b een sel ected

,
”
and found by th e child .

P a ssing over th e d etail s o f many oth er e x

p e r i m e n t s w e fin d that th e followin g remar k
abl e re sult s were obtained by th e comm i tte e
“
A ltogeth er th ree h un dred and ei ghty t wo
,
-

trial s were mad e in th i s seri e s I n th e ca se .

o f l etter s of th e alphab et of card s an d of num , ,

ber s of two figure s th e chance s o f succe s s o n

,

a fi rst trial would naturally be 2 5 t o l 52 t o l , ,

and 89 t o 1 re spectively ; in th e ca se of sur

,

nam e s th ey would o f cour se b e i nfin i tel y

greater C ar d s were far mo st frequently e m
.

ployed an d th e odd s in th eir ca se may b e ta k en

,

a s a fair me d ium sam ple accordin g to wh i ch , ,

out of a wh ol e serie s o f three hundred and e i ghty

two trial s th e average numb er of succe s se s at th e
,

fir st attem pt by an ordinary gues ser woul d be

se v en an d on e th ird Of our t r i al s one h undred
-
.
,
 S C I E N TI F I C T E L E PA TH Y 63

a n d t w enty seven were succe s s e s o n th e fir st a t

-

t em p t fifty six on th e second nin eteen on th e

,
-
,
—
thir d m a k i n g t w o hun d r e d a n d tw o o u t o f a ,
”
p o s s i bl e t h re e hun d re d a n d e i ghty tw o ! Thin k
-

o f th i s whil e th e law of average s calle d f or only

,

seven and on e th ird succe s se s at fir st trial th e

-
,

ch ildren obtained on e hundred and twenty s even -

,

which given a second and th ird trial th ey rai sed

, ,

to two h undred and two ! You see th i s take s th e ,

matter entirely out o f th e po s sibility o f coin

ci de n ce o r math ematical probability .

B ut th i s wa s n ot all Li sten to th e furth er r e

.

“
port o f th e comm ittee on th i s point : Th e fol
l owing wa s th e re sult of o n e of th e seri es Th e .

th i ng selected wa s divulged t o n on e o f t h e f a m
ily a n d five card s running were nam ed correctly
,

o n a fi rst tr i al Th e odd s again st thi s happenin g

.

once in a seri e s were con sid erably over a m il

lion t o on e Th er e were oth er similar batch e s
.
,

th e two l onge st run s b eing eigh t con secutive

gue s se s onc e with card s and once with name s ;
, ,

wh ere th e adverse odd s i n th e form er ca se wer e

over on e hundred an d forty two million s t o -

on e ; and i n th e oth er som eth ing incalculably

,
”
gr eater . Th e opinion of eminent m a the m a
t i ci a n s wh o have exam in ed t he ab o v e re sult s i s
that th e hypoth e si s of m ere coincidence i s prae
tically exclud ed i n th e scientific con sid erat i on o f
th e matter Th e committee call s special atten
.

tion t o th e fact th at i n many o f th e m o st i m

portant te st s n on e o f th e C r e e r y fam i ly were
cognizant of th e o bj ect sel ected and that th ere , ,

fore th e hypothe s i s o f fraud or collu s i o n i s a bs o

,
64 C LAI RVO Y A N C E

l u t e l y el i m i nated
Th e co m m i ttee n a t ur a lly c a m e
.

t o th e conclu s ion that th e ph en om ena wa s genu

i n e and real t elepathy .

P rof B alfour Ste w art LL D F R S w h o

.
, . .
, . . .
,

w a s pre sent at some o f the se exp erim ent s ,

th ough n ot a m emb er o f th e com m ittee e x ,

p re s sed great am a z em ent a t som e o f th e re sult s .

“
H e report s : Th e th ought r ead er wa s out s i de -

a d oor T h e obj e c t o r th in g th oug h t of w a s

.

wr i tten o n pa p er and s i len t ly han d ed to t h e com

p any i n th e room Th e th ough t read er w a s th en
.

called i n a n d i n th e cour se o f a mi nut e th e a n

,

swer w a s given D efinite obj ect s i n th e ro om

.
,

for i n stance we r e fi r st th ou g ht o f a nd i n th e ma
, ,

jo r i ty o f th e ca se s t h e an swe r s were correct .

T h en numb er s were th ought o f an d t h e a n swer s ,

wer e gen erally r i ght th ough o f c ourse th e r e

, , ,

w ere som e ca se s o f error Th e nam e s o f to w n s

.

were th ou ght o f a nd a goo d m a ny o f th e s e were

,

r ig ht Th en fan cy nam e s w ere th ought of I

. .

w a s a s k ed to thin k of certa i n fancy na m e s a n d ,

m ar k th em d own and han d th em round t o t h e

com pany I th ought o f an d wrot e o n paper
.
,
’ ‘
‘
B lue b ear d To m Thumb C i nd erella a nd the
-
, , ,
’

an swe r s were all correct !

Th e co m m i ttee al so con d ucte d a nu m b e r o f e x
p m e n t s w i th oth er reci pient s w i th very sat i s
e r i ,

f acto r y re sult s C ol ors wer e cor r ectly gu e s se d

.

w i th a p ercentage of succe s se s quite b eyon d t h e

a v erage or p robabl e number Na m e s o f town s .

in all part s o f th e worl d were c or r ec t ly ,

“ ”
gu e s sed by certa i n rec i p i ent s w i t h a wond e r
f ul degr ee of su cce s s B ut p r ob ably m o s t won
.
,
66 C LAI RVO Y AN C E

trac k of a k nowl e d ge o f h u m an na t ure W h a t i s .

certain i s : That telepath y ca n and ought t o b e

h enceforth con sidered b y S c i ence a s an i n co n t e s t
a bl e real i ty ; th at m ind s are abl e t o act upon each
oth er with out th e int ervention o f t h e s en se s ; t hat
p sych ic force exi st s th ough i t s nature i s yet u h
,

known . We say th at th i s force i s o f a

p s ych i c order ,
and n ot physical or ph ys i olog
, i cal ,

o r ch emical o r m ech anical b ecau se it pro duce s

, ,

and tran sm it s id ea s and th ought s a n d b ecau se i t ,

manife st s it self w i thout th e co operat i on o f ou r

-

”
sen se s soul t o soul mind to m ind
, ,
.

I n addition to inve sti gatin g th e above m e n

t i o n e d cla s se s of tel epath ic ph enom ena th e E n g ,

li sh Society for P sych ical R e search inve stigated

many remarkabl e ca se s o f a somewhat h igh er
pha se of t el epathy Th ey t ook d own th e stori e s
.

tol d b y per son s d eemed respon sibl e an d th en ,

carefully examined an d cro ss exam in ed oth er

,
-

wi tn es se s to th e strange ph enom ena Th e record .

of th e se exp eriment s an d inve stigation s fill a

, ,

numb er of good sized volum e s of th e Soc i ety s ’

report s wh ich are well worth read ing by al l stu

,

d ent s o f th e subj ect Th ey m ay b e found i n th e

.

librarie s o f n early any large city I shall h ow .

,

ever sel ect a numb er of th e m o st i ntere sting of

,

th e ca se s th erein report ed t o giv e my student s an

,

idea of th e character o f th e ph enom ena so i n

v e s t i ga t e d and found genuine by th e committ ees

havin g thi s cla s s of tel epathy under inve stiga

tion .

A n i ntere sting ca se o f spontaneou s tel epath y

“
i s t hat related by Dr E de a s foll ows :
.
, There
 S C IENTI FI C TELE P AT H Y 67

i s a h ou se about a h alf m il e from m y own i n -

,

habited by som e ladie s friend s o f our fa mi ly , .

Th ey have a large alarm b ell out s i d e th e i r h ou se .

O n e night I awoke sudd enly and said t o m y wife :

‘
Iam sure I h ear Mr s F s alarm b ell ringing .
’
.
’

A fter li stening for som e t im e we h eard n oth ing , ,

a n d I went t o sl eep again Th e next day Mr s . .

F called upon my wife and said t o h er : We

.
‘

were wi shin g for your h u sband la st night for ,

we were alarmed by th ieve s We were all u p and .

,

I wa s ab out t o pul l th e alarm b ell h opin g that h e ,

“
woul d h ear it saying t o my daughter s I am sure
, ,

it will soo n bring D r E de but we did not ring .

,

it My w ife a sk ed wh at tim e th i s had happened

.
’

a n d Mr s F said th at it wa s about hal f pa st on e

. . .

That wa s th e tim e I awok e thinkin g that I h eard

”
th e bell .

In th i s ca se th ere wa s manifested simply ordi

nary physical plan e t el epath y H ad th e b ell actu .

ally b een rung and h eard p sychically it woul d

, ,

have b een a ca s e of a stral plan e h earing known ,

a s clairaudience A s it wa s m erely th e th ought

.
,

in th e m ind of Mr s E and h er strong idea t o

.
,

ring th e b ell cau sed a tran smi s sion o f th ough t

,

wave s which struc k D r E de with great force and .

awakened h im Th i s ca se i s interesting b ecau se

.

it i s typical of many ca se s of a similar nature

hi n th e experi ence of many per son s I t i s seen .

t a strong feeling o r excitement accompani ed

, ,

a strong de sire or wi sh t o summon anoth er

son tend s to giv e great power a n d e ff ect to
,

th ought wave s em itted Th ey strike th e .

of th e recipient like th e sud den r i ngin g o f

 C LAI RVO Y AN C E

an al a r m cl o ck bell .

A noth er i ntere sting ca se i s that o f t wo l a d i es ,

both w ell k nown t o m ember s o f th e com mi ttee ,

an d v ou c h ed for a s o f strict v era ci ty Th i s ca se .

i s unu su a l for th e rea son that two different p er

son s r e c e iv e d th e thought wave s at th e same
-

t im e H ere i s an abridgm ent o f th e ca se : Lady

.

G a n d h er si ster had b een spen d i ng th e e v ening

.

w i th th e i r m oth er wh o wa s i n h er u sual h ealth

,

a n d sp i rit s wh en th ey l e f t h er I n th e middle of .

th e night th e si st er awo k e i n h er fright a n d said

“
t o h er hu sban d : I m u st go to my m oth er at
once ; d o o rd er th e carriage I a m sure that sh e
.
-

”
i s taken i ll . On th e way to h er m oth er s h ou se ’

w h ere two road s m eet sh e saw Lady G s car , .

’

r i a ge approach ing Wh en th ey m et each a s k ed

.

th e oth er why sh e wa s th ere Th ey both related .

t h e sam e experienc e and i mpre s sion Wh en th ey .

’
reach ed th ei r moth er s h ou se th ey found that sh e,

wa s dy i ng an d had exp re s sed a n earn e st wi sh to

,
”
see t h em .

Anoth er ca se of a similar nature i s th i s : At

th e siege of M o o l ta n Maj or General R th en a d
, .
,

j u t ant o f hi s regiment wa s severely wounded,

a n d suppo sed h im self to b e dying H e reque sted .

that h i s ring b e taken o ff h i s fin ger a n d sent t o

h i s w i fe A t th e sam e tim e hi s wife wa s at
.

F erozepore on e hundred and fi fty m il e s di stant

, ,

l y i ng o n h er b ed i n a stat e hal f way b etween

,

waking and sleeping Sh e saw h e r h u sban d be

.

i n g ta k en o ff th e fi eld and h eard h i s voice say

,

i n g : Tak e th i s ring o ff my finger and send it

‘
,

t o m y w i fe .
 S C IENTI FI C TELE PA TH Y 69

Thi s ca se bear s th e mar k s of very strong tel e p

athy but al so ha s a su spiciou s re semblance t o
,

clairvoyanc e accompanied by clairaudience O r .

p erhap s i t i s a co m bination o f both tel epathy a n d

clairvoy a nce .I t i s i mpo ssibl e t o determ i n e
which i n ab s ence of m ore detail ed i n f ormat i on
,
.

Th e m e s sage o f per son s dying o r b eli e v ing ,

th em selve s t o b e ap p roaching death are fr e ,

quently v ery stron g for c ertain r e a son s w el l

,

known to occulti st s B ut th ere i s noth ing s uper

.

natural ab out th e p h enom ena and in m o s t ca se s ,

it i s m erely a ca se o f strong t elepath y .

Th e S ociety al so re p ort s th e following i n t ere s t

“
ing ca se : A wa s awak e a n d strongly willed
.
,

t o make h i m self known to two friend s wh o a t

t hat t im e ( o n e o clock in th e morning ) were
’

a s l eep Wh en h e m et th em a few days after

.

w a rd th ey b oth tol d him that at o n e o cloc k th ey

,
’

h ad awakened under th e impre s sion that h e wa s

i n thei r ro om Th e experienc e wa s s o vivid that
.

th ey coul d not go to sleep for som e tim e an d ,

”
l ooked at th eir watch e s to n ot e th e tim e C a se s .

o f th i s k in d are quite common an d many e x pe r i ,

m entor s hav e h ad equally goo d re sult s with th i s

p h a se of th ought tran sference You will reme m .

ber that th ere i s n o actual proj ection of th e a stral

b ody i n mo st of th e se ca se s but m erely a strong
, ,

i mp re s sion cau sed by concentrated th ought .

A noth er interestin g ca se i s that of th e l a t e

B i sh o p Wilberforce a n d i s recorded i n h i s bi
,

o gr a phy a s foll ow s :
, Th e B i sh o p wa s i n hi s
library at C u ddl e s o n with three or four o f h i s
,

cl ergy wit h h i m a t th e sam e tabl e Th e B i shop .

70 C LAI R V OY A N C E

sudd enly ra i se d hi s hand to h i s h ead an d e x ,

“
cl a i med !
I a m certain that someth ing ha s ha p
pened t o on e o f my son s .I t afterward s tran s
’

p i r e d th a t j u s t at that tim e h i s el de st son s fo ot

wa s badly cru sh ed b y an acc i dent on b oard h i s
sh i p th e s o n b eing at sea Th e B i sh op h i m self
,
.

record e d th e circum s t a nce i n a l etter t o M i ss

“
N oel saying :
,
I t i s cur i ou s th at at th e t i m e of
h i s accident I wa s so p o s se s sed with th e d e ~

pre s sing con sci ou sn es s o f som e evil h aving b e

fall en my son H erb ert th at at th e l a st I wrote
, , ,

d own that I wa s unabl e to shak e o ff th e impre s

sion that som ething had happened t o h im and ,

not ed th i s down for rem embrance Th ere i s

.

n oth ing unu sual about th i s ca se for it ha s b een ,

dupli cated in th e exp eri ence of many p erson s It s .

chief im portance lie s i n th e fact th at it i s r e

corded by a m a n of wid e re putation a n d high
stan d i n g a n d al so that th e B i sh op ha d ta k en th e
,

precaut ion t o n ote d own th e th ing at th e tim e ,

in stead o f m erely recalling it after h e h ad h eard

o f th e accid ent .

You will notice that i n many ca se s of th i s kin d

th e ph enom enon clo sely approach e s th e a sp ect
o f tru e clairvoyance or a stral sen sin g I n som e
,
.

ca se s th ere app ear s to b e a b l ending of b oth

tel epathy an d a stral clairvoyance I n fact th ere .
,

i s b ut v ery l ittl e d i fferenc e between th e high e st

pha se s o f ordinary telep ath y a n d th e m ore com,

m o n ph a se s o f clairvoyance H ere a s i n many

.
,

oth er ca se s of N a t ure s force s th er e seem s to b e

’

a gradual bl en d i n g rath er than a sharp divid i ng

,

lin e b etween th e t w o cla s ses o f ph enom ena .

 S C IENTI F I C TELE P AT H Y 71

M oreover th e student d evel oping h i s telepat hi c

,

power s will frequently find that h e i s b eginnin g

t o un fold at lea st occa s i onal fla sh e s of cla i r
voyance .

In th e ca se o f t elepathy th e rec i p i ent m erel y

,

sen se s what i s i n th e m ind o f th e proj ector I n .

som e ca se s a picture in th e mind o f th e proj ecto r

may b e seen by th e recipi ent a nd may thu s b e ,

m i staken for a ca se of pure cla i rvoyance B ut .

,

i n inve stigatin g cl o sely it will b e found that th e

,

real scen e wa s sl ightly di ff erent from th e i m

pre s sion i n wh ich ca se i t show s that th e i m pre s
,

sion wa s simply t el epath ic C lairvoyant vi sion

.

show s th e scen e a s it real ly i s or rath er a s th e ,

physical eye o f th e recipient woul d h av e seen it .

Th e a stral sight really s e e s th e scen e an d doe s ,

not m erely receiv e th e m ental impres sion of th e

proj ector Th e first i s original seeing ; th e sec
.

o n d m erely a reproduction of image s alrea d y i n

,

th e mind o f th e proj ect or an d colored by h i s p er

,

s o n a l i t y etc
, .

I n th e n ext l e s son I shall g i v e you a numb er

,

o f exerci se s an d m eth od s de signed t o d evel o p

your t el epath ic power s You w i ll fin d the pra e
.

t i ce of the se mo st interesting an d entertainin g ,

and at th e sam e tim e mo st in structive You w ill .

fin d that a s you pract ice th e exerc i se s given

th erein you wil l b ecom e m ore an d m ore ad ept
,

an d proficient i n producing tel epath i c ph enom

ena From th e l ower stage s you will b e abl e to
.
,

pro c eed to th e high er A n d in tim e you w i ll b e

.
, ,

surpr i sed to fin d th at alm o st uncon sciou sly you

ha v e p a s sed i nto th e stage i n wh ich you w i ll have
72 C LAI RVOYAN C E

at l ea st occa sional manife station s of cl a i r v o y

ance p sych om etry etc
, ,
.

I n fact ther e i s n o b etter way known to prae

,

tical occulti st s t o d evelo p i n a student th e p ow

er s of clairvoyance than j u st th i s m eth o d of start
ing th e stud ent with th e exerci se s d e s i gne d t o
d evelop th e tel epath ic power It h a s b een found
.

by centur i e s of exper i ence th at th e stud ent who

d evelo p s t el epath ic power i n a systematic way
, ,

will g ra d ually unfol d an d evolve th e clairvoyant

a n d p sych ometri c p ower It con stitute s th e fir st
.

rungs o n th e ladder of p sych i c d evelopment .

O f cour se under th e h ea d of clairvoyance etc

, , .
,

you wil l b e given m eth od s an d exerci se d e signed

—
to d evel op clairvoyant power s som e of th em
very valuabl e an d eff ective m eth o d s at th at B ut
, .
,

notwith standin g th i s I feel tha t I sh oul d i m

,

pres s upon you th e i m portance o f l aying a fi rm

foundation fo r such in struction by d evelo p i ng
,

your sel f fir st along th e line s o f tel epath i c p ower .

Such a cour se will not only keenly sharp en your

p ower s of receptivity t o such vi brat i on s a s you
may wi sh t o receive ; but i t w i ll al so train your
mind i n th e direction o f tran slatin g interpreting
, ,

and recordin g such impre ssion s wh en rece i ve d .

You mu st r em em b er that profi c i ency i n a m en

t a l art i s attained only by m ean s o f tra i n ing th e
attenti on to concentrate upon th e ta sk I t i s th e.

sam e way i n clairvoyance an d p sych om etry .

Tel epathy train s your attention t o concentrate

upon th e recepti on of i m pre ssion s and t o h old
,

th em firmly and clearly in con sciou sn e s s Th e .

re sult i s th at wh en you really d evel op cl a i r v o y

 L ESS O N V

M I N D R EA D I N G AN D B E Y ON D
, .

Th e simpl er form s o f t el epath ic ph enom ena

”
h ave received th e nam e M ind R eading and by
som e have been regard ed a s som eth in g not quite
within th e cla s s of real t elepath y Thi s la st i m .

p re s sion ha s b een h eighten ed by th e fact that

th ere ha s b een o ff ered th e public many s pe ct a c
ular exhibition s of p seud o mind reading that i s -
,

to say im itation or counterfeit mind —reading i n

, ,

which th e re sul t ha s b een obtained b y trick ery ,

collu s i on or cl ever artifice B ut n o t w i ths ta n d

, .
,

ing thi s fact genuin e mind reading i s actually a

,
-

ph a se of true t elepath y .

What i s generally known a s mind read i ng -

may b e di v i d ed i nto two cla sse s a s foll ows : ( 1 )

,

wh ere th er e i s an actual physical contact b etween

t he proj ector and th e receiver ; and ( 2 ) wh ere
th ere i s n o actual physical contact but wh ere ,

th ere i s a cl o se relation i n space b etween th e two

“ ”
parti es a s in th e ca se of th e willing gam e
, In .

th e fir st cla s s be lon g all ca se s i n wh ich th e pro

je ct o r touch e s th e r ecipient or at l ea st i s co n
,

n e ct e d w i th him by a material obj ect In th e .

secon d cla s s b elong th o se ca se s in wh ich th e

reci pi ent seek s t o fin d an obj ect wh ich i s bein g
th ought of by eith er a single proj ector or by a ,

numb er of p e r son s in th e sam e ro om You w i ll .

notice that b oth o f th e se cla s se s were om i tted

from th e exp eriment s o f th e Society for P s y
chical Re search b ecau se of th e po s sib i lity of
,
 M I N D RE AD I N G AN D , B E YO N D 75

fraud or collu s i on B ut n everth el es s th e stu

.
, ,

d ent will d o wel l to acquire proficiency i n mani

te s t i n g thi s form of t el epath y not al one for it s ,

o w n sake but al so b ecau se i t naturally l ead s to

, , ,

h igh er d evelopm ent .

In th e ca se o f th e first cla s s of m i nd reading -

namely th at in which actual physical contact

,

i s ha d b etween th e proj ect or and th e reci pient ,

th ere h a s been a di spo sition o n th e part of som e

auth oritie s to explain th e whol e matt er b y th e
theory o f uncon sciou s mu scular impul se of th e
p roj ector ; but th o se wh o have carefully studied
th i s subj ect a n d wh o h ave th em selve s perform ed
,

th e feat s of thi s cla s s o f m in d reading know that -

,

th ere i s far m ore than th i s to it Tho se familiar .

with th e subj ect kn ow that th ere i s a d ecid ed

tran sferenc e of th ought wave s from th e pro -

j e c t o
“
r to th e recipient and that th e latter actu
”
,

ally feel s th e sam e a s th ey strike upon h i s m e n

tal receivin g a pparatu s Th e whole d i fference .

b etween th i s an d th e h i gh er form s o f tel epathy i s

th at i n thi s th e th ough t current s generally run -

al on g th e wire s of th e nervou s system i n stead ,

o f l eap i ng acro s s th e space b etween th e two per

son s
.

I t i s k nown t o all wh o hav e conducted th i s

cla s s o f experim ent s that at time s th ere will b e
,

experi enced a change or sh ifting i n th e t ran s

m i s sion o i th e thought current s Fo r a time
-
.
,

th e th ought wave s will b e fel t fl owing in along

-

the n erve s of th e hand s and arm s wh en all o f , ,

a sudd en th i s will cea se a n d th ere will be e xpe r i

,

e n ce d th e pa s sage of th e current d i rect from bra i n

76 C L A I RVO Y AN C E

t o bra i n I t i s i mpo s sible to d escr i b e th i s f eel

.

ing i n m ere word s t o tho se wh o h av e n e v er e x

,

p e r i e n ce d it B ut th o se to whom i t ha s on c e b een
.

m anife sted will reco g n i z e at onc e j u st what I

m ean by th i s statem ent I t i s a d i ff erent sen sa
.

tion from any oth er i n th e experi ence o f a human

b ein g and mu st actually b e exp er i ence d to b e u n
,

de r s t o o d . Th e n eare st analogy I ca n o ff er i s
that feel i n g experien c ed b y th e p er son wh en a
forgott en nam e for wh ich h e ha s vainly sought ,

sudd enly fla sh e s or l eap s i nto h i s con sciou sn e s s

— i t i s felt t o com e from som ewh er e ou t s i d e of
th e con sciou s fi eld Well i n th e ca s e of th e
.
,

th ought current th e feel ing i s much th e sam e

-
,
“ ”
only there i s a full er sen se of th e ou t sid ene s s
of th e source o f th e th ought .

In ord er t o make you und erstand th e di s ti n c

t i on b etween th e two cla s se s o f m in d reading -

m ore cl early I will say that you m ay th in k of

,

on e a s ak i n to th e o rdinary telegra phy over

w i re s ; a n d o f th e oth er a s ak i n t o wirel e s s teleg
r a phy . I t i s th e sam e force i n b oth ca se s th e ,

di fference b e i n g sim ply o n e o f th e d eta i l s of

tran sm i s sion Fix th i s idea firmly i n your m ind
.
,

and you will hav e n o troub l e i n always ha vi ng

t h e r i gh t con ception o f any k ind o f ca se o f mi nd
reading or t elepathy B ut you m u st rem em ber
,
.
, ,

th ere are ca se s in wh ich th ere i s a comb i nat i on

'

of b oth m eth od s of tran smi s sion eith er si m ul ,

t a n e o u s l y or el se sh ifting an d changin g from on e

,

t o th e oth er .

I will h ere rem i nd th e student that h e w i ll l earn

m ore by a half dozen ac t ual experim ent s i n mind
-
 M I N D RE A DI N G AN D , B E Y ON D 77

rea di n g than h e w i ll by r eading a do zen b oo k s

,

o n th e subj ect I t i s v ery g oo d to read th e b oo k s

.

i n ord er to get th e correct th eory wel l fixed i n

min d and al so i n ord er t o l e ar n th e b e st m eth od s
,

a s taugh t by tho se w h o h ave ha d a wid e e x pe r i

“ ”
ence in th e subj e c t ; but th e rea l h ow o f th e
m atter i s learn ed only th rough actual experi ence .

S o I shall n ow give you advice an d in struction s

,

concern i n g actual ex p erim ental wor k .

You th e stud ent sh oul d b egin b y ma ki ng

, ,

yourself a goo d recip i ent— that i s a goo d m ind “

read er allowing oth er s to play th e p art of pro

,

j e ct o r Later on yo u may play th e part of p ro

.
,
“ ”
je cto r i f you so d e sire b ut th e real fin e wor k i s
, ,

don e by th e recipient and for that rea son that i s

, ,

th e p art you should l earn t o play b y frequen t r e

he a r s a l s .

I adv i se you t o b egin your experimen t s w i t h

friend s wh o are i n sym path y with you a n d wh o ,

a re i ntere ste d i n th e subj ect A vo i d parti c ularly .

a l l early exper i ment s with uncongenial o r u n

sy m path et i c per son s ; an d avoid a s yo u woul d a
pe stil ence all th o se wh o are antagoni sti c eith er
to yoursel f or to th e g en eral subj ect o f tel epathy
a n d kindred subj ect s A s yo u mu st mak e your
.

“ ”
self e specially sen sit i ve i n or d er to succe s sfully
conduct a min d reading te st you w i ll fin d your
-
,

sel f particularly su sceptibl e t o th e m ental att i

tud e o f th o se around you at such tim es a n d ,

th erefore shoul d surround yourself only w i th

tho se wh o are congenial and sympath etic .

You will fin d that th er e i s a great d i fferen c e

“ ”
be tween th e several p er son s wh om you try out
78 C LAI RVOYAN C E

a s p roj ector s Som e will b e m ore e n rapport

.

with you than are oth er s wh o may b e equally

“ ”
goo d friend s E n rapp ort
. you know m ean s , ,
“ ”
in vibrational h armony Wh en two p er son s
.

are e n rapport with each oth er th ey ar e lik e two ,

wirel e s s telegraph i c in strum ent s perfectly a t

tun ed to each oth er I n such ca se s th ere are o b
.

t a i n e d th e very b e st re sult s You will soon l earn

.

to di stin gui sh th e d egre e o f e n rapport condition s

ff
b etween yourself a d di erent per son s you
n —
“
soon l earn to feel thi s condition I n th e b egin .

ning it will b e well for you t o try several p er

,

son s on e after th e oth er i n your mind reading

, ,
-

experiment s i n ord er t o pick out th e b e st one

, ,
“ ”
and al so to l earn th e feel of th e di ff erent d e
gree s of en rapp ort condition .

E ven i n ca se s of p er son s i n wh om th e en ra p
p ort cond ition s are go od it i s well to e stab li sh a
,

rhythmic uni son b etween you Th i s i s d on e b y .

b oth you and th e per son breath ing in rh yth mic

“
uni son a few m om ent s B egin by counting o n e
.

”
two three four like th e slow tickin g of a l arge
- -
,

clock Have th e oth e r per son j oin with you i n

.

so counting until your mind s b oth work i n th e

,

sam e rhythmi c tim e Th en you sh oul d h ave

.

h im breath e i n uni son with you m aking a m e n ,

tal count with you at th e sam e time so that you ,

“
will b reath e togeth er C ount ( m entally ) on e
.

” “ ”
two three four a s you inhal e ; th e on e two
- -
,
-
,
“
h olding th e breath ; and th en on e t w o th ree ,
- -

”
four ,
exhal ing or breath ing out Try thi s -
.

several tim e s an d you will fin d that you h ave

,

e stabl i sh ed a rh ythmic uni son b etween yourself

 M I N D RE A D I N G AN D B EY O N D , 79

an d th e oth er p erson In th e progre s s of a n ex

.

pe r i m e n t i,f you should find that th e condition s

a re not a s good a s might b e d e s i red you w i ll do ,

wel l to pau se for a few m om ent s an d r e e stabl i sh -

th e proper rhythmic harm ony by th i s m et h od of

harmoniou s rhythmic breathin g .

B egin b y having th e proj ector sel ect som e

promin ent obj ect i n th e ro om a chair or tabl e , ,

for in stance Th en have h im tak e your l eft hand

.

in hi s right hand R ai se your l eft hand h eld in

.
,

h i s right h and t o your foreh ead ; th en cl o se your

,

eye s a n d remain pa ssiv e a few m om ent s Have .

him concentrat e h i s m ind int ently o n th e selected

—
ob je ct a n d will th a t you s h oul d m ove tow a rd i t .

Have h im th ink o f noth ing el se except that o b

j e ct
, and t o
'

w i ll you t o m ove toward it w i th all ,

h i s power C lo se your eye s and qui et your m ind

.
, ,

opening your con sciou sn e ss to every mental i m

pre ssion t hat h e may send you In struct h im to .

“ ”
th ink n o t m erely chair for in stance but rath er
, ,
“ ”
th e re— go th ere Th e main th ought i n h i s
.

m ind mu st b e that of d irect i o n H e mu st will .

th at you m ove toward that chair .

A fter a mom ent or two you w i ll b egin t o feel ,

a vague general imp ul se to move your feet

,
.

Obey th e im pul se Ta k e a few slow step s i n a n y

.

direction that s eem s ea sy t o you S om etime s .

th i s w i ll ta k e you i n a n oppo sit e direction fro m

“
that of th e chair but i t will get you going and
, ,

you w ill soon be gin t o feel that th e d irecti on i s

“ ”
all wrong and will b egin t o b e m entally pulled
,

i n th e right d irection You will h a v e t o actually

.
80 C L A I RVO Y A N C E

expe r i ence th i s feel i ng b efore y ou will fully u h

,

de r s t a n d j u st what I m ean .

A fter som e l ittl e pract i ce you w i ll be gi n t o ,

feel qu ite di st i nct l y th e m ent a l d i re c t i on or will ,

force of th e proj e c to r w h i c h wi ll see m t o t ell you

, ,
“
— —
t o com e t h i s way no w sto p no w t urn a little
t o th e r i ght— n o w a l i tt l e t o t h e l e f t— now sto p
wh er e you are an d put ou t your r i ght hand
,

—
l ower your h an d m ov e your han d a l i ttl e t o th e
”
right— that s i t no w you h a v e got i t al l right
’

, .

Y o u will soon learn t o di st i ngui sh b etween th e

“ ” “
no tha t s wron g th ought a n d th e that s
,
’
,
’

”
ri ght on e ; a n d b etween th e g o on and th e ,
“ ”
com e on on e B y m ak i n g yoursel f co m pl etely
.

pa ss i v e an d recept i ve and ob ed i en t to th e
,

th ou g h t and wil l i mpul se s o f th e proj ecto r you

-
,

w i ll soon act li k e a sh i p un de r th e i nfluence of

th e rudd er i n th e han d of th e p roj ector .

After you h ave attain e d p rofic i ency i n r e ce i v

i n g th e m ental impre s s i on s a n d d i rect i on s you ,

will find yourself attracted or d rawn li k e a piece ,

o f st eel t o th e magn et to w ar d t h e obj ect sel ected

, .

I t will som etim e s seem a s i f you were b e i ng

m oved t o it even again st your o w n will and a s —
i f som eon e el se were actually mov i ng your feet
for you Sometim e s th e i m p ul se will com e so
.

stron g that you will actually ru sh ah ead o f th e

p roj ector d ragging h im along w i th you i n stead
, ,

o f having h im a l i ttl e i n advance or by yo u r s i d e , .

I t i s all a matt er o f pract i ce .

Y ou wil l soon di scover th e gr e a t d i ff erence be

t w een d i ff erent proj ec t ors S om e o f th em w i l l
.

b e i n perfec t en ra pport conditi on w i th you wh i l e ,

82 C L A I RVO YAN C E

on e . B e h one st a n d str i ct w i th yourself— ma k e

“
yoursel f pa s s th e examination b efore p rom o
t i on in each an d ev ery step
, .

1. L o c a ti o n s B egin by finding parti c ula r

.

l ocat i on s m a room ; corners alco v e s do or s etc , , , .

2 . L a rg e Obj e c t s Th en begin t o fin d large .

obj ect s such a s tabl e s ch air s boo k ca se s etc

, , ,
-
, .

3
. S m al l O bj e c t s Th en proceed to fin d small .

obj ect s such a s b o o k s o n a tabl e sofa cu sh ion s

, ,
-
,

ornam ent s pa per k nive s etc Gradually work

,
-
, .

down t o very small o bj ect s such a s scarf pin s ,

-
,

articl e s of j ewelry pocket kn ive s etc ,

-
, .

4
. C o nc e a l ed O bj e c t s Th en pro ceed t o fin d .

small o bj ect s that have b een concealed under

oth er o bj ect s such a s a p oc k et b oo k b en eath a
,
-

sofa cu shi on et c ; or a k ey i n a book ; or a k ey

-
, .

und er a rug etc , .

5
. M in ut e O bj e c t s T h en pro c eed t o d i scover .

very small obj ect s eith er concealed or el se placed ,

i n an i ncon spicuou s place such a s a p i n stuc k i n ,

th e wall etc ; or a small bean und er a va se et c

,
.
, .

Th e public per f orm er s of m i nd rea di ng var y

th e ab ove by sen sational com b i nat i on s but you ,

will read i ly see th at th e se are but i ngeniou s ar

rangement s of th e abov e gen eral exp er i m ent s ,

and that n o n ew pr i ncipl e i s involved A s th e se .

l e sson s are de s i gned for ser i ou s study and e x pe r i

ment and n ot for sen sati onal public perform
,

a n ce s I sh all n ot enter into th i s pha se o f th e sub

,

j e c t in th e se page s Th e stud ent wh o under.stand s

th e general p rinc i pl e s and i s ab l e to perform th e ,

ab ove experim ent s succes sfull y will hav e n o di f .

 M I N D READ I N G AN D B EYON D , 83

ficu l t y in repro d ucing th e genu i n e feat s of th e

public mind read er s by simply u sin g h i s i n
,

ge n u i ty in arranging th e stage e ff ect s etc -

.
,

A mon g oth er th ings h e will fin d that h e w i ll b e

,

abl e t o obtain re sult s by interpo sing a th ird per

so n between th e proj ector and h im self ; or by
u sing a sh o rt piece of wire to connect h im self and
th e proj ector Drawing p ictures o n a blackb oard
.
,

or writing out nam e s o n a slat e by m ean s o f ,

th ough t direction are simply th e result o f a fin e

,

d evelo pm ent o f th e power o f finding th e small

i
a t c e
r l —
h
th e impul se to m ove th e hand i n a cer
tain d irection come s i n preci sely th e sam e way .

Th e public d riving feat s of th e profe s sional m i nd

read er are but a m ore compl icated form of th e
“
sam e gen eral princi pl e— th e im pres sion o f di r e c
”
tion onc e obtain ed th e re st i s a m ere matter o f
,

d etail Th e o pen i ng of th e comb ination of a safe

.
,

th ough re q uiring wonderful proficien cy o n th e

part of th e o perator i s sim ply a n elab or a t i on of
,
“ ”
th e direction m ovement .

Som e recipient s are of course far more p ro

, ,

fici e n t than are oth er s ; b ut each and every per

so n — any per son of average intelligence— wil l be
abl e to secure more or l e s s profici ency i n th e se
experiment s provi d e d th at patience an d prae
,

tice are em ployed Th ere i s n o such thing a s a n

.

ab solut e failure po s sibl e t o anyon e wh o will pro

ce e d intelligently an d will practice su fficiently
, .

Sometime s after many d i scouraging att em pts

, ,

th e wh ol e th in g will fla sh into on e s mind at once ’

a n d aft er that th ere will b e littl e or n o troubl e .

If you are able to witne s s th e demon stration s of

84 C L A I RVOYAN C E

so m e good m i nd reader profe s sional or amateur

-
, ,
“ ”
it w i ll h el p you to catch th e k nac k at onc e .

Y o u will fi nd tha t th e se experim ent s w ill tend

t o gr e a tly a n d rapid ly d evel o p your p sychi c r e
ce pt i v i ty i n t h e directi on of th e h igh er pha ses of
p sych ic ph en om ena You w i l l b e surpr i se d t o
.

find yourself catch i ng fla sh e s or glim p se s of

h i gh er tel epa t h y or even cla i rvoyance I would
, .

advi se e v ery p erson wi sh ing to cultivat e th e

h ig h er p sych i c facult i e s t o b egin by p erfecting
,

him sel f or h er self i n th ese simpl er form s o f m ind

readin g B eside s th e benefit s obt ained th e prae
.
,

tice pro v e s v ery intere sting an d op en s many ,

d oor s t o pl ea sant s o c ial e n terta i nm ent B ut .

,

n ever allow th e d e s i r e fo r soc i al prai se or p cpu

l a r i ty i n th e se m atter s t o spoil you for s eriou s
, ,

inve st i gation an d exp erim ent .

T he S e c o n d St e p o f D e v e l o pm e n t Th e stu .

d en t h av i n g perfected h i m sel f i n th e exper i m ent s

,

al ong th e lin e s o f th e fi r st cla s s of m i n d reading -

,

i s n ow re a dy f or th e second step o r exp er i ment s ,

al on g th e l i n e s of t h e secon d cla s s of m ind read

i n g v iz wh ere th er e I S n o ac t ual physical contact
, .

b etween th e proj ector an d rec i p i ent but wh ere ,

th ere i s a cl o se relat i on i n spac e between th e two .

N o w th e th oughtful stu d ent w i ll naturally

,

w i sh to a s k a que stion h ere som eth i ng li k e thi s :

,
“
You h a v e tol d u s that th ere i s n o r eal d i ff er
enc e b etween t el epathy at a great d i stance and ,

th a t i n wh ich there i s only th e sl igh te st di ff er

ence i n th e p o s i t i on o f t h e proj ecto r and rec i pient ,

p rov i d i n g always th at th ere i s n o a ctual p hys

, ,

ic al c on t act Th i s b e i ng so w hy you r i n s i stenc e

.
,
 M I N D R EA D I N G A N D ,
B EYON D 85

u pon t h e clo s e r elat i on i n space j u st m ent i on e d ?

‘ ’

”
— what i s th e rea son for th i s n earne s s ? Well ,

i t i s l ik e th i s : Whil e th ere i s n o d i stin c t i on of

space i n true t e l epathy st i ll i n ex p er i m ent s s uch
,

a s I shall now d e scr i b e th e phy s i ca l n earn es s of

,

the p roj ector enabl e s h i m t o c on centrate m ore

forcibly an d al so g iv e s confi denc e to th e n ew
,

beginner i n rece i v i ng m ind current s T h e b ene -

.

fit i s sol ely that o i th e p sychol ogic a l e ff ec t upon

th e mind s of th e two per son s an d ha s n oth i n g to ,

do w i th th e actual po w er o f th e t el epath i c w a v e s .

I t i s mu c h ea s i er f or a per son to concentra t e hi s

thought a n d w i ll upon a per son i n actua l phys i c al
sigh t b e f ore h i m than u p on one out o f s i ght
, .

A n d likew i se th e recipien t fi n d s h i m sel f m o r e

, ,

confident an d at ea se wh en i n th e a c tual phys ic al

of th e per son sending th e th ought s a n d wi ll
power That i s all th ere i s to it Wh en th e p er
. .

son s hav e acquired familiar i ty w i th proj ect i ng

an d rece i v i ng th en th i s ob st a cl e i s overcom e and
, ,

lon g d i stance s have n o ter r or for th em .

Th e b e st way for t h e stud ent t o start i n o n t h i s

cla ss of min d readin g i s for h i m to exper i m ent
-
,

o cca sionally wh ile performing h i s physical co n

tact m ind read i n g experim ent s
-
Fo r i n stance .
,

wh i le engaged i n search i n g for a n obj ect let h i m

di sen g age h i s hand f ro m that of th e proj ector f or
a moment or so an d then en d eavo r to rece i ve t h e
,

impre s sion s without c onta ct ( T hi s sh oul d b e .

don e only i n pr iv a t e exper im ent s n ot i n publ i c ,

one s ) H e wi l l soon d i s c o v e r t hat h e i s rece ivi ng

.

thou ght impul se s i n spit e of th e lac k o f phy s ic al

—
contact faint perha p s bu t still perceptibl e A
, , .
86 C L A I R V O Y A N CE

l i t t l e pr a c ti ce o f th i s k ind will soon conv i nce h i m

that h e i s rece i ving th e m ental current s direct
from brain t o bra i n Th i s e ff ect will b e i ncrea sed
.

i f h e arrange s to ha v e se v eral p er son s coneen

trate th e i r th ou g h t s a nd wi ll p ower upon h im
d uring th e exper i m ent F rom th i s stage h e wi ll
.
,

gradually d e v elo p i nto th e stage o f th e Willin g

Gam e .

Th e W i l l in g G a m e q uit e popular in som e c i r

,

cle s i s played b y on e per son ( u sually b l ind

,

fol ded ) being brou gh t i nto th e ro om i n wh i ch a

number of per son s h av e pr eviou sly agreed upon
som e obj ect t o b e foun d b y h i m th ey co n ce n tr a t
,

ing th e i r th ough t fi rmly u p on th e obj ect Th e .

audience sh oul d b e taugh t t o n ot only to th in k

“ ”
but al so to a ctively will th e progre s s o f th e
recipient from th e start to th e fini sh of th e hunt .

“ ”
Th ey should will h i m al on g each step of h i s
”
j ourn ey and th en wil l h i s han d to th e obj ect
,

it self wh ere v er i t b e h i dd en .

A n ad ep t i n th e receivin g en d o f th e W i llin g
Gam e w i ll b e abl e t o perform all th e exp eriment s
that I have j u st po i nted out to you i n th e contact
m in d readin g cla s s I n th e Willing Gam e you
-
.
,

m u s t rem emb er that th ere i s n o tak i n g h old of

h an d s or any o t h er form o f ph ysical contact be
tween proj ector a n d reci pi ent Th e tran smi ssion
.

o f th e mental current s mu st b e d irect from b rain ,

t o b ra i n Oth erwi se th e two cla s se s of e x pe r i

.
,

ment s are alm o st id entical Th ere i s th e sam e

.

“ ”
willin g t oward th e obj ect o n th e part o f th e
proj ector s and th e sam e pa s sive obedience of th e
,

recipient A ll th e d i fference i s that th e curren t

.
 M I N D R EA D I N G A ND B E Y O ND , 87

n ow p a s se s over th e ether of space a s i n th e ca se ,

of th e wirel es s m es sage in stead of over th e wire s

,

of th e n ervou s system of th e two p er son s .

“ ”
Th e n ext step i s that of gues sing th e nam e
o f th ings th ought of by th e party I ca n giv e you .

n o better direction s than th o se foll owed by th e

inve stigator s i n th e C r e e r y ch ildren a s related i n ,

a precedi n g ch a pt er of th i s bo ok Wh en you be .

com e su ffi ci e ntly p rofi cient in th i s cla s s of mind

reading you sh o ul d b e abl e to reproduce every
,

experim ent th ere m enti oned with at lea st a fair ,

d egree of succe s s It i s all a matter of patience

.
,

per severanc e a n d practi ce .

A fter you hav e b ecom e very proficient i n th i s

cla s s of experim ent s you may begin t o try ex
,
“ ”
p e r i m e n t s at l o n g di stance th at i s W h ere th e ,

proj ector i s o u t o f your ph ysical pre sence I t .

make s n o d i fference wh eth er th e d i stance b e

merely th at between two adj oining ro om s or ,

el se o f mile s of space A t fir st h owever n ear

.
, ,

ne s s ad d s confidence in th e maj ority of ca se s .

C onfid ence once gained th e di stance may b e ,

l ength en ed indefinitel y without impair ing th e ,

succe s s of th e experiment s Th e long d i stance .

experim ent s may con si st eith er o f th e receiving

o f singl e word s name s etc or el se di stinct cl ear
, ,
.
, ,

m e s sage s or id ea s S om e find it n o more d i fficult

.

t o r epro duce simile geom etrical d e sign s such a s ,

circl es square s triangl e s etc than t o reproduce

, , ,
.
,

wo rd s or i dea s .

I n long di stance exp erim ent s i t i s well for th e ,

proj ector t o writ e down th e word or th ought h e

wi sh e s t o tran smit an d for th e recipient t o write
,
88 C LA I R V OY A N C E

d own th e i m pre ssion s h e rece iv e s T h e s e m e m o .

randa will serve a s a r ecord o f progr e s s an d wi ll , ,

moreover giv e a sc i ent i fi c v alue t o t h e e xpe r i

,

m ent s .

Som e e xpe r i m e n t o r s hav e b een qu i t e succe s s

ful i n exp erim ent s alon g th e l ine s o f A utomat i c
Wr i ting from l i ving per son s produce d b y m ean s ,

of long di stan ce tel epa t hy In th e se c a se s th e .

'

re c i pient sit s pa s sively at th e h our agree d upon

fo r th e experim ent a n d t h e proj ector coneen
,

trate s i n t ently upon a sent ence o r severa l sen ,

t e n ce s one word at a tim e

,
— a t th e sam e t i m e
“ ”
will ing th e oth er p er son to wr i t e th e w ord .

Th e fam ou s inve sti gator o f p sych i c ph enom ena ,

th e late W T Stead editor of a London n ew s

. .
,
“
pap er wh o went down on th e Ti tanic wa s very
, ,

succe s sful in experim ent s of th i s k ind H i s wr i t .

t e n r ecord s o i th e se are very i ntere sting an d i n

struct i v e .

Y ou will o f cours e und erstan d th at i n all ca se s

, ,

of long d i stanc e tel epath i c experim ent s th ere

sh oul d b e a n und erstanding b etween th e two p er
son s regarding th e tim e an d durat i on o f th e
experim ent so a s t o obtain th e b e st re sult s P er
,
.

s o n a l l y h owever I hav e kn own o f som e v ery ex

, ,

ce l l e n t re sult s in wh ich th e receiv i ng o f th e m e s

sage occurred several h our s after th e sending
— th u s sh ow i ng that t elepathy i s i n a m ea sure i n
d epen d ent o f t i m e a s wel l a s o f spac e B ut a s
,
.
,

a rule th e b e st re sult s are ob t a i n e d w h en th e t w o

,
“ ”
p er son s sit s i mul t aneou sly .

D o not r e s t content wi th ac c ep ti ng th e report s

of oth er s regardin g t h e se th i ng s Try th e m for .
 LES S O N V I .

C LAI RV OY A NT P SY C H O M ETRY .

Th e word clairvoyanc e m ean s cl ear see

”
ing. I n it s pre sent u sage i t cover s a wide fi eld
of p sych ic ph enom ena ; and i s u se d by di ffer e n t
writer s t o de signate pha se s of p sych i c ph enom
ena di ff ering wid ely from each oth er Th e student .

i s apt t o b ecom e confu sed wh en h e m eet s th e se

ap parently conflicting d efinition s an d u sage s I n .

th e glo s sary of th e S ociety for P sych ical R e

“
search th e term i s defin e d a s :
,
Th e faculty or
act o f perce i v i ng a s th oug h vi sually with som e
, ,

coinci dental truth som e di stant scen e ; it i s u sed

,

sometime s b ut hardly prop erly for t r a n s ce n

, ,

d ental vi sion or th e p erception of b ein gs r e

,
”
garde d a s on an oth er plan e o f exi stence .

M r s H enry S id gw ick a di stingui sh ed writer

.
,

on th e subj ect of p sych i c ph enom ena i n on e o f ,

h er report s t o th e Soc i ety for P sych ical R e

search says :
, Th e wor d cl air v oyant i s o ften
u se d very lo o sely an d with wid ely d i fferent
m eanings I d enote by i t a f aculty of acqu i r i ng
.

supern ormally but n ot by reading th e min d s o f

,

p erson s pre sent a k nowl e d ge of fact s such a s we

,

n orm ally ac quire by th e u se of our s en se s I d o .

not limit it to knowledge that woul d normal l y b e

acquired by th e sen se o f sight n or d o I lim it i t
,

to a knowledge of pre sent fact s A s i milar k n owl

.

edge o f th e pa st an d if nece s sary o f future fa c t s

, ,

m ay b e includ ed On th e oth er hand I exclud e

.
,

th e m ere faculty o f seeing apparition s or v i s i on s ,

”
wh ich i s som etim es call ed cla i r v oyance .
 C L A I R VOY A NT P SY C H O METR Y 91

Th e above definitive explanation o f th e term

clairvoyance agrees w i th th e i dea of th e be st a u
t ho r i t i e s and di stingui sh e s b etween th e phenom
,

ena of clairvoyance a n d that of tel epathy on th e ,

on e hand ; and b etween th e form er and th at o f

seeing apparition s o n th e oth er hand I per
, .
,

s o n a l l y accept th i s d i stinction a s b oth sc i entifi c

,

in form an d a s agreein g with th e fact s of th e

,

ca se You will o f course see that th e accept

.
, ,

ance of th e exi stence o f th e a stral sen se s throw s

light o n many ob scur e po i nt s ab out which th e
p sych ic re search er s are i n doubt a n d reconcil e s ,

many apparently o pp o sing fact s .

A ll scientific auth oritie s a s well a s th e b e st o c

,

culti st s d ivid e th e ph enom ena of clairvoyance

,

int o several well —di stin gui sh ed cla s se s Th e fol .

lowing cla s sification i s s i m pl e and indicat e s ,

cl early th e principal form s of cl ai rvoyant ph e

n o m en a :

( 1) Simpl e C lairv oyance i n wh ich th e clair

,

voyant per son m erely sen se s t h e auric emana

tion s of oth er per son s such a s th e auric vibra
,

tion s colors etc ; current s of th ought vibration s

, ,
.
-
,

etc but doe s not see ev ent s or scen es removed

.

i n space or tim e from th e ob server .

( 2 ) C lairvoyance i n S p ace i n wh ich th e clair ,

voyant per son sen se s s cen e s a n d event s rem oved

i n space from th e ob server ; and often al so i s ab le ,

to sen se such th ings even wh en th ey are co n

ce a l e d or ob scured by i ntervening mater i al o b

j e c t s
.

( )
3 C lairvoyance i n Tim e i n wh ich th e cla i
, r
voyant per son sen se s scene s and event s which
 92 C L A I RVOY A N C E

have h a d th eir original pla c e i n p a st t im e ; or

scen e s an d event s wh ich wil l ha v e t h e i r or i g i nal
p lace i n th e future .

I shall d escribe eac h o f t h e se t h ree c l a sse s wi th ,

t h ei r many variat i on s a s we reach th em in th e i r

,

pro p er place s in th es e l es s on s B e fore d o i ng so .

h owe v e r I wi sh t o expla i n t o yo u th e s everal

,

m et h o d s by wh i ch cla i rvoyant v i s i on i s u sual l y

i ndu c e d Th e se m eth o d s m ay b e d e s i gnate d a s
.

foll o w s :
( 1 ) P syc h o m e t ry o r th e m eth o d o f ge t t i n g
,

e n rapport with t h e a stral plane by m ean s of

som e phys i cal obj ec t connecte d w i t h th e person ,

th i n g o r s c en e ab o u t w h i c h you d e s i re t o b e i n
,

form ed .

( 2 ) C ry s tal Ga zi n g e tc o r t h e m eth o d o f
, .
,

gett i ng en ra p port w ith th e a s t ral p lan e by m e a n s

o f gazin g into a crys t al mag i c mi rror etc
, ,
.

( 3) C lairvoyant R everie or th e m et h o d o f ,

gettin g en ra pport w i th th e a stral plane by m ean s

of p sych i c state s i n wh i ch th e s i ght s soun d s an d ,

th ought s of th e ma t er i al an d p hy s i cal p lan e ar e

sh ut out o f con sc i ou sne s s .

I sh all n ow proceed t o gi ve th e d e t a i l s r ega r d

i n g each on e of th e se th ree great cla s ses o f m e th
od s inducing cla i rvoyant vi sion o r e n r a p po r t ,

condition s with th e a stral plan e .

P s y c h o m etry P sych om etry i s t ha t f or m o f

.

clairvoyant ph enomena i n wh ich th e cla i rvoyant

get s i nto en rapport relati on w i th th e a stral plan e
b y m ean s of th e connect i n g l i n k o f mater i al o b
j e ct,s such a s b i t o f s t one p i ece o f ha,i r art i cl e ,

o f wear i n g apparel etc wh i ch ha s ha d p re vi ou s

, .
,
 C LAI RVO YA NT P SY C H O M ETR Y 93

a s s oc i a ti on s with t h e th i n g per son o r s cen e r e

,

g ardin g wh i ch clairvoyant v i sion i s requ i red .

W i th out goin g i nto tech nical occul t explana

tion s I woul d say that th e virtu e o f th ese a rt i cl e s
,

con si st s entirely o f th eir a s soc i at i ve valu e Th at .

i s t o say th ey carry i n them certain v ib rat i on s of

,

pa st exper i ence wh ich serve a s a conn ecting l ink ,

or a s sociat ed filam ent with th e th ing wh ic h i s

,

sough t to b e brou ght i n t o th e fi el d of cl a i r v oy a nt

v i sion .

To reach cla i rvoyantly a t hi n g scen e o r p er

, ,

s o n i h th i s way i s a k in to th e unwinding o f a
ball o f yarn wh en you h ol d th e loo se en d i n your
,

h and O r it i s like g i v i ng a k een scent ed d o g a

.
,
-

sniff at a handkerchi ef once carri ed b y th e p er son

whom you wi sh him to no se out for you .

A well known auth ority on th e subj ect o f

-

“
p sych ic ph enomena ha s said on th i s po i nt : Th e
untrain ed clair v oyant u sually cannot fin d any
part i cular a s t ral p ictur e wh en i t i s wante d w i th ,

out som e special link to put him e n rapport with

th e subj ect required . P sych om etry i s a n i n
stance i n p oint It seem s a s th ough th ere wer e a
.

sort of magnet i c attachm ent or a ffin ity b etween

any particl e of matter and th e record which con
—
tain s i t s h i story a n a ffinity which enab l e s i t to
act a s a kin d of conductor between that record
and th e facult i e s of anyon e wh o ca n read i t F or .

in stance I once brought from Ston eh enge a t iny

,
’
fra gm ent of stone not lar ger than a pin s h ead
, ,

a n d o n p utting th i s into a n envelope an d handing

it to a p sych om eter wh o h ad n o id ea wh at i t w a s ,

sh e at once b egan to de scrib e that wonderful ruin

94 C LAI RVO YA N C E

an d th e d e solate country surrounding i t a n d th en ,

went o n to pictur e v ividly what were evid ently

scen e s from it s early h i story sh owing that th e
,

i n fin i t e s s i m a l fragment had b een su ffici ent t o put

h er into communication with th e record s co n
n e ct e d with th e spot from wh i ch i t cam e Th e .

scene s th rough wh ich we pa s s in th e cour se of

our l ife seem to act i n th e sam e way u pon th e
cell s o f our b rain a s d id th e h i story of Stone
h enge u pon that particle of ston e Th ey e stab .

li sh a conn ection with th o se cell s b y m ean s of

wh ich our mind i s put en rapport with th at par
t i cu l a r portion of th e record s and so we rem em
‘

,
’ ”
b er wh at we h ave seen .

O n e of th e simpl e st and m o st comm on form

o f p sych om etry i s that i n which th e ps ycho m
e t r i s t i s ab l e to tell th e physical condition o f a
p er son by m ean s o f h old ing t o th e foreh ead o r ,

even i n th e hand som e trinket or small articl e

,

such a s a handkerchi ef r ecently worn o n th e p er

son o f th e ind i vidual r egarding wh om th e i n
formation i s sought I n th e ca se of som e v ery
.

sen sitiv e p sych om etr i st s th e p sych i c p er son

,
“
tak e s o n th e condition of th e oth er p er son
wh o se form er articl e of cloth in g trink et etc sh e
, , .
,

i s h olding Sh e will often actually exper i ence th e

.

phys i cal pain an d d i stre s s o f th e person an d will ,

b e abl e to indicat e from wh at ailm ent th e per son

i s su ff erin g S om e per son s attain gr eat pr o fi
.

ci e n cy i n thi s d irection and are a great a s si stanc e

,

t o wi se physician s wh o ava i l them selve s of th eir

serv i ce s Som e succe s sful ph ys i cian s th em selve s
.

po sses s t h i s f aculty well d eveloped an d u se i t to,

 C LAI R VO Y AN T P S Y C H O MET R Y 95

gre a t a d vantage thoug h a s a rul e th ey k eep very

, ,

qu i e t ab out it from f ear of creat i ng unfavorabl e

,

comment from th eir fellow phys i c i an s and from -

“
th e general publi c wh o d o not b eli eve in such
t om foolery
-
.

A step furth er i s th e power of som e ps ycho m

e t r i s t s to correctly d escrib e th e per sonal char

a ct e r i s t i cs an d even th e pa st h i story o f per son s

,
“
w i th wh om th ey com e in contact o r wh o se a s ,
”
s o ci a t e d articl e th ey have i n th eir hand s Som e .

very remarkabl e in stance s of thi s ph a se o f ps y

cho m e t r y are related i n th e book s containin g
th e h i story of clairvoyance A n intere sting
.

ca se i s that related by Z s cho kke th e emin ent ,

German writer wh o relate s in h i s autobiogra ph y

,

h i s wonderful experience i n th i s d irection .

“
Li sten to th e story in hi s own word s : It ha s
h appened to m e occa sionally at th e fir st m eeting
with a total stranger wh en I have been li stenin g
,

i n silence to h i s conver sation that hi s pa st l ife ,

up t o th e p re sent mom ent with many m inut e cir

,

cu m s t a n ce s b elonging t o o n e or oth er particular

scene i n it h a s com e acro s s m e lik e a dream but
, ,

di stinctly entirely involuntarily a n d un sought

, ,

occupying in duration a few minute s For a long .

t i m e I wa s di spo sed to con sider th ese fleeting

—
vi sion s a s a trick o f th e fancy th e m ore so a s
my dream vi sion d i splayed to m e th e dr e s s a n d
-

m ov em ent s of th e actor s th e appearanc e of th e

,

ro om th e furniture an d oth er accid ent s o f th e

, ,

scen e ; till on one occa sion i n a game som e m ood, ,

I narrated to my family th e secret h i story o f a

seam stres s wh o had j u st quitted t h e room I .
96 C LA I R V OY A N C E

ha d n ever seen t h e p e rs on be f o r e N e v e r t h el e s s.
,

th e h earer s w er e a s t on i sh e d a n d l aug h ed a n d
,

w oul d n ot b e p ersua d ed bu t that I ha d a pr ev i ou s

a c q ua i ntanc e with th e form er l if e of t h e per son ,

i na smuch a s what I ha d stated wa s perfe c tly t r u e .

“
I w a s n ot l e s s a ston i sh ed t o fin d th a t m y
d rea m vi sion agreed wi th real i ty I th en ga v e .

m or e a tt ent i on to th e subj ect a n d a s o ft en a s

,

p ro p r i ety a l lowed o f it I relat e d t o th o s e wh o se

,

l i ve s h a d so pa s sed b e f or e m e th e s ub stance o f
m y d ream vi sion to ob t a i n fro m th em i t s c on
-
,

t r a di ct i o n or confirm a tion O n every o cca s i on

.

i t s confi rmati on followe d n ot with ou t amaze

,

m ent o n th e par t o f t h o se wh o gav e i t On a .

certa i n fair day I w en t i n t o t h e t own o f W a ld s

-

hu t accom pani e d by t wo young fore ster s w h o ,

a re still al ive It w a s even i ng an d t i red w i th

.
, ,
‘ ’
ou r wal k w e went i nt o a n i n n call ed t h e V i n e
, .

We to o k o u r s upper w i th a num erou s c om p a ny at

th e pub l i c tab l e wh en i t h a ppen ed that t hey
,

m a d e th e m selve s m erry over th e pecul i a r iti e s o f

th e Sw i s s i n connection w i th th e b el i e f i n m e s
’
m er i s m Lav a ter s phys i ogno mi cal sys t e m a n d
, ,

th e l ik e On e o f m y compan i on s w h o se n a t i o n a l
.
,

pr id e w as t ouch e d by th e i r ra i llery b eg g e d m e ,

to m a k e so m e r e p ly p articularly 1n an swer t o a
,

young m a n o f s up er i o r a ppearance wh o sa t o p
p “ o s i
, t e a n d h a d i ndulge d i n unre s t raine d r idic ul e .

It ha ppene d tha t th e event s o f th i s person s ’

l i fe h ad j u s t prev i ou sly pa s sed b e f ore m y mi nd .

I turn ed t o him wi th th e que st i on wh eth e r h e

w oul d rep l y t o m e w i th t r ut h an d c an d o r i f I ,

narrate d to him t h e m o s t se c re t pa s sa g e s o f hi s
98 C L A I R V O Y A N CE

i s abl e t o d e scr i b e a di stan t s c en e by m e a n s o f

a bit o f mi neral plant or s i milar obj e c t once
, , ,

l ocat e d at that place I n such ca se s th e ps y

.
,

cho m e tr i s t get s e n rapp ort with th e d i stant scen e

by m ean s o f th e connecting l in k m ent i oned .

Havin g obtained th i s h e i s abl e t o relate th e

,

event s th at are h appenin g on that scen e at th at

part ic ula r m om ent S om e v ery int ere sting ca se s
.

a r e m entioned i n wh ich th e p sych om etri st h a s

“ ”
b een abl e t o spy in on a certain p lace by m ean s ,

o f som e small articl e which h a s recently b een

located i n that place Fo r in stance I once gave
.

a young p sych om etr i st a penh old er from th e

o ffice of a lawyer a friend of m in e l ocat ed ab out
, ,

eight hundred m ile s from th e p sych om etri st Sh e .

gave a perfect picture of th e interio r o f th e o ffic e ,

th e scen e acro s s th e street vi sibl e from th e o ffice

wind ow a n d certain event s that were h a p p enin g
,

in th e o ffi ce at that m oment wh ich w ere v er i fi ed

,

by careful inquiry a s to per son s and t i m e Every .

occulti st o r inve stigator o f p sych ic ph eno m en a

,

h a s experienced many ca se s o f th i s k ind .

A noth er pha se of psych om etry i s that i n w h ic h

th e p sych om eter i s abl e to sens e th e con di tion s
exi stin g und erground by m ean s o f a p iece o f
,

min eral or m etal wh ich originally wa s l oca t e d

th ere Som e wo nderful in stan ce s of phycho
.

m etr i c d i scernment o f m in e s etc h av e b een r e

,
.
,

cord ed I n th i s p ha se o f p sych om etry all that

. ,

i s n eed ed i s a pi ece o f th e coal m ineral o r m etal ,

wh i ch h a s com e f r om th e mine Follow i n g up .

“ ”
thi s p sych ic l ea d th e p sych om etri st i s abl e to
d e s c rib e th e v e i n s or strata of th e surround i ng
 C L AI R VO Y A N T P S Y C H O MET RY 99

la n d alt h ough th ey h a v e not a s yet b een u n co v

,

ere d or d i scovered .

Still anoth er form o f p sych om etr i c d i scern

m ent i s that i n which t h e p sych om etr i st get s e n
ra pport with th e pa st h i story o r a n o bj ect o r o f ,

i t s surroundings b y mean s of th e obj e ct it self

,
.

In th i s way th e p sych om etri st h old ing i n h i s

,

hand o r pre s s i ng t o h i s h ead a bull et from a bat

, ,

tle fi eld i s abl e t o pi c ture th e battl e i t sel f Or

,
.
,

given a piece of anci ent p ott ery o r ston e i m pl e

ment th e p sychom etri st i s abl e to picture th e
,

time and p eopl e s connected w i th th e o bj ect i n

th e pa st— som etim e s after many c enturie s are
pa st I onc e handed a good p sychom etri st a b i t
.

o f ornam ent taken from a n E gyptian mummy

over th ree th ou sand year s ol d Th ough th e ps y .

cho m e t r i s t d id not k now what th e o bj ect wa s o r ,

from w h ence it h ad com e sh e wa s a bl e to p i c ,

ture not only th e scen e s i n wh ich th e E gyptian

had l ived but al so th e scene s conn ect ed with th e
,

m anufacture of th e ornament som e thre e hun ,

dred year s b efor e that tim e— for it turned out

that th e ornam ent it self wa s a n anti qu e wh en th e
E gy p tian ha d acquired it I n anoth er ca se I had
.
,

th e p sychom etri st d e scrib e in detail th e animal

l i fe a n d th e physical ph enom ena of th e age i n
, ,

wh ich a fo ssil had exi sted wh en al i v e many —

th ou sand s of year s ago In th e pro per plac e i n
.

th i s boo k I will explain j u st h ow it i s po s s i bl e t o

,

pene t rate th e secret s of th e pa st by p sych om etr i c

vi s i on — that i s to say th e p sych ic law s ma ki ng
,

t h e same po s sibl e .

Som e o f th e m o st remarkabl e of re c or d ed i h
1 00 C LAI RVO Y AN C E

stance s o r t h i s form of p sych om etry k nown t o th e

We stern worl d are th o se related i n th e wor k s of
a geol og i st nam ed D enton wh o som e fifty year s ,

ago conducted a seri e s of in v e stigation s into th e

ph en om ena o f p sych om etry H i s record ed ex .

p e r i m e n t s fill se v eral volum e s B eing a geol .

o gi s t h e wa s able t o sel ect th e b e st subj ect s for

,

th e exp erim ent s and al so to verify an d d ecide

,

upon th e accuracy of th e report s given by th e

p sych o m etr i st s H i s wife h er self wa s a gifted
.
, ,

p sych om etri st a n d it h a s b een sai d o f h er by

, ,
“
good a uth ority that sh e i s abl e by putting a
, ,

p i ece of m att er ( whatever b e it s nature ) t o h er

h ead t o see eith er with h er eye s cl o sed o r open
, , ,

all that th e pi ece of matt er figuratively sp ea k ,

”
in g ever saw h eard o r experi enced
, , Th e fol
, .

l owing exam pl e s will give a good i dea of th e

D enton exp erim ent s which are typical o f th i s ,

cla s s o f p sych ometry .

D r D enton gave th e p sych om etri st a small

.

fragm ent broken from a large m eteorite Sh e .

“
h el d it to h er h ead an d r eport e d Th i s i s curi
,

ou s Th ere i s noth ing at all t o b e seen I feel a s

. .

i f I were in th e air N o n ot i n th e air eith er.

, ,

but i n nothing n o plac e I am utterly unabl e t o

, .

d e scrib e it ; it seem s h igh h owever I feel a s ,

th ough I were ri sing and my eye s are carried u p ,

ward s ; but I lo ok around in vain ; th ere i s noth

in g t o b e seen I see cl oud s n ow but noth ing
.
, ,

el se Th ey a re so clo se t o m e that I see m to b e

.

i n th em My h ead an d n ec k and eye s are

.
,

aff ected M y eye s are carried up and I cannot

.
,

roll th em d own N o w th e cloud s a ppea r l i gh t er

.
 C LAI R V OY AN C E

of i t N ow I s ee th e wh o l e animal What a n
.
, .

”
a wf ul loo k in g creature .

A noth er tim e Dr D enton gav e th e ps ycho m

, .

e t r i s t a minute piece o f th e enamel of th e tooth of

a m a sto don wh ich had b een found th irty fee t

,

b elow th e surface o f th e earth Th e ps ycho m .

e t r i s t had n ot th e s lighte st knowl edge o f th e

character of th e tiny flake of enam el han d ed h er ,

“
but n everth el es s reported : My i m pre s sion i s
that i t i s a part o f som e m on s t rou s an imal prob ,

ably p art o f a tooth I feel li k e a p erfect m on ster

.
,

w i th h eavy l egs unwiel dy h ead an d v ery lar g e

, ,

b o d y I go d own t o a sh all ow stream t o d r i nk

. .

I ca n hardly spea k my j aw s are so h eavy I , .

f eel l i k e getting d own on all four s Wh at a n o i se .

come s th rough th e wood s I have a n i mpul se to .

an swer i t M y ear s ar e very large an d l eath ery

.
,

a n d I can alm o st fancy th ey flap in my face a s I

m o v e my h ead Th ere are some old er on e s than
.

I I t seem s so out o f keeping to b e tal k in g wi th

.

th es e h eavy j aws Th ey are dar k bro w n a s i f

.
,

th ey h a d b een compl etely tanned Th er e i s one .

old fellow with large tu sk s that l oo k s v ery

, ,

tough I see several younger on e s I n fact t h ere

. .
,

i s a wh ol e h erd M y upper li p m ove s cur i ou sly ;

.

I can flap it u p It se em s stran ge t o m e h ow i t i s

.

don e Th ere i s a plant growin g h ere h i gh er than

.
,

my h ead I t i s n early a s thic k a s my wr i s t v e r y

.
,

j uicy sweet an d ten d er— som eth in g li k e green

, ,

corn i n ta ste but sweeter I t i s n ot th e ta st e it

, .

—
woul d have to a human b e i n g oh n o ! it i s s i c k
”
e n i s h and v ery un pl ea sant t o th e human ta ste
, .

Th ese in stance s might b e m ul ti p l i e d i n de fi

 C LA I R VO Y AN T P S Y C H O M ET RY 1 03

n i t e l y, bu t
t h e pr i n cip l e i s t h e s a m e i n each I n .

m y own exper i ence I ga v e a s m all pi ece from ,

th e Grea t P yra mi d o f Egypt t o a p sych om etr i st

w h o wa s un educated and w h o k n ew n oth i ng o f
a nc i ent E gypt or i t s h i story N otw i th stand ing .

t h i s sh e gav e m e such a d etail ed an d compl ete

,

account of th e l ife of ancient E gypt wh i ch wa s ,

i n such c ompl ete accor d ance with th e o pin i on s of

th e b e st auth oritie s that I woul d h es i tate ab out
,

p ubl i shin g th e rep ort for i t certa i nly woul d b e

,

r eg a rd e d a s ran k im po sture b y th e average seien

t i fic au t h o r i ty S om e d a y h owe v er I m ay p ub
.
, ,

l i sh th i s .

T h e r e are n o spec i al di rect i on s t o b e gi ven t h e

s t udent i n p sych om etry A l l that can b e don e i s .

t o su g ge st th at each p er son s h oul d t r y the ex

pe r im e n t s fo r h im sel f i n ord er t o fin d out ,

w h eth er h e ha s or ha s n ot th e p sych om etr i c f a c

, ,

u l ty . It m ay b e d eveloped by th e m eth o d s that

wi l l b e gi ven t o d evelo p all p sych i c p owers i n ,

a noth er p art o f th i s book B ut m uch w i ll d epend .

upon a c tual pract i ce and exerc i se Ta k e strange .

obj ect s a nd sitting in a quiet ro om w i th th e o h

, ,

j ce t h el d t o yo u r foreh ead shut out all th ought s ,

o f t h e out si d e w orld an d f orget all p ersonal ,

a ff a i r s I n a sh ort ti m e i f th e con di t i on s are all

.
,

r igh t you w i ll beg i n t o hav e fla sh e s of scene s

,

connec t e d w ith th e h i s t ory o f th e o bj ect At fir st .

r a th e r d i sconn ect e d an d m o r e or l e s s confu sed ,

ther e wi ll soon com e t o you a cl earing away of

th e s c en e and th e pi cture s w i ll b ecom e qu i te
,

p l a i n P ract i ce will d e v el o p th e power P rac ti ce

. .

o nly wh en alon e o r w h en i n t h e pre s ence o f so m e

,
1 04 C L A I RVO Y A N C E

sym pa t h et i c f r i en d or fr i end s Alw a ys avoid d i s

.

cordant a n d i nharm oni ou s co m pany wh en prae

ticing p sych ic power s Th e b est p sych om etri s t s
.

u sually k eep th e phys i cal eye s cl o sed w h en p r a e

ticin g th eir p ower .

Y o u h a v e doubtl e s s h ear d th e sen sing of seal ed

l etter s spok en of a s clair v oyance B ut thi s i s .

m erely on e form of p sych om etry Th e l e t ter i s .

a very goo d connectin g m edium i n p sych om etr i c

exp erim ent s I a d v i se you to b egin your e x pe r i
.

m ent s w ith ol d l etter s You will b e surpri sed t o

.

d i scover h ow readily you w i ll begi n t o recei v e

p sychic impre s s i on s from th e l etter s eith er from ,

th e p er son wh o wrot e th em or from th e place

,

i n wh i ch th ey were wr i tten or from som e on e

,

c onnect ed with th e sub sequent h i story On e o f .

th e m o s t i ntere sting exper i m ent s I ever w i t

n e s s e d i n p sych om etry wa s a ca se i n which a l et
,

ter that had b een forward ed from plac e t o place ,

until i t h ad gon e completely around th e gl ob e ,

wa s ps ycho m e tr i z e d by a youn g H i n du m a i den .

A lth ough i gnorant of th e out sid e world sh e wa s ,

ab l e to p i cture th e p eopl e a n d scenery o f every

part o f th e g lob e i n wh ich th e l etter h ad travel ed .

“
H er report wa s r eally a n i nt ere sting travel
”
ogue o i a tr i p around th e worl d gi ven i n ,

tabl oi d form You may obtain som e i ntere st i n g

.

re sul t s i n ps ycho m e tr i z i n g ol d l etter s— b ut a l

ways b e con scient i ou s ab out i t and refrain from
,

divul ging th e s ecr et s th at wil l b ecom e yours i n

th e cour se o f th e s e exper i m ent s B e h on orable
.

on th e a stral plan e a s well a s o n th e physical

,

m ore so rath er than l e s s

,
.
1 06 C LAI R V OY A N C E

by on e pe r son t h e bet t e r d oe s i t s ee m t o se r v e
,

th e u se s of t hat p erson I a gr ee w i th many u ser s .

o f th e crys t al in th eir beli ef that each p er son

sh oul d k eep h i s crystal for h i s o w n p ersonal u s e ,

and n ot al low it to b e u sed i ndi scriminat ely by

stranger s or p er son s n ot i n sym pathy with occul t
th ought Th e crystal t end s to b ecom e p olarize d
.

ac c ord i ng t o th e requirem ent s of th e per son

h abitually u sin g it and i t i s fooli sh t o allow th i s
,

t o b e i nterfered with .

Th e u se o f crystal s and other br i ght sh ining ,

o bj ec t s ha s b een common t o p sychic inve st i

,

gator s o f all tim e s an d i n pract i cally all land s I n

,
.

th e earl ier d ays of th e race p i ece s o f cl ear quart z ,

o r s h i n i ng pebb le s were generally employed .

S om etim e s pi ece s o f poli sh ed m etal wer e so u sed .

I n fa c t n early every obj ect capabl e o f b eing p ol

,

i s he d h a s been e m pl oyed i n th i s way at som e

t im e by som e p e r son In our own day th e sa m e
, .
,

condit i on ex i st s I n Au stral i a th e native sooth

.

sayer s a n d mag ici an s empl oy water an d oth er

sh i n i n g o bj e ct s a n d i n som e ca se s even b r i gh t
, , ,

fl a m e s p ar k s o r gl ow i n g emb er s
, , I n N ew .

Z ealan d th e native s frequently e m p l oy drop s of

,

blo o d h el d i n th e hollo w o f th e h an d Th e Fij ian s .

fi ll a h ol e w i th water an d ga z e i nt o i t S out h ,

Am er ic an tr i b e s u se th e p o l i sh ed surfac e o f blac k ,

or d ar k co l ore d s tone s Th e Am e r i can In d i an s .

u se w a te r or sh i n i n g p i e c e s or fl i nt o r q u a r tz
,
.

Sh i n i n g p i ece s o f m etal a r e f re q uently u sed by

th e prim i t iv e race s Lan g wr i tin g on t h e sub.
,
“
j cet h a s sa i d
, Th ey s tare i nto a c rystal ba l l ;
:

a c u p ; a mi rro r ; a blot of i n k ( Egy pt an d I n di a ) ;

 C RY S TA L G AZI N G 1 07

a d r o p o f bl oo d ( t h e Mao r i s o f N e w Z e a l a n d ) ;
a b o wl o f wate r ( Am er i can In di an s ) ; a pond
( R o m an a n d Af r i can ) ; water i n a gla s s b owl
( F e z ) o r almo st any pol i s h ed surface etc , .

In t h e pre sent d a y rev i val o f i ntere st i n crystal

-

ga zi n g among t h e wealth ier cla s se s o f Euro pe

an d A merica som e o f th e h igh p riced teach er s
,
-

h a v e i n si sted upon th ei r p upil s p urch a sin g pure

crystal glob e s cl a imi ng that th e se a lon e are
,

capab l e of serv i n g th e purpo se ful l y But a s .

,

su c h crystal s ar e very expen sive th i s advice ha s ,

p re v ented m any fro m experimenting B ut th e .

,

a dvi ce i s erroneou s for any gl ob e o f cl ear quartz

, ,

o r even m ould e d gla ss w i l l serve th e purpo se ,

equal l y wel l an d th ere i s no n eed of spending

,

twenty fiv e to fifty d ollar s f o r a pure cry s t a l

-

glob e .

For that m atter you may obta i n v ery goo d r e

,

s u l t s f rom th e u se o f a watch crystal la i d o v er a -

p i ece of blac k v elvet S o m e today u s e w i th th e

.
, ,

best e ffect s mall p oli sh ed pi ece s o f silver or oth er

bright m etal Other s foll ow th e ol d plan o f u sin g
.

a large dro p of i nk poure d i nt o a smal l butter,

plat e Som e h ave small cup s painted black o n

.

—
th e i n s id e i nto w h i ch th ey p our water a n d ob
,

ta i n e x c ell ent r e sult s th erefrom .

Abov e all I caut i on th e stud ent to pay n o a t

,

t en ti on to i n s truction s r egarding th e nece s sity o f

perform i ng incan t ation s o r ceremon i e s over th e
crystal or oth er o bj ect e m ployed i n crystal g a z -

i n g Th i s i s but a bit of i dl e sup erstit i on a n d

.
,

s erve s no u se ful purpo se except po s sibly t hat of , ,

g ivi ng th e per son confidenc e i n th e thing A l l .

 C LAI RVO YA N C E

ce r e m o m e so f t hi s ki n d h ave for th eir purpo se

m erely th e h ol d i ng o f th e attention of th e p er
son i nve stigatin g and g i v i ng him confidenc e i n
,

th e re sult— th e latter h aving a decided p sych o

l og i cal value o i cour se ,
.

Th ere are but few gen eral d i rect i on s nece s sary

for th e p er son wi shing to experim ent i n crystal
gazing Th e principal th ing i s to maintain quiet
.
,

an d a n earn e st seriou s state o f m in d— d o not

,

ma k e a m erry gam e of i t if you wi sh t o obtain ,

re sult s A gain alway s have th e light b ehind

.
,

your bac k in stead of f a cin g you Gaz e calmly

, .

at th e crystal but d o n ot strain your eye s D o

, .

n ot try t o avo i d winking your eye s— th er e i s a

“ ” “ ”
di fferenc e b etween gazing a n d star i ng r e ,

m em ber S om e good auth oritie s a dvi se mak i ng

.

funnel s o f th e han d s a n d u sing th em a s you ,

would a pair o f opera gla sse s .

I n many ca se s a num b er of trial s a re requ i red

,

b efore you will b e able t o get good r e sult s I n .

oth er s at l ea st som e re sult s ar e obta i n ed at th e

,

fir st trial It i s a goo d plan t o t ry to bring into

.

vi sion som eth ing that you have already seen w i th

—
th e phys i cal eye s som e familiar obj ect Th e .

fi r st sign of actual p sych ic see i n g i n th e crystal

u sually a ppear s a s a cl oudy app earance or ,
“ ”
m ilky mi s t
-
th e crystal gradually l o sing i t s
,

tran sparency I n th i s m ilky clou d then gradu

.

ally a p pear s a form or face or scen e of som e , ,

k ind m ore o r le s s plainly defin ed I f yo u h a v e

, .

ever d eveloped a ph otograph ic fi lm or plat e you ,

will know h ow th e pi cture gra d ually com e s i nt o

V i ew.
1 10 C LA I R VO Y A N C E
‘ ’
to ph otograph a d oubl e I di ne d with Ma d a m C , .

an d h er fr i en d at a n e igh bor i n g r e s tau ra n t A s .

sh e glan c ed at th e water b o t tl e M a d a m C sa w -
, .

a picture b e g inn i ng t o fo r m a n d l o ok i n g a t i t , ,

fro m cur i o sity d escrib e d wi th c on s id erabl e d et a i l

,

an el d erly gen t l e m a n w h o m s h e h a d n eve r s een

before a n d wh o m I did not i n th e l ea s t recogn i ze
,

from h er d e script i on at th e m om ent Thre e .

h our s aft erward wh en th e seance wa s over , ,

Madam C ente r e d th e roo m an d recognized M r

.
, .

E lliott o f M e s s r s E ll iott
, Fry a s th e gentl e
.
,

m a n wh om sh e h ad seen an d d e scrib ed i n th e
water bo tt l e a t t h e re staurant O n anoth er o c
-
.

ca sion th e pi ctur e wa s l e s s a greeabl e ; it w a s a n

ol d m a n ly i n g d ead i n b ed with some o n e weep i ng
at h i s feet ; but wh o it wa s o r what i t relat ed ,
”
to n o on e kn ew
,
.

A ndrew Lang anoth er prominent inve st i gator

,

o f p sych ic ph enomena give s th e followin g inte r ,

e sting exp er i m ent i n crystal gaz i ng : I ha d -

g i ven a g la s s ball t o a young lady M i s s B a i llie , ,

wh o h a d scarcely a n y succe s s w i th it Sh e l ent .

it to M i s s Le sli e w h o saw a lar g e square old

, , ,

fa sh i on ed red sofa cov ered with mu slin ( whi ch

sh e afterwar d found i n th e n ext country hou se -

’
sh e v i sited ) Mi s s B a i llie s broth er a young
.
,

athl ete lau gh ed at th e se experiment s too k th e

, ,
‘
ball int o h i s study a n d cam e back l oo k in g gey ,
’
ga sh . H e adm itte d that h e h ad seen a v i sion
someb ody h e kn ew under a lam p H e said that ,
.

h e woul d di scover d ur i ng th e we e k wh eth er or

not h e ha d seen r i gh t Th i s wa s at on a .

Sun d ay aft ernoon On Tu esday Mr B a i ll i e wa s.

, .
 C RY S TAL GAZI N G 111

at a dan c e i n a t o w n f or t y mi l e s fr o m hi s h o m e ,

a n d m et a M i s s P re ston O n Sun d a y h e sai d .

‘
,
’
,
‘
about hal f pa st fiv e you wer e sitting un d er a
- -
,

stand a rd lam p i n a dre s s I n e v er saw yo u wear

, ,

a blue blou se w i th la c e over th e sh ould er s pour ,

ing ou t tea for a m a n i n blu e se r ge w h o se bac k ,

w a s t oward m e so that I only saw th e t i p o f hi s

,
’ ‘ ’
mu stach e Why th e blind s mu st h ave b een u p
.
, ,

sai d M i s s P re ston I wa s at Dul by sa i d M r .

‘
,
’
.

Baillie an d h e undeniably wa s
, .

M i s s X th e well known contri buto r to th e

.
,
-

”
E ngli sh magazin e B orderland severa l year s , ,

ago mad e a som ewhat exten ded in quiry i nto th e

,

ph enom ena of crystal gazing From h er e x pe r i -

.

m ent s sh e mad e th e followin g cla ssification o f

,

t h e ph enom ena o f crystal vi sion wh ich I h er e -

,

w i th reproduce for your b enefit H er cl a s s i fica .

t i on i s a s follow s :
“
1. Ima g e s o f someth ing uncon sc i ou sly o b
served N ew reproduction s voluntary o r spon
.
,

ta n e o u s an d bringing no fre sh knowl edge to th e

,

mi nd .

“
2. I mage s o f id ea s uncon sciou sl y acquired
fr o m o the r s Som e m emory or imaginat i ve e f
'

’
feet which d oe s not com e from th e gazer s ordi
,

nary sel f R evival s of memory I llu strat i on s o f

. .

th ough t
“
3. Images clairvoyan t o r proph et i c ,
Pi c .

ture s gi ving information a s to som eth ing pa st ,

p re sent or future wh ich th e gazer h a s n o oth er

, ,
”
chance of knowing .

A s a m atter of fact each a n d e v e r y form or ,

p h a se of cla i r v oyance po s sibl e under oth er meth

1 12 C L A I R V OY A N C E

o d s o f i n d ucin g c l a i r v o ya nt vi s i on i s po s s i b l e i n
,

c ry s tal g a z ing
-
I t i s a m i sta k e t o c on s id er
.

c rystal gaz i n g a s a se p arat e an d di st i nc t form o f

-

p sych i c ph enom ena C ry stal g a z in g i s m erely

.
-

on e particular for m or m eth od o f i nducing

p sych i c or clairvoyant vi s i on I f you will k eep .

th i s i n m ind you w i ll a v o i d m any com m on e r

,

r o r s a n d m i sun d er standings i n th e m atter .

In ord er to gi ve you th e b en efit o f a s m any

p o i nt s of view a s po s s i bl e I shall n ow quote from
,

an ol d E ngli sh writer o n th e subj ect of th e u se

o f t h e crystal I d o thi s real iz i n g that som etim e s
.

a part i cular stud ent will g et m or e from on e point

o f V i ew than from anoth er— som e particular
,

p h ra sin g will seem t o reac h h i s un derstanding ,

w h er e oth er s fail Th e dire c t i on s of th e E ngli sh

.

a uth ority ar e a s foll ows :

“
What i s d e sired through th e regular u se of
t h e tran slu c ent sph ere i s to cult iv at e a per sonal
d e gr e e o f cla i r v oyant p o w er so that vi sion s o f
,

th ing s o r event s pa st p re sent a n d futur e may

, , , ,

app ea r cl early t o th e in t er i o r vi s i on or eye o f ,

th e s oul I n th e pur suit of th i s e ff ort only th e

. ,

crys t al b ecom e s at once b oth a b e a utiful inter ,

e st i ng and harml e s s chann e l o f pl ea su re and i n

struction sh orn of danger s and rendered con
, ,

du ci v e t o m ental d e v elopment .

“
To th e atta i nm en t of thi s d e s i ra bl e e n d a t ,

t en ti on i s a s k ed t o th e following practical di r e c ~

t i on s wh ich if carefully foll owed will l ead to

, , ,

su c ce ss :
S el ect a qu i et room wh ere you will b e
e n ti rel y undi sturb ed taking care that it i s a s far
,
1 14 C L A I RVOY A N C E

fo l dm e n t, may b e fortunat e enough to obt a in

go od re sult s at th e very fir st trial I f th ere f ore .
, ,

n oth in g i s perceived dur i ng th e fir st few a t

tempt s d o n ot d e spa i r or b ecom e impatient o r
, ,

imagin e that yo u will n e v e r see anyth ing Th ere .

i s a royal roa d to c rystal vi sion but it i s o p en ,

only to th e co mbin e d pa s sword o f C almne s s P a ,

t i e n ce a n d P er severance
,
I f at th e fi rst a t .

tempt to r i d e a b icycl e failure en sue s th e only, ,

way to l earn i s to pay attent i on t o th e n ece ssary

rul e s an d t o per severe da i ly until th e a bi lity to
,

rid e come s naturally Thu s it i s w i th th e w ould

.

b e seer P er se v ere i n a ccordanc e w i th th e se s i m

.

pl e d irect i on s and succ e s s w i ll sooner or later

,

crown your e ff ort s .

C ommence by sitt i ng comfortably w i th

th e eye s fixed u pon th e cry stal n o t b y a fi erc e ,

star e b ut w i th a steady calm g a z e for t en m in

, , ,

ute s only on th e fir st occa sion I n t a k ing th e

, .

tim e i t i s b e st to h an g your w atc h a t a di st a nce

‘

wh ere wh i l e th e face i s cl earl y v i s i bl e th e tick

, ,

ing i s rend ered i naud i bl e Wh en th e ti m e i s up .

,

carefully put th e crystal away i n it s ca s e an d ,

k eep it in a dar k place und er l o c k an d k ey allow

, ,

ing n o on e b ut your se l f t o handl e it At t h e sec .

o n d sitting which sh ould b e at th e s a m e p lac e

, ,

i n th e sam e p o s i t i on and at th e sa m e t i m e yo u
, ,

m ay increa se th e l ength o f th e e ff ort t o fi fteen

minute s a nd con ti nu e for th i s p eri o d d ur i n g th e
,

n ext fiv e or s i x s i ttings after wh ich th e tim e m a y

,

b e gradually i ncrea sed but sh oul d i n n o ca se e x

,

ce e d on e h our Th e preci se ord er o f repetition i s

.

always to b e fol lowed until th e experim enter h a s

 C R Y ST A L G A ZI N G 1 15

d vel oped a n alm o st automatic ability to read i ly

e

obtain re sult s wh en it n eed s n o longer t o b e a d

,

hered to .

A ny per son o r p er son s admitt ed t o th e

, ,

room a n d allowed to remain wh il e you sit

, ,

sh oul d ( a ) k eep ab solute sil ence an d ( b) remain ,

seated at a d i stanc e from you Wh en you h ave .

d evel oped your latent power s que stion s may of , ,

course b e put t o you by o n e of th o se pre sent b ut

, ,

even th en in a very gentl e or l ow a n d slow tone ,

of voice ; n ever sudd enly o r i n a forceful manner ,

.

Wh en you find th e crystal b egin s to

—
l ook dull or cloudy with small pi n point s o f l i ght
,

glittering th erein l ik e tiny star s you may know

, ,

that you are comm encing t o obtain that fo r

which you see k— viz crystallin e vi sion Th ere .
, .

fore p er severe with confi dence Thi s cond i tion

, .

may o r may n ot continue for several sitt i ngs

, , ,

th e crystal seem ing at tim e s t o alternat ely app ear

an d di sappear a s i n a mi st B y a n d by th i s hazy
, .

appearance i n it s turn will give plac e quite sud

, ,

de n l y t o a blindne s s of th e sen se s to all el se but

a blue or blui sh ocean of space again st wh ich a s , ,

if it were a background th e vi sion w ill b e cl early ,

apparent .

( 6 ) Th e crystal sh oul d not b e u se d soon

after taking a m eal and care sh ould b e tak en in ,

matter s of diet to partak e only o f dige stibl e

food s an d to avoid alcoholic b everage s P lain and
, .

nouri sh in g food a n d outdoor exerci se w ith co n

, ,

t e n t m e n t of mind or love of simplicity i n l iving

, ,

are great aid s to succe s s M ental anxi ety or .

,

ill h ealth are not conducive to th e d e sired e n d

-
, .
1 16 CL A I R VO Y A N CE

A tt ent i on t o c o r re ct b reat hi ng i s o f i mportance .

( 7) A s r egar d s t h e t i m e at wh ich ev ent s

seen wi l l co m e to pa s s each seer i s u sually i m
,

pre s se d wi th regar d th ereto ; but a s a gen eral ,

rule v i s i on s a ppear i ng in th e extrem e back

,

groun d ind i cat e tim e m ore r em ote eith er pa st or ,

future than th o se p erceived nearer at hand wh il e

, ,

th o se app ear i ng in th e foreground or clo ser to ,

th e seer d enote th e pre sent or imm ediate future

,
.

Two principal cla sse s of vi sion will pre

sent th em selve s t o th e sitt er— ( a ) th e Symb olic ,

ind i cated by th e app earance of symb ol s such a s

a flag boat knife gold etc a n d ( b ) A ctual
, , , , .
,

Scen e s an d P er sonage s i n action or oth erwi se ,

.

P erson s o f a po sitive typ e of organization th e ,

m ore active excitabl e yet d ecided typ e ar e m o st

, , ,

l i k ely t o p erceiv e sym bolically o r all egorically ; ,

wh il e th o se of a pa s sive nature u sually receiv e

direct or l iteral revelati on s B oth cla sse s will .

fin d i t n ece s sary to carefully cultivat e truth ful

ne s s u n s e lfis hn e s s gratitud e for what i s sh own
, , ,

and ab solut e confid ence i n th e love wi sdom an d , ,

g u i dance of Go d H im sel f .

A s th e stud ent proceed s w i th th e study of th e se

l e s son s h e w i ll b ecom e acquainted with variou s
,

d eta i l s a n d m eth od s concerne d with th e variou s

pha se s o f c l ai r voyance wh ich kn owl edge h e may
,

th en comb i n e with th e ab ove th e wh ol e aiding ,

h i m i n th e s ucce s sful manife station of th e p sychic

ph en om ena o f crys t al gaz i ng wh i ch a s I h ave
-
, ,

said i s merely on e p ha se of cla i rvoyance an d u n

,

d er th e sam e general law s and rul e s of man ife sta

ti on Rememb er that pre sent pa st a n d future
.
,
1 18 C LAI RVO Y AN C E

A t thi s place we are concern ed m erely w i th th e

“ ”
chann el through which th e current s o f energy
flow and wh ich h a s b e en call ed th e a stral t ub e
,
.

A s a wr i ter wel l says : Through th e a stral

‘ ’
tub e th e a stra l sen se s actual l y sen se th e s i ght s ,

and often th e sound s b e i ng m an i fe st ed a t a d i s ,

tance j u s t a s on e m ay see d i s t ant s i ght s throu g h

,

a telesco p e o r h ear di s t a n t s oun d s th rough a

,

tel eph one Th e a stral tub e i s u sed i n a var i ety

.

of form s o f p sych ic ph enomena I t i s often u sed .

uncon sciou sly and spr i n g s i nto ex i stenc e sp on

,

t a n e o u s l y under th e strong i nfluence o f a vivid

,

em otion d esire o r will I t i s u s e d by th e tra i n ed

,
.

p sych ometr i st w i th o u t th e u s e o f any starting

, ,
‘

’
p oint or f ocal cen t re s i m ply by t h e u s e of h i s
,
’ ‘
,

traine d d eveloped an d concentrate d w i ll B ut i t s

,
.

m o st familiar an d comm on u se i s i n conn ecti on

with som e obj ect serving a s a star t ing point or
focal centr e Th e start i n g p oint or fo c a l centre
.
,

ab ove ment i on ed i s generally e it h er wh at i s ,

‘ ’
known a s th e a s s oc i at e d obj ect i n th e cla s s of
ph enom ena gen erally k n own a s p sych o m etry o r ,

el se a gla s s o r crystal ball or si mi lar poli sh ed ,

”
surface i n what i s k nown a s c r y s tal g a z in g
,
-
.

A noth er auth or i ty t ell s hi s read er s th a t :

A stral sight w h en i t i s cr a m p ed by b e i n g d i
,

r e ct e d al on g w hat i s pract i c a lly a tub e i s l imit e d ,

v ery m uch a s ph ysical sight woul d b e un d er s im

i l a r circum stance s th ough i f po s se s sed i n per ,

fe ct i o n it w i ll continue t o sh ow even at that d i s ,

tan ce th e au r a s a n d th erefore al l th e em ot i on s
, ,

and m o st of th e th ough t s of th e peopl e under o b

servat i on B ut it may b e s ai d t h e m ere
.
, ,
 C R Y ST A L GAZI N G

fa ct t h at h e i s u s i ng a stral sight ought to enabl e

h im t o see th i ngs from all sid e s at once A n d .

so i t would if h e were u sing that sight i n a n or

,

m a l way u pon a n obj ect which wa s fairl y n ea r

—
h i m wi thin h i s a stral reach a s i t were ; b ut at
,

a di stance o f hundre d s or th ou sand s o f mil e s th e

ca se i s very di ff erent A stral sight give s u s th e
.

advantage of a n add it i onal dim en sion b ut th er e ,

i s still such a thing a s po sition in that d im en sion ,

and it i s naturally a potent factor in l imitin g th e

u se of th e power s on that plan e f
. Th e limi
t a t i o n s re sembl e th o se of a man u s i ng a t el esco pe
on th e physical plane Th e experim enter for
.
,

exampl e ha s a particular fi eld of vi ew wh ich ca n

,

not b e enlarged o r altered ; h e i s loo k ing at h i s

scen e from a certain direction and h e cannot su d
,

de n l y turn it all around and see h ow it lo o k s

from th e oth er sid e I f h e ha s su ffici ent p sychic
.

energy to spare h e may drop altogeth er th e

,

tele sco pe h e i s u sing and manufact u r e an entirely

,

n ew on e for h im self wh ich will approach hi s o b

j e c t i v e som ewh at differentl y ; b ut thi s i s not
”
a
cour se at all l ikely to b e ado pted i n practice .

Th e student will find that a s we progre s s , ,

many of th e se point s wh ich now seem com

pl icated a n d ob scure will gradually take on th e
a spect of s i m pl i city an d cl earn e s s We mu st .

crawl before w e ca n wal k i n p sych ic re search a s

,

well a s i n e v ery thi ng el se .

 L E SS O N V III .

C LAI R VO Y ANT REVE R I E .

I n th e precedin g two cha p ter s I have a s k ed ,

y ou to con sider th e fir st two m eth od s of inducing

th e clairvoyant ph enom ena nam ely P s ycho m , ,

e t r y an d C rystal Gazin g re s p ectively

,
-
In th e se
, .

ca se s you h ave seen h ow th e clairvoyant get s en

ra pp ort with th e a stral pla n e by m ean s of ph ys
ical obj ect s i n th e ca se of p sych ometric clair
,

voyance ; or by m ean s of a shining obj ect i n th e ,

ca se o f crystal gazing Let u s now con sider th e

.

third m eth o d o f inducing th e clairvoyant cond i

ti on o r stat e i e by m ean s of what may b e called
, . .
,

C lairvoyant R everi e in wh ich th e clairvoyant

,

get s e n rapport with th e a stral plan e b y m ean s

o f p sych ic state s in which th e sight s sound s a n d ,

th ought s of th e material and p h ys i cal plan e are

shut out of con sciou sne s s .

Th e stud ent of th e gen eral subj ect of cl a i r v o y

ance will so on b e i m pre s sed with two fact s co n
cerning th e pro duction o f clairvoyant ph enom
ena nam ely ( 1 ) th at in th e maj ority of th e r e
, ,

cord ed ca se s o f th e inv e stigator s th e clairvoyant

ph enom ena were obtained wh en th e clairvoyant
wa s i n th e state o f sl eep or at l ea st sem i sl eep o r
,
-

drows i n e s s th e v i sioning appearing m ore or le s s

,

li k e a viv i d dream ; an d ( 2 ) that in th e ca se of

th e clairvoyant voluntarily entering e n rapp ort
with th e a stral plan e h e o r sh e woul d enter into
,

what seem ed to b e a kind o f trance condition i n ,

som e ca se s a n ab solute uncon sci ou sne s s of th e

12 2 C L A I RVOY AN C E

v a n ce d an d except i onally well d evelo p ed cla i r -

voyant s n o trance or sl eep c ond i t i on i s i n d uced

, .

“ ”
I n such ca se s th e clairvoyan t m erely shut s o ut
th e out sid e worl d of sight s sound s an d th ought s
, ,

by a n effort o f train ed will and th en concentrate s

,

steadil y o n th e ph enom ena of th e a stral plan e .

For that m atter th e skill e d and advanced o c

,

culti st i s abl e to function o n th e a stral plane by

simply sh iftin g h i s con sciou sne s s from on e plan e
to anoth er a s th e typi st shift s from th e small
,

l ett er s of th e k eyb oar d t o th e capital l etter s by ,

a m ere pr e s sure on th e sh ift key of t h e type -

wr i ter .

Th e only rea son that many clairvoyant s mani

fe stin g along th e l ine s of th e third m ethod ,
“
known a s clairvoyant reveri e fall i nto th e ,

tranc e or sl eep condition i s that th ey h av e n ot a s

,

yet ac q uired th e rar e art of controll in g th e i r co n

—
sciou s attention at will thi s i s som eth ing th at
require s great practice Th ey fin d i t ea sier to
.

drop into th e condition o f semi tran ce o r sem i -

,

sleep than it i s to d elib erat ely shut out th e o uter

,

worl d by a n act of pure will Moreover you will .

,

fin d that i n th e maj ority of th e r ecord ed ca se s of

th e i nv e stigator s th e clairvoyance w a s m ore or
,

l e s s spontan eou s o n th e part o f th e c lair v oyant

per son and wa s not produced by a n act of wi ll
, .

A s we pro ceed to con sid er th e variou s form s and

pha se s of cla i rvoyant ph en om ena i n th e s e l e s ,

son s you will notice th i s fact Th ere are but fe w

,
.

r ecord ed ca se s of voluntary clairvoyance i n the

—
book s o f th e inv e stigator s th e s k illed cl a i r v o y
ant s and m ore parti cularly t h e a dv anced oc c ul t
,
 C LAI R VO Y ANT R E VE R I E 1 23

i s ts, avo i d th e i nvestigator s rath er than see k

“
th em ; th ey have no d esire to b e rep orted a s typ
ical ca se s o f intere stin g p sych ic ph enom ena
th ey l eave that to th e amateurs and th o se to ,

wh om t h e ph enomena com e a s a wonderful

revelation akin to a miracl e Thi s account s for
.

th e apparent p redominance of thi s form of clair

voyance— th e secret i s that th e n et of th e i n
v e s t i ga t o r s h a s caught only a certain k ind o f

p sych ic fi sh while th e oth er s e scap e attention

,
.

A ll th i s would b e of n o practical im portan ce ,

h owever were it n ot for th e fact that th e aver

,

age stud ent i s so i mpre s sed b y th e fact that h e

mu st l earn t o induce th e trance cond i tion i n ord er
to manife st clairvoyant ph enomena that h e do e s ,

not even th ink of attem pting t o d o th e work

oth erwi se Th e power o f auto suggestion o per
.
-

’
ate s h ere a s you w ill see by a m om ent s th ought
, ,

an d erect s a n ob stacl e to h i s adv a nc e alon g vol

u n t a r y line s M ore than th i s th i s mi staken id ea
.
,

tend s t o encourage th e stud en t to cultivate th e

trance condition or at l ea st som e ab n orm al
,

p sych ic condition by artificial mean s I am po s i

, .

t i v e l y oppo sed to th e inducing of p sych ic co n

di t i o n s by artificial m ean s for I con si der such
,

practi ce s m o st inj ur i ou s and h arm ful for th e p er

s o n u sing such m eth od s Out sid e o i anythin g
.

el se it tend s to render th e p er son n egative

, ,

p sychically in stead of po s i tive— i t tend s to mak e

,

him or h er subj ect to th e p sych ic i nfluen ce of

oth er s on both th e physical and a stral plan e i n
, ,

stead o i retainin g hi s o r h er o w n sel f control a n d -

ma stery .
124 C L A I RV OY AN C E

Th e b e st auth oriti e s am on g th e occult i st s i h

struct th e i r pupil s th at th e stat e o f clairvoyant
re v er i e may b e safely an d e ff ectively induced by
th e practice of m ental concentration al on e Th ey .

advice po sitively again st artificial m ethod s A .

littl e comm on sen se will sh ow that th ey are righ t

i n th i s matter A ll that i s need ed i s that th e con
.

i
s c o u sn e s s shall b e focu sed to a point — b ecom e
“ ”
on e pointed a s th e H indu Yogi s say Th e i n .

t e l l i ge n t practic e of concentration accompli sh e s

thi s with out th e n ece s sity of any artificial meth
,

o d s o f d evel opm ent o r th e induction of abnormal

,

p sychic stat e s .

I f you will stop a m om ent an d real i ze h ow

ea sily you concentrate your attent ion wh en you
are witn e s sing a n intere sting play or li stening,

t o a b eautiful rendition of som e great ma ster

piece o f mu sical compo sition or gazing at som e
,

m iracl e of art you will see wh at I m ean In th e

,
.

ca se s j u st m ention ed wh il e your a ttention i s

,

compl etely occupied with th e intere sting th ing

b efore you so th at you hav e alm o st com pletely
,

sh ut out th e outer worl d of sound sight and ,

th ought you are n everth el e s s perfectly wid e

, , ,

awak e and your con sciou sne s s i s al ert Th e sam e .

thing i s true wh en you are reading a very i nter

—
e sting boo k th e worl d i s sh ut out from your
con sciou sn e s s and you ar e ob liviou s t o th e sight s
,

a n d sound s around you A t th e ri sk o f b eing

.

con sider ed fli ppa n t I would remind you o f th e

,

common sp ectacl e of two lover s so wrapped up

in each oth er s company that th ey forget that
’

th ere i s a smiling world of peopl e a r oun d th em

‘

12 6 C L A I RVOYAN C E

i ng a state o f art ifici al h y p no s i s m ore or l es s

,

d eep Su ch a state i s m o st und e s i rab l e n o t only

.
,

by rea son of i t s imm edia t e e ff e c t s but a l so by ,

rea son o f th e fact that i t o ften re sul t s i n a c on

dition o f abnormal sen s i t i ven e s s to t h e wi l l of
oth er s o r even t o t h e t h ought s an d f eelings o f
,

oth ers o n b oth th e a stral and th e p hysical plan e s

,

o f life I em phatically warn my stud ent s again st

.

any such practic e s or anythin g re sembling th em

, .

Whil e I d i slike to d well o n th e subj ect I feel ,

that I sh oul d call th e attention o f my student s to

th e fact that certain teach er s s ee k t o pro duc e th e
abnormal p sych ic c ond it i on by m ean s o f exhau st
i ng breathing exerci se s wh ich ma k e the per son
,

d izzy a n d sleepy Th i s i s al l wron g Wh il e

. .

rhythmic b reath ing exerci se s h av e a certa i n value

i n p sychic ph enom ena a n d are h arml e s s wh en
,

properly p racticed n everth el e s s such p r actice s

,

a s th o se t o wh ich I h ave allude d are harm ful t o

th e n ervou s system o f th e p er son an d al so ten d ,

to induc e unde sirabl e p sychic condition s A ga i n .

,

som e teach er s have sough t t o hav e th e i r studen t s

h ol d t h eir breath for com p aratively l ong per i od s
of tim e i n order to brin g ab out abn ormal p sych i c
,

stat es Th e sl i ghte st knowl edge of physiology

.

inform s on e that such a practice mu st b e harm

‘

ful ; i t cau se s th e b l ood t o becom e th ic k a n d i m

pure a n d d e fi c i ent i n oxygen I t certa i nly will
, .

produce a k in d of drow sine s s for th e sam e rea ,

s o n that im pure a i r i n a room w i ll d o th e sam e

th ing— i h b oth ca se s th e blood stream i s po i sone d

a n d made i m pure Th e purpo se o f rationa l a n d
.

n ormal b reath in g i s to ob vi ate j u st th i s th i n g

 CLA I R VO Y A N T R EVERI E 12 7

so the se teach er s are reversing a natural law of

th e body i n ord er to produc e a n abnormal
,

p sych ic state With al l th e energy i n m e I cau

.
,

tion you again st th i s kind of th ing .

A long th e sam e line I prot e st an d warn you

,

again st th e practice s adv i sed by certa i n teach er s

“ ”
of p sychic d evelopment wh o see k t o have th eir ,

pupil s induc e abnormal physical and p sych ic co n

di t i o n s by m ean s of drugs od or o f certa i n ch em,

i ca l s ga se s etc
, ,
Such pract ic e s a s all true
.
,

occulti st s know b el on g to th e clan s o f th e B lack

,

Magician s o r devil worshipp er s o f th e savage

, ,

—
race s th ey have n o place in true occul t t each
ings C ommon sen se alon e shoul d warn per son s
.

a w ay from such thing s but it seem s to fail som e

-

of them I a s sert W ithout fear of intelligent con

.

t r a di ct i o n , that n o true occult i st e v er coun

t e n a n ce s any such practice s a s th e se .

A l l t he true teach er s are v i gorou s i n th e i r d e

n u n ci a t i o n of such fal se teachings an d harm ful

practice s I n thi s sam e ca t egory I place th e

.
,

meth od s which ar e taugh t by c ertain per son s ,

nam ely that of i nducing abnormal physical an d

,

p sychic condition of gidd i n e s s a n d hazine s s by

“ ”
m ean s o f whirling around in a circl e unt i l on e
“
d rop s from giddin e s s o r unti l on e f eel s queer
,

i n th e h ead Th i s i s a rev i val of th e practice s

.

o f certa i n fanat i c s i n P er sia and I n d ia wh o p er ,

form i t a s a relig i ou s rit e until th ey fal l i nto w hat

“ ”
th ey c on sider a holy sl eep but which i s n oth ing ,

more than a n abnormal an d unh ealth ful ph ysical

an d p sych i c cond i tion Such practice s a r e a
.

d ownward step n o t a n upwar d o n e I t see m s a

,
.
128 C L AI R VO Y AN C E

pity t h a t t h e n ece s sity ha s ar i sen for such w arn

—
ings a s th e se but m y duty a s I see it i s very , ,
“ ”
plain To all wh o are t empted to devel o p i n
.

“
th i s way I say po s i t iv ely D ON T !
, , ,
’

Th e sci entific rational way to d evelo p th e

,

a stral sen se s i s t o fi r st acquire th e art o f con

ce n t r a t i n g B ear i n m in d that i n concentration
.

th e p er son wh il e sh utting out th e impre ssion s of

,

th e out sid e world in gen eral n everth ele s s focu se s

,

an d concentrat e s hi s attention upon th e on e mat

ter b efore h im Th i s i s quite a d i fferent th ing
.

from making one self sen sitive t o every current

o f th ought an d feeling that may b e i n th e p sychi c
atm o sph ere Tru e concentration rend er s on e
.

p o sitive wh il e th e oth er m eth od s render on e

,

n egative C ontrary t o th e comm on op inion

.
,

p sychic concentration i s a p o sitive state n ot a ,

n egativ e— a n active state n ot a pa ssive on e Th e

,
.

p er son wh o i s abl e t o concentrat e strongly i s a

ma ster whil e one wh o open s h im s el f t o co n
,
”
trol eith er physical or a stral i s mor e or l e s s of
, ,

a slav e t o oth er m ind s .

Th e stud ent wh o will b eg i n by exper i m enting

al ong th e lin e s o f contact m in d reading an d wh o -
,

then a dvance s along th e lin e s of true t el epath y ,

a s expla i ned i n th e earl ier chapter s o f th i s book ,

will hav e mad e a good start an d con si derabl e ,

progre s s al ong th e r oad to cla i rvoyant d evel op

,

m ent Th e re st will b e largely a m atter o f e x e r

.

c i se a n d practice H e w i ll b e a i d ed by practicing
.

concentrat i on al ong th e gen eral l i ne s o f th e b e st

o ccult teach ing Such pract i ce may con si st o f
.

concentrat i on up on al m o s t a n y phy s i cal obj ec t ,

130 C LAI RVOY A N C E

wh ol e obj ect Giv e i t th e sam e attention t h a t

.

th e lover give s h i s l oved o n e ; th e mu sician h i s

favor i t e com po sition ; th e arti st h i s favorite work
o f art ; an d th e b ookl over h i s favorit e b oo k
when you have accom pli sh ed thi s you h av e ma s ,

t e r e d concentration an d will b e abl e t o ap ply th e

,
“ ”
m ind on e p ointed u pon anyth ing you wi sh ,

physical or a stral ; a n d con sequently will h av e

,

n o troubl e i n sh uttin g—out d i sturbing impre s

8 1 0 11 8 .

( 6 ) Learn t o concentrat e o n th e physical

plan e an d you will b e ab l e to concentrate on th e
,

a stral plan e a s wel l B y th e on e wh o ha s ma s

.

te r e d concentration trance s and abnormal

,

p sychi c stat es will n ot b e n eed ed Th e n eedl e .

p ointed m ind i s abl e t o pierce th e a stral v eil at

will whil e th e blunt pointed mind i s re si sted a n d
,
-

defeat ed by th e a stral envelop e wh ich whil e thin ,

i s v ery tough a n d unyi elding .

A wel l known au t h ority o n p sych ic d evel op

-

m ent ha s well said : Occa si onal fl a sh e s of clair

voyance som etim e s com e to th e highly cultured
and spiritual m inded man even th ough h e may
-
,

n ever have h eard o f th e po s si bility o f training

such a faculty In h i s ca se such glim p se s u sually
.

signify that h e i s approaching that stage i n h i s

evolution wh en th e se p ower s will naturally be
g i n to manife st th em selve s Th eir a ppearance .

sh ould serve a s an additional stimulu s to h im to

strive t o maintain th at high standard o f m oral
purity and m ental balance with out wh ich clair
voyance i s a cur se a n d not a bl e s sing t o it s p o s
se ssor B etween th o s e wh o are ent i r ely unim
.
 C L A I RVOY A NT REVERI E 1 31

pr e s s i o n a bland tho se wh o are i n full po s se s si on

e

of clairvoyant power th ere are many i n t e r m e

,

diate stage s Student s often a sk h ow thi s clair

.

voyant faculty will fir st b e manife st ed i n th em

—
selve s h ow th ey may know wh en th ey h av e
reached th e stage at which i t s fir st faint f ore
shad owings are b eginning t o b e vi s i bl e C a se s .

di ff er so widely that it i s i mpo ssibl e t o g i ve t o

th i s question any an swer that will b e un i ver sally
applicab l e .

Som e peo pl e b egin by a plunge a s it were and

, ,

under som e unu sual stimulu s b ecom e abl e j u st

for once t o see som e striking vi sion ; an d v ery
often in such a ca se becau se th e experience do e s
,

not repeat it self th e seer com e s i n tim e t o be

,

lieve that o n that occa sion h e mu st h av e b een th e

victim of hallucinati on Oth er s b egin by be co m
.

ing interm ittently con sciou s of th e brilliant col

ors and vibration s o f th e human aura ; yet oth er s
find th em s elve s with increa sing frequency seeing
and h earing som eth ing to which th o se aroun d
them are blind a n d d eaf ; oth er s again see face s
, , ,

land scap es or colored cloud s floatin g before th eir

,

eye s in th e dark b efore th ey sink to re st ; wh il e

perhap s the commone st experience of all i s th at
of tho se wh o begin t o recollect with great er a n d
great er clearnes s what th ey hav e seen a n d h eard
”
o n oth er plane s during sleep .

Th e authority in que stion give s th e followin g

excellent advice regarding th e subj ect of th e d e
v e l o pm e n t of cla i rvoyant p ower an d a stral vi sion
“
ing : N o w th e fact i s that th ere are many
method s b y which it may b e d evelop ed but only ,
1 32 C L AI R VO Y A N C E

on e w hi ch ca n b e a t al l safely re c om m en d e d for
—
g en e ral u se tha t o f wh i ch we shall spea k la st
o f a ll A m ong th e l e s s advanced nation s of th e
.

wo rl d t h e cla i r v oyant state h a s b een produced i n

variou s obj ectionabl e ways ; among som e o f th e
n o n A ryan t rib e s o f In dia by th e u se o f i n t o x i
-
,

c a t i n g d r u g s or th e inhalin g of stupefying fum es ;

a m ong t h e d erv i sh e s b y wh irl ing i n a mad dance
,

o f rel i gi ou s fervor until v ertigo an d in sen sibility

super v ene ; am o n g th e follower s of th e a bo m i n
a bl e practice s of th e V o odo o cult by frightful
,

sacr i fice s an d loath som e rite s of black magic .

M eth o d s such a s th e se are happily n ot i n vo gue

i n our o w n race yet even among u s large num
,

b e rs o f dabb l er s in thi s anci ent art adopt som e

plan of self hypn otization such a s gazing at a
-
,

bright sp ot o r th e rep etition o f som e form ula u n

,

til a condition o f semi stupefaction i s produced ;

-

wh il e yet anoth er scho ol among them woul d e n

de a v o r t o arrive at si m ilar re sult s by th e u se of
som e of th e I nd i an syst em s of regulation of th e
b reath All th e s e m eth od s are un equivocally to
.

b e con demn ed a s quit e un safe for th e practice of

th e ordinary m a n wh o ha s n o id ea of what h e
i s do i ng— wh o i s simply making va gu e e x pe r i
m ent s i n a n unkn own worl d E ven th e m eth od
.

of o btain i ng clairvoyance by all owing one self to

b e m e sm erized by anoth er p er son i s on e from
wh ich I sh oul d myself sh rin k with th e m o st de
cided d i sta st e ; and a s suredly i t sh oul d n ever b e
attem pted except under condition s of ab solute
tru st an d a ff ection b etween th e magn eti ser and
th e m a g n eti sed and a perfec t ion of purity i n
,
1 34 C L A I RVO Y AN C E

in ch eck and to b e ma ster o f that al so a s well

, ,

a s of h i s l ower pa s sion s ; h e m u st patiently labor

t o acquire ab solut e control of hi s th ought s so ,

that h e w i ll always kn ow exactly what h e i s

thinking ab out and why— s o that h e can u se
,

h i s mind and turn i t or h ol d i t still a s a pr a c

, ,

ticed sword sman turn s hi s weapon wh ere h e

”
will .

I hav e given th e ab ove full q uotation from th i s

auth ority n ot m erely b ecau s e that from anoth er
,

angl e h e state s th e sam e general principl e s a s

do I ; but al so b ecau se h i s p ersonal exp eri ence in
actual clairvoyant ph enomena i s so ext ended and
varied that any word from h im on th e subj ect of
th e d evelopm ent of clairvoyant power mu st have
a value o f it s own Whil e I di ff er from th i s
.

auth ority o n som e point s of d etail of theory an d

practice n everth el e s s I gladly t e stify to th e
,

soundn e s s of h i s vi ew s a s above quoted and pa s s ,

th em on to my student s for careful con sideration

and attention Th e student will d o well t o h eed
.

what h e ha s t o say and to comb in e such opin

,

ion w ith wh at I h av e uttered in th e earlier part

—
of thi s ch apt er th ere will b e found a clo se agree
ment i n principl e and practice .

A nd now l et u s pa s s on t o a con sid eration of

,

th e variou s form s and pha se s of th e cl a i r v o y

ant ph enom ena it self Th e subj ect i s fa s ci n a t
.

ing a n d I am sure that you will enj oy th i s l ittl e

,

excur sion into th e strange realm of th ough t r e

garding th e a stral ph enom ena o f clairvoyan ce .

B ut b e sure to ma ster each l e s son b efore pro

,

ce e di n g to th e re st a s oth erwi se you will have to

,
 C LAI R VO Y A N T R EVERI E 1 35

turn b ack th e leave s of th e cour se i n or d er to p i c k

u p so m e po i nt of teach i n g th at you ha v e
ne gl e ct e d
.
 L ESS ON I X .

S I M P LE C LA I R V OY AN C E .

In a prev i ou s chapter we ha v e seen that th ere

are three well de fin e d cla s se s of cla i rvoyance
-

nam ely ( 1 ) Sim pl e cla i rvoyance ; ( 2 ) C l a i r v o y

,

anc e i n space ; an d ( 3) C lairvoyance i n Tim e I .

shall n ow con sid er th e s e i n sequence beginning ,

with th e fir st S im pl e C la i rvoyance
, .

In s i mpl e clairvoyance th e clairvoyant person

m erely sen se s th e auric emanation s of oth er p er
son s such a s th e auric vibration s col ors etc
, , ,
.
,

current s o f th ough t vibration s etc but do e s not

, .
,

see event s o r sc en e s remov ed i n space or tim e

from th e ob server Th ere ar e oth er ph enom ena
.

p eculiar to th i s cla s s of clairvoyance wh ich I shall

note a s we progre s s w i th th i s chapter .

A n auth ority o n t h e subj ect o f a stral ph enom

ena ha s written int ere stingly a s follow s regard
, ,

ing som e of th e pha se s of sim pl e clairvoyance

“
Wh en we com e t o con sider th e additional facil
it i e s which it o ffer s i n th e ob servation of animate
o bj ect s we see still m ore clearly th e advantage s
,

o f a stral v i sion It exh ibit s to th e clairvoyant

.

th e aura o f plant s a n d animal s a n d thu s i n th e

,

ca se of th e latter th eir d e sire s a n d emotion s and ,

whatever th ought s th ey may h ave are all plainly ,

sh own b efore hi s eye s B ut i t i s i n d ealing with

.

h uman b eings that h e will m o st appreciat e th e

valu e o f thi s faculty for h e will often b e abl e
,

t o h elp th em far m or e effectually wh en h e guide s

h im self by th e information wh i ch it give s him .
1 38 C L A I RVOYAN C E

diti on of com parative re s t a clu e t o th e g en eral

,

di spo sition and ch ara cter o f i t s owner .

B y simpl e clairvoyanc e i n a certain stage o f

d evelopm ent th e clairvoyant p er son i s abl e t o
sen se th e p re sen ce of th e human aura by m ean s ,

of h i s a stral sight Th e human aura a s al l stu

.
,

d ent s o f occulti s m know i s th at pecul iar emana

,

tion of a stral vibration s that e xtend s from each

living human b ein g surrounding h im i n a n egg
,

shaped form for a di stance of two to th ree feet o n

all sid es Thi s p eculiar n eb ulou s envel o pe i s n o t
.

vi sibl e to th e phys i cal sight a n d may b e d i s

,

cern ed only by m ean s of th e a stral sen se s It .

,
”
h owever may b e diml y fel t b y many p er son s
,

coming into th e pre sence o f oth er per son s and ,

con stitute s a personal at m o sph er e which i s

sen sed b y oth er per son s .

Th e trained clairvoyant v i s i on see s th e human

aura a s a n ebul ou s hazy sub stance like a lumi ,

nou s cloud surround i ng th e per son for two or

,

th ree feet o n each s id e of h i s body be i n g m ore ,

d en se n ear th e b ody an d gradually b ecoming l e s s

d en se a s it exten d s away fro m th e b ody I t h a s .

a pho sph ore scent ap p earance w i th a pecul i a r

,

tremul ou s m otion manife sting th rough it s sub

stance Th e clairvoyant sees th e human aura a s
.

comp o sed of al l th e colors o f th e sp ectrum th e ,

combination sh ifting w i th th e ch anging m ental

and emotional state s of th e p er son B ut i n a .
,

general way it may b e said that each per son ha s

,

hi s or h er or d i stinct i ve a s t ral auri c col or s d e ,

p endin g upon h i s o r h er general character or

per sonal i ty E a ch m ental stat e or emotional
.
,
 SI M P LE C L A I RVOY A N C E 1 39

man i fe station h a s i t s o w n particular shad e or

,

com binat i on of shade s of auric col oring Thi s .

b eaut i ful k al e i d o sco pic spectacl e ha s it s o w n

meaning to th e advanced occult i st wi t h cl a i r v o y
ant v i sion for h e i s abl e to read th e ch aracter and
,

gen eral m ental state s of th e per son by m ean s of

studying hi s a stral auric color s I h ave ex .

plained th e se auri c color s a n d th eir m eanings i n

, ,
“ ”
my little b ook entitled Th e H uman A ura .

Th e h uman aura i s not always in a stat e o f

cal m ph o sphore scenc e h owever O n th e co n
,
.

t r a r y it som etim e s manife st s great flam e s lik e

, ,

th o s e of a fiery furnace wh ich sh oot forth i n,

great tongue s and dart forth sudd enly in certai n

,

direction s t oward th e obj ect s attracting th em .

Und er great emoti onal excitem ent th e auric

flam e s m ove aroun d i n swift circling W h irlp ool s ,

or el se swirl away from a centre A gain i t seem s .

,

t o th row forth tiny gl i stening spark s o f a stral

v i bration s som e of which travel for great d i s
,

tance .

Th e clairvoyant vi sion i s al so ab l e to di scern

”
what i s call ed th e prana aura of a per son B y .

th i s term i s ind icated that pecul iar emanation of

vital force wh ich surround s th e ph ys i cal body
of each an d e v ery p er son I n fact many per son s
.
,

of but sl ight clairvoyant power wh o cannot ,

sen se th e auri c col or s are ab l e to p erc eiv e th i s

,

prana aura without troubl e

-
It i s somet i me s
.

“ ” ”
cal led th e h ealth aura or physical aura , It .

i s colorle ss o r rath er ab out th e shad e of cl ear

,

gla ss diamond or water “ It i s streaked with

, ,

very m inute bri stl e lik e l i n e s In a s t ate o f good

,
-
.
1 40 C LAI RVO YA N C E

h ealth th e s e fin e l i ne s are st i ff l ik e t ooth bru sh

,

bri stl e s ; wh ile i n ca ses of po or h ealth th e se lin e s

, ,

dro o p curl an d pre sent a furl ik e appearance I t

,
.

i s so m etim e s fi lled with minute sparkl i ng p ar

t i cl e s li k e tiny elect r ic s p a rk s i n rapi d v ibr a t o ry
,

m otion .

To th e clairvoyant vi sion th e prana aura a p —

p ear s l i ke th e v ibrating h eated ai r ar i sing from
a fir e or stove or from th e h eated earth in sum
, ,

m er I f th e stud ent will clo se h i s eye s partially

. ,

an d will peer th rough narrowed eyel id s h e will ,

i n all p rob ability b e abl e to p erceiv e th i s prana

aura surrounding th e b o dy of som e h ealthy ,

vigorou s p er son — particularly i f th e per son i s

sitting i n a dim light Lo oking cl o sely h e will .
,

see th e p ecul iar vibratory m oti on l ik e h eated air , ,

at a di stance of ab out two inch e s from th e bo dy

of th e p er son It r equire s a littl e practice i n o r
.

d er t o ac quir e th e knac k of p erce i vin g th e se

v i brati on s— a littl e experim entin g in ord er t o get
j u st th e righ t ligh t o n th e per son— but practice
will bring succe s s and you will b e repaid for your
,

troub l e .

In th e sam e way th e stud ent may by practice ,

acquire th e faculty to perce i ving hi s own pr a n a v

aura Th e sim pl e st way to obtain th i s la st m e n

.

t i o n e d re sult i s to place your finger s ( spread out

i n fan shap e ) again st a black bac k ground in a
-
,

d i m light Th en gaze at th e finger s with nar

.

rowed eyel i d s an d half clo sed eye s A fter a l ittl e

,
-
.

practice you will see a fin e th in l in e surroundin g

,

—
your finger s o n al l side s a sem i l uminou s b or -

d er o f prana a ura In m o st ca se s th i s border

-
.
142 C LAI R VO YAN C E

Still anoth er form i s that of a wh i rl i ng r i ng l i ke ,

t h at emitted from a smo k e stack of a l ocomotive ,

“ ”
o r th e mouth o f a sm ok er— th e fam ilia r ring o f
th e smoker Oth er s hav e th e form and appear
.

ance o f sem i lum inou s g lob e s gl owing li k e a

-
,

giant opal .

Oth er thought form s are emitted i n j et l i k e

- -

stream s like st eam p u ff ed out from a tea kettl e

,
-
.

A gain it will a pp ear a s a seri es of sh ort pu ff s of

,

steam like a ppearance A gain it will twi st along

-
.
,

l ike an eel or snake A noth er tim e it will twi st.

it s way li k e a cork screw A t oth er tim e s i t will .

appear a s a bomb or serie s of bomb s proj ected

,

from th e aura of th e th inker Som etim e s a s i n .

,

th e ca se of a vigorou s thinker o r sp eaker th e se ,

th ought form b omb s will b e seen to expl od e

-

when th ey reach th e aura of th e per son ad dre s sed

o r though t of Oth er form s a ppear lik e n ebul ou s
.

th ings re sembling an o ctopu s wh o se twining ,

tentacl e s twi st around th e per son t o wh om th ey

are directed .

E ach th ought form bears th e sam e color that

-

it po s se s sed wh en gen erated in th e aura of it s

creator th ough th e col or s seem t o fad e with tim e
,
.

Many of th em gl ow with a dull ph o sph ore scence ,

in stead of brigh t colorin g Th e atm o sph ere o f .

every per son an d every place i s fill ed with vari

, ,

ou s th ought form s emanated from th e per son o r

-
,

per son s wh o inhabit th e place E ach building .

ha s it s own di stinctive th ought form s which per -

,

m eat e it s m ental atm o sph ere an d wh ich are ,

cl early d i scern ible by trained clairvoyant v i sion .

I h ere tak e th e lib erty of quoting a few para

 SI M P LE C LAI R V OY AN C E 1 43

graph s fr o m my littl e b ook entitl ed Th e A stral

World i n wh ich th e ph enom ena o f th e a stral
,

plan e are expla i ned i n d etail I reproduce th em

.

h ere i n ord er to sh ow you what you may see o n

th e a stral plan e wh en your clairvoyant v i sion i s
su fficiently d eveloped t o function th ere Th e .

word s a re addre ssed t o one wh o i s sen sing o n th e

a stral plane .

“
N otice that b eautiful spiritual blue around
that woman s h ead ! A nd se e that ugly m ud dy
’

red around that m a n pa s sing h er ! H ere come s

an intell ectual giant —see that b eautiful gol den
yellow around h i s h ead like a n imb u s ! B ut I
,
’
d on t exactly lik e that shad e o f red aroun d h i s
b ody and th ere i s too marked an ab sence of blu e
-

i n h i s aura ! H e lack s harmoniou s d evelopm ent .

D o you notice tho se great cloud s of semi l um i -

nou s sub stance wh ich are sl owly fl oatin g al on g ?

,

— notice h o w th e color s vary in th em Th o se are .

cl oud s of th ought vib ration s repre senting th e

-
,

compo site thought of a multitude of peopl e A l so .

notice h ow each body of th ought i s drawing

t o i t sel f l ittl e fragment s o f similar th ough t
form s and en ergy You see h ere th e t end ency o f
.

th ought form s t o attract other s of th eir kind

-

h ow li k e th e proverbial b ird s of a feath er th ey ,

flock togeth er— how th ought s com e h om e bring ,

ing th eir friend s with th em — h ow each m a n

create s hi s own th ought atmo sph ere .

“
Speaking of atmo sph ere s d o you notice that
,

each shop we pa s s ha s it s own pecul iar th ought

atm o sph ere ? I f you look into th e h ou se s o n
either side of th e street yo u wi ll see that th e
,
1 44 C LAI RV OY AN C E

sa m e th ing i s true Th e v ery street it sel f ha s i t s

.

o wn atm o sph er e created by th e com p o s i t e

,

th ought o f th o se i nhab i tin g a n d fre q uenting it .

N 0 ! do not pa ss d own that s i de street— i t s a stral

atm o sph ere i s to o depre ssing a n d i t s col ors to o ,

h orr i bl e and di sgu sting for you t o w i tn es s j u st

—
n ow you might get di scouraged an d fly back
to your physical b ody for reli ef Look at th o se .

th ou g ht form s flying through th e atm o sph er e !

-

What a vari ety of form and col oring ! Som e m o st

b eautiful th e maj ority q uite n eutral i n tint an d
, ,

occa sionally a fi erce fi ery on e t ear i ng it s way

,

alon g toward i t s mark Ob serv e th o se whirl ing

.

a n d swirl ing thought form s a s th ey are thrown

-

o ff from th at b u sine s s h ou se A cro s s th e street

-
.
,

n ot i ce th at great octopu s m on ster of a th ought

form w ith it s great tentacl e s str i ving t o win d
,

around person s a n d draw th em into that fla sh y

dan ce h all and dram sh op A d e vi li sh m on ster
- -
.

wh ich we woul d d o well t o d e stroy Turn your .

concentrated th ought upon i t an d will it out of ,

exi st en c e— th er e that s th e right way ; watch

,
’

i t s-i c k en and shr i vel ! B ut ala s ! more of i t s kind

,
”
wi ll c om e forth from that place .

T h e ab ov e repre sent s th e s i gh t s common t o

th e a d v anced occult ist wh o explore s th e a stral
plan e e i th er i n h i s a stral b ody or el s e by m ean s ,

of cla i r voyant v i sion To such a on e th e se sight s

.
,

are ju s t a s natural a s th o se o f th e physical plan e

t o th e per son functi oning by ordinary physical
—
sen se s On e i s a s natural a s i s th e oth er th ere
.

i s n oth ing supernatural ab out eith er .

B ut th ere are oth er and even m ore wond erful

,
1 46 C LAI RVOYAN C E

v o y ant i s abl e t o d o thi s but th e a d vanced on e s

,

h a v e don e it I n th e sam e way th e traine d clair

.
,

voyant i s able t o see i n si d e th e bo d i e s of sic k per

son s an d to diagn o se th e i r a i lm en t s providin g
, , ,

o f cour se h e i s familiar with th e ap pearance o f

,

th e or g an s i n h ealth an d i n di sea se an d h a s a ,

su ffic i ent knowledge o f phy s i ol o gy and p a th o l

ogy t o i nt erpre t wha t h e see s .

A n auth or i ty on th e p h enom en a o f th e a s tral

plan e ha s writt en entertain i ngly and c orrectly
regardin g th i s pha se of sim pl e c la i r v oyance a s ,
“
foll ow s : Th e p o sse s s i on of th i s extraord i nary
a n d scarcely expre ssibl e p o w er th en m u st a l
, ,

way s b e b orn e i n mi n d through al l that follow s .

I t lays e v ery po i nt i n t he i nteri or of every soli d

body ab solutely open t o th e gaze of t h e s eer ,

j u st a s every point i n th e i nterior o f a circl e l i e s

op en to th e gaz e of a m a n l ooking d o w n u pon it .

B ut even th i s i s by n o m ean s al l t ha t it g iv e s to
it s p o s se ssor H e see s n o t only th e i n sid e a s
.

well a s th e out si d e o f e v ery obj ect but al so i t s ,

a stral counterpart E very atom and m ol ecul e o f

.

p hysical m atter ha s it s corre spon ding a s tral

atom s a n d m ol ecul e s a n d th e ma s s wh i ch i s built
,

up out o f th e se i s clearly vi sible to th e cl a i r v o y

ant . U sually th e a s t ral form o f any obj ect pro
je c t s som e wh at b eyon d th e physical part o f i t ,

a n d thu s m etal s ,stone s an d oth er things are

seen surrounde d by a n a stral aura .

“
It will b e seen at once that even i n th e stu d y
of inorganic matter a m a n gain s immen sel y by
th e acqui sition of th i s vi sion Not only do e s h e
.

see th e a stral part o f th e obj ect at wh i ch h e loo k s ,

 SI M P LE C L A I R VO Y AN C E 147

which befor e wa s wholly h i dd en fro m h i m ; n ot

only d oe s h e see much mor e o f it s phys i cal co n
s t i t u t i o n than h e d id b e fore but even what wa s
,

vi sibl e t o h im before i s now seen much m ore

clearly and truly . A noth er strange power
o f wh ich h e may fin d him self in p o s se s sion i s that
of magnifying at will th e minut est physical or
a stral parti cl e to a n y d e sired size a s through a ,

micro scope— th ough n o m icro sco pe ever made ,

or ever likely to b e made po sse s se s even a thou

,

s a n dt h part of th i s p sych i c magnifying power .

B y it s mean s th e hypoth etical mol ecul e and atom

po stulated by science b ecom e v i sibl e a n d l i ving
realities t o th e o ccult student and o n th i s clo ser
,

examination h e find s th em to b e much m ore com

pl ex i n th eir structure than th e scient i fi c m a n ha s
yet realized th em to b e It al so enabl e s him to
.

follow with th e clo se st attenti on and th e m o st

lively interest all kind s of electr i cal magnetic , ,

and oth er eth eric action ; a n d wh en som e o f th e

speciali st s i n th e se b ranch e s o f sc i enc e a r e ab l e to
d evelop th e p ower t o se e th e se th i ngs wh ereof
th ey write so facil ely som e very wonderful a n d
,

b e auti ful revelation s may b e expect ed .

“
Th i s i s one of th e s i ddi hi s or power s d e
scribed i n th e Oriental books a s accruin g to th e
m a n wh o d evote s him self to sp i r i tual d evelop
m ent th ough th e nam e und er which i t i s th ere
,

menti oned might not b e imm ediately r e co gn i z

abl e I t i s referred to a s th e power o f making
.
‘

’
one self large or small at will and th e rea son o f
,

a de scription wh ich appear s so o ddly t o rever se

th e fact i s that i n reality th e m eth od by which
148 C L A I R V OY A N C E

thi s f e a t i s p e r f or m ed i s p rec i sely that i n di cated

i n t h e se a nc i ent b ook s I t i s by th e u se of t empo
.

ra ry v i sua l m ach i nery o f inconceivabl e m i nute

n es s t hat t h e w orl d of th e i nfinitely littl e i s
s o cl early s een ; an d i n th e sam e way ( or rath er
i n th e o p po s i t e w ay ) i t i s by enorm ou sly i n cr e a s
i n g th e size o f th e mach inery u sed that i t be
’
c ome s po s s i bl e t o i ncrea se th e b readth o f on e s
vi e w— i n th e phys i cal sen se a s well a s l et u s ,

h o p e i n th e m oral— far b eyond anythin g that

,

sci en c e h a s ever d reamt of a s p o s sibl e for man .

So that th e alterat i on i n siz e i s really i n th e v e

hi cl e o f th e stud ent s con sciou sn es s an d n ot in
’

a nyth i ng out s i d e of h i m self ; an d th e ol d Ori ental

b o o k s h ave after all put th e ca se m ore accurately
, ,

than h a v e w e I ha v e i ndicat ed th ough only i n

.
,

th e r ough e st outl i nes wh at a trained stud ent

, ,

po s se sse d of full a stral vi sion woul d see in th e

,

imm en sely w id er worl d t o wh ich th at v i s i on i n

t r o du ce d h im ; b u t I hav e sai d n oth ing o f th e
stupendou s change i n hi s m ental attitud e which
com e s from th e exper i m ental certa i nty regard i ng
m att er s o f param ount i m portance Th e differ .

enc e b etween e v en th e pro foun de st i ntellectual

con vi ct i on a n d t h e prec i se k nowl edge gained by
,

d irect p er sonal experience mu s t b e fe l t i n order

,
”
t o b e apprec i ated .

N o w h ere at thi s pla c e I wi sh t o c a ll th e a t

, ,

t ent i on o f t h e stu d ent t o th e fact that whil e th e

abo v e stated ph enom ena strictly b elong t o th e
“
cla s s o f s i mpl e cla i r v oyance rath er than to
,
“ ” “ ”
space cl a i r v oyance or t i m e clairvoyance r e
,

s pe ct i v e l y
, n e v erth el e s s t h e sa m e ph enomena
1 50 C LAI RVO YA N C E

w i sh you t o rememb er that th e sa m e p o w e r

wh ich enab le s you t o sen se oth er o bj ect s by
m ean s of th e a stral scen e s i s th e sam e that i s ,

called i nto o perat i on i n t h e cas e s to w hich I h a v e

j u st referred .

Th e a stral p lan e i s a w on d erfu l p lan e o r fi el d o f

being con t ainin g m any str a nge an d w onderful
,

b ein gs a n d th i ng s Th e per son liv i n g o n th e

.

physical p lane m ay v i s i t th e a stral plan e i n th e

a stral b ody ; and a gain h e m a y perceive th e h ap
, ,

pe n i n gs an d scene s o f that plan e by m ean s o f th e

awakene d and d e v eloped a stral sen se s S om e .

clairvoyan t s find i t ea sy t o funct i on i n on e way ,

and som e i n an oth er I t i s re served for th e s ci e n

.

t i fica l l y d eve l ope d clairvoyant to m an i fe st th e

wel l round ed power t o perce i ve t h e ph enomena
-

of th e a stral plane i n it s won derful entirety .

Finally yo u w i ll see by reference to oth er

,

chapt er s o f th i s b ook t h at on e may manife st sim

,

ple cla i r v oyant p ower s ( a s well a s th e m ore com

plicate d on e s o f t i m e and space cla i rvoyance ) not
only i n th e ord i nary wa ki ng state but al so i n th e ,

state o f d rea m s I n f a ct so m e of t h e m o st str ik

.
,

in g p syc hi c ph eno m ena are man if e sted wh en th e

seer i s i n th e d rea m sta t e A s we proceed you .
,

w i ll fin d that e v ery p h a se of th e great s ubj ec t w i ll

fit i nto i t s place a nd will b e found t o blen d w ith
,

every oth er ph a se Th er e w i ll b e found a lo gi cal

.

h armony an d unity of th ought pervad i ng th e

wh ol e subj ect B ut we m u st u se singl e br i c k s
.

and ston e s a s we build— i t i s only i n th e c o m

pl e t e d structure t hat w e m ay perce i v e th e h ar
m o n i o u s un i ty .
 L E SS ON X .

C L A I R V OY A N C E O F D I STA N T S C ENES .

Let u s now c on s i d e r th e ph eno m ena of th e se c

ond cla s s o f clair v oyance namely C l a i r v oyance
, ,

i n Space .

I n space clairvoyance th e cla i rvoyan t per son

sen se s scene s an d event s removed i n sp ace from
—
th e ob server that i s to say scen e s and event s ,

s i tuated out s i d e of th e range o f th e physical

v i sion of th e clairvoyant I n thi s cla s s al so i s i n
.

cluded certa i n ph enomena i n wh ich th e cl a i r v o y

a n t vi s i on i s abl e t o di scern things that may b e
concealed or ob scured b y interven i ng mat er i al
obj ect s S om e of th e many di ff erent form s an d
.

pha se s of space clairvoyance are illu strated b y

th e following exampl e s all ta k en from th e b e st
,

source s .

B ushnel l relate s th e follow i ng w ell k nown -

“
ca se of space clairvoyance : C apt Yount o f .
,

Nap a Vall ey C alifornia o n e m i dwinter s nigh t

, ,
’

had a dream i n wh ich h e saw what a ppeared t o

b e a company of emigrant s arre sted by th e sn ow s
o f th e m ounta i n s an d per i sh in g rapid ly by col d
,

and hunger .H e n oted th e very ca st o f th e

scenery mar k ed by a huge perp endicular front
, ,

o f wh i te rock cl i ff ; h e s aw th e m e n cutt i n g o ff
-

wh at a p p eared to b e t r ee top s ri sing out of dee p

-

gu lfs of snow ; h e d i st i n gu i shed th e very fea t ure s

of th e per son s an d th e i r l o ok of p ecul iar d i stre s s
, .

H e a wo k e profoundly i m p re ssed by th e di st i nct

ne ss and a ppa r ent r eal it y o f th e dre a m H e a t .
1 52 C L A I R V OY A N C E

length f ell a s l ee p an d d r ea m e d exact l y th e sa m e

,

d ream over again In th e m orn i n g h e could n ot

.

expel i t from h i s m in d Falling i n sh ortly aft er

.

with an ol d hunt er comrad e h e tol d h i s story , ,

an d wa s only th e m ore d ee p ly i m p re s se d by hi m
recognizing with out h e sitation th e scen ery cf th e
dream Thi s comrad e ca m e over th e Sierra by
.

th e C ar son Valley P a s s and d ecl a re d that a s pot

,

i n th e P a s s exactly an swere d hi s d es c r i pt i on .

B y th i s th e un soph i st i cal p a triarch w a s d e

ci d ed H e i mm ediately c oll ected a co mp any o f
.

m en with mul e s a n d blan k et s an d all n ece s sary

,

p rov i s i on s Th e n eigh b or s were lau gh in g m ean

.

‘ ’ ‘
tim e a t h i s credulity N o matt er h e said I am
.
, ,

abl e t o d o th i s and I w i ll f or I v er i ly b el i e v e
, ,
’
t hat th e fact i s accord ing to m y d ream Th e .

m e n were sent i nto th e m ountain s on e hun d red

an d fi fty m i le s d i stant direct t o th e C ar son Val
,

l ey P a s s A n d th ere th ey found th e co m pany

.

exactly i n th e c ond i t i on o f th e d rea m a nd ,

brough t i n t h e r emnant al iv e .

In conne c t i on with th i s ca se s om e l e a di ng , ,

occult i st s are o f th e o p i n i on that th e t h oug h t

wave s fro m th e mi n d s of th e d i stre s se d lo st per
son s reach ed C a pt Yount i n h i s s l eep and
.
,

awa k en ed h i s sub con sc i ou s attent i on H a v i n g .

natural cla i rvoyant power th ough prev i ou sly u n ,

aware o f i t h e naturally d irected hi s a s t ra l v i s i on

,

to th e sour c e o f th e m ental current s a n d pe r ,

ce i v e d cla i r v oy a ntly th e scen e d e s cr i bed i n th e

story N ot h a vi n g a n y a cqua i n t ance w i th any o f
.

th e l o st p arty i t wa s only b y rea son o f t h e m en

,

tal cu r ren t s o f di s t r e s s s o s en t ou t that h i s a tt en

1 54 C LAI R V OY A N C E

A s soon a s i t wa s d ayl i ght sh e w r ote d own i n

h er j ournal all th at sh e had seen I t w a s b efore .

th e days o f th e tel egraph and t wo or m ore days ,

‘
pa ssed b efor e th e n ew spaper s announced Th e
’
D eath of th e Duk e of Orl ean s Vi sit i ng P ar i s a .

short tim e afterward s sh e sa w an d r ecogn iz e d

,

th e place of th e accid ent an d receive d th e e x ,

planation o f h er i m pre s sion Th e d octor wh o .

attend ed th e dyin g duk e wa s an ol d fri end of

h er s and a s h e wa tch ed by th e b e d h i s mind h ad
,

b een c on stantl y o ccup i ed w i th h er an d h er

”
family .

I n many ca se s o f cla i rvoyance o f t h i s ki nd ,

th er e i s foun d to exi st a stron g connecting lin k

o f mutual intere st o r a ff ection over which fl ows ,

th e strong att ention arou sing force o f n ee d or

-

di stre ss which call s i nto operation th e cl a i r v o y

,

a n t vi sionin g .

I n oth er ca se s th ere seem s to b e lac k ing any

connecting l ink alth ough even in such ca se s
, ,

th ere may b e a subcon sci ou s l in k connecting th e

clairvoyant w i th th e scen e or ev ent A n i ntere st .

i ng exampl e o f th i s la st m entioned pha se i s that

r elat e d by W T Stead th e Engl i sh ed i to r an d
. .
,

auth o r a s h aving happen ed to h i m sel f

,
Mr . .

Stead s recital follows

’

“
I got in t o b ed an d wa s n ot abl e t o go t o
sl ee p I shut m y eye s and waite d fo r sleep t o
.

com e ; i n stead o f sl eep h owever th ere ca m e , ,

to m e a succe s s i on o f cur i ou sl y vivid clai r v oyan t

picture s Th ere wa s n o li gh t i n th e r oo m a n d
.
,

it wa s perfectly dark ; I had my eye s s h ut al so .

B ut not w ith stand i ng th e d a r k n e ss I su d d enl y

, ,
 D I STANT S C ENES 1 55

wa s con sc i ou s of l oo ki n g a t a scen e o f s i ngul a r

beauty I t wa s a s if I saw a l ivin g miniature
.

about t h e s i ze o f a ma g ic lantern sl i d e A t th i s
-
.

m om ent I can recall th e scen e a s i f I saw i t a gain .

It wa s a sea s i de piece Th e m oon wa s sh ining

.

u pon th e water which r i ppl ed sl owly on to th e

,

b each Righ t b efore m e a l on g m ol e r a n i nto th e

.

water On eith er sid e of th e mol e irre gular ro c k s

.

stoo d u p ab ove th e sea l ev el O n th e sh ore stoo d

-
.

several h ou se s s quare and rud e wh i ch re sembl ed

, ,

n othin g that I ha d ever seen i n h ou se arch i

f ecture N o on e wa s stirr i ng but th e moon wa s
.
,

th ere an d th e sea and th e gl eam of th e m oon

light o n th e rippling water s j u st a s i f I h ad b een ,

l ooking on th e actual scen e I t wa s so b eautiful .

that I rememb er thin k ing th at if it continued I

sh oul d b e so intere sted i n l ook in g at it th at I
sh oul d n ever go a sleep I wa s wide awa k e an d .
,

at th e sam e t i m e that I saw th e scen e I di stinctly

h eard th e dripping o f th e rain out si d e th e w i n
dow Th en suddenly with out any apparent o b
.
,

j c e t or rea son th e scen e changed

, .

“
Th e m oonlight sea vani sh ed a n d i n i t s place ,

I wa s l ooking righ t into th e interior of a read

ing ro o m I t seemed a s if it had b een u se d a s a
-
.

sch oo l room i n th e dayt i m e an d wa s empl oyed

-
,

a s a read i ng room i n th e evenin g I re m emb er

-
.

seein g on e reader wh o h ad a curiou s r e sem blance

t o Tim H arringt on alth ough it wa s n o t h e h old
, ,

u p a maga z in e or b oo k i n h i s han d and laugh .

I t wa s n ot a p i cture —i t wa s th er e Th e scene .

wa s j u st a s if you w ere loo ki ng through a n o pera

gla s s ; you saw th e play of th e mu scl es th e ,
1 56 C LAI R VOYAN C E

gl ea mi n g o f th e eye every move m en t of th e n u ,

k nown p er son s i n th e unnamed place i nto which

yo u were gazing I saw all that with out opening
.

my eye s n o r did my eye s h ave anyth in g t o d o

,

w ith i t You see such th ings a s th e se a s i f it

.

were w i th anoth er sen se w h i ch i s m ore i n sid e

your h ead than i n your eye s Th e p icture s were .

a p rop o s of n othing ; th ey h a d b een sugge sted

by noth ing I ha d b een reading or talk i ng o f ; th ey
sim ply cam e a s if I h ad b een ab l e t o l ook th rough
a gla s s at wh at wa s occurring som ewh ere el se i n
”
th e worl d I had my p eep an d th en it pa s sed
.
, .

A n intere sting ca se o f space cla i rvoyance i s

that related of Swedenborg o n th e b e st auth or ,

ity Th e story run s that in th e latter part of

.

Septem b er 1 759 at four o cl ock on e Saturday

, ,
’

aftern oon Swedenb org arrived h om e from E n g

,

land and d i sembar k ed at th e town of Goth en

,

burg A fri end Mr W C a stel m et h im and i n

.
,
. .
,

v i t e d him t o dinn er at w h ich m eal th ere were ,

fi ft een per son s gathered around th e tabl e i n

’
h onor of th e gue st At Si x o cloc k Swed enborg .
,

went ou t a few minute s returning to th e tabl e ,

sh ortly th ereafter l o o ki ng p al e an d exc i ted

,
.

Wh en que stion ed by th e gu est s h e repli ed that

th ere wa s a fire at S tockh olm two hun dred m ile s ,

di stant and that th e fire wa s s t ead i ly spread ing

,
.

H e grew very restl e s s an d frequentl y l eft th e ,

room H e said that th e h ou se o f o n e o f h i s

.

friend s wh o se nam e h e m entioned wa s already

, ,

in a sh e s and that h i s own wa s i n danger A t

, .

’
eight o cl ock a fter h e had b een out again h e
, ,
“
return ed crying out c h eerfully Thank h ea v en ! ,
1 58 C LAI R VO Y A N C E

wal ki ng about b efore th e burn i ng h ou se carry ,

;

ing a p ortrait i n h i s hand E veryth in g wa s qu i te

.

cl ear an d d i stinct exactly a s if I had actually

,

b een p re sent and seen everyth ing A fter a tim e .

,

I wo ke up a n d going down stair s tol d m y fr i en d s

,

th e strange dream I had had Th ey laugh ed at .

m e and mad e such gam e of my v i sion that I d i d

,

my b e st t o th i nk no m ore about i t I wa s travel .

ing ab out a day or two pa sse d an d wh en Sun

, ,

day came I found myself i n a church wh ere som e

r elative s were worshipping Wh en I entered .

th e p ew th ey l o o k ed very strange an d a s soon a s ,

th e service wa s over I a sked th em what wa s t h e

’
matter . D on t b e alarm ed th ey said th ere i s
‘ ’

, ,
‘

’
n oth ing seriou s Th en th ey hand ed m e a po st
.

card from my hu sban d wh ich sim ply said H ou se ,

‘

burn ed out ; covered by in surance Th e day wa s .

’

th e dat e upon which my dream o ccurred I h a s .

tened h ome and th en I l earn ed t hat everyth ing

,

had hap pene d exactly a s I ha d seen it Th e fire .

had brok en out i n th e w ing I h ad seen blazin g .

My cloth e s were all burn ed and th e o dd e st th ing

,

about it wa s that my hu sban d having re scued a ,

favorit e p icture from t h e burning b uilding had ,

carried it about am ong th e crowd fo r som e t i m e

b efore h e coul d fin d a plac e in wh ich to put it
safely .

A n oth er ca se related by Stead th e sa m e a u

, ,

t ho r i t y run s a s foll ow s :
, Th e fath er of a s o n
‘
wh o had sail ed o n th e Strathm ore a n emigrant ,
’

ship outb ound from th e C lyd e saw on e nigh t th e

sh ip found ering ami d th e wave s and saw that ,

hi s son with som e oth er s h ad e scaped safely to a

, ,
 D I STANT S C ENES 1 59

d ese r t i sland near whic h t h e wrec k h ad ta k en

p la c e H e wa s so much impre ssed by th i s v i sion
.

‘ ’
that h e wrote t o th e owner of th e Strath more
t ell i ng h im what h e ha d seen H i s information .

wa s scouted ; but after a while th e Strath more ‘ ’

b ecam e overdue a n d th e own er b ecam e unea sy

,
.

Day followed day an d st i ll n o ti dings o f th e m i s

,

s i ng sh ip Th en like P h ara oh s butler th e owner

.
’

remembered hi s sin s on e day an d hunted u p th e ,

l etter d e scrib i ng t h e vi s i on It supplied at l ea st .

’
a th eory to account for th e ship s di sapp earan ce .

A ll outward bound sh ip s were r eque sted to l ook

-

out for any survivor s o n th e i sland ind i cated i n

th e vi sion Th e se ord er s were ob eyed and th e
.
,
‘
survivor s of th e Strathm ore were found exactly ’

”
w h ere th e fath er h ad seen th em .

Th e S oc i ety for P sych i c al R e search m ention s

“
anoth er i ntere sting ca se a s follow s : Dr Go , .

li u ski a physician of K r e m e u t chu g Ru s sia wa s

, , ,

ta k ing an after dinn er nap i n th e afternoon

-
,

about h alf pa st three o cl ock H e had a vi sion

-
’
.

i n w h i ch h e sa w him sel f called out o n a pr o fe s

s i o n a l vi s i t w h i ch t ook h im to a littl e ro om
,

w i th dar k hangings To th e right of t h e d oor h e

.

saw a ch e st of drawer s u p on wh i ch rested a l i t

,

tl e paraffi n e lam p of spec i al patt ern d i ff erent ,

fro m anyth ing h e h ad ever seen b efore O n th e .

l eft of th e d oor h e saw a woman su ff ering from a

,

severe h emorrhage H e th en saw h im sel f giv

.

ing h er profes s i onal treatment Th en h e awok e .

,

suddenly an d saw that it w a s j u st hal f pa st fou r

,
-

’
o clock W i th i n ten m i nute s afte r h e awo k e h e
.
,

wa s call e d out o n a profe ssional vi s it a n d o n e n ,

1 60 C L A I R V OY A N C E

ter i n g th e b e d roo m h e s a w al l t h e d eta i l s th a t h a d

appeared t o h im i n h i s vi sion Th er e wa s th e .

—
ch e st of drawers th ere wa s th e p eculiar lam p
th ere wa s th e wo m an o n th e b ed su ff ering from ,

th e h em orrha g e U pon inqui r y h e found th at

.
,

sh e had grown w ors e b etween th ree and four

’
o cloc k an d ha d anx i ou sly d e sired that h e com e
,

t o h er about that t i m e finally d i s p atch ing a m e s

,

senger for h i m at hal f p a s t four th e m o m ent a t

-
,

which h e a w o k e .

A n oth er a n d a mo st pecul i ar ph a se o f s p a c e
, ,

cla i rvoyanc e i s that i n which certain per son s so

awaken th e a stral sen se s of oth er person s th at
th ese per son s perceive th e fi rst per son— u sually
i n th e form of seemingly see i ng th e person pre s
ent i n th e imm ediate vicinity j u st a s on e woul d
,

see a gho stly vi sitor I n som e ca se s th ere i s

.

m anife sted doubl e cla i rvoyance both per son s

-
,

v i s i on i ng cla i rvoyantly ; in oth er ca ses only th e ,

“ ”
p er son vi sited a strally sen se s th e occurrenc e .

Th e follow i ng c a se s illu strat e t h i s f orm o f space

clair v oyance .

W T Stead relate s th e ca s e o f a la d y wel l

. .

k n own to h im w h o s p ontaneou sly d evelo pe d th e

,

power o f a w a k en i ng a stral p erception i n oth ers .

“ ”
Sh e see m ed to mater i alize i n th e i r pre sence .

H er power i n th i s d irecti on b eca m e a source o f

con s i d erab l e anx i ety an d worry to h er fr i en d s t o
wh o m sh e woul d pay unexpected a n d i n v o l u n
tary vi sit s fr i ght en in g th em out of th eir w i t s by
,
”
th e appearance o f h er gh o st Th ey na t urally
.

th ou gh t that sh e h ad di ed su d denly an d ha d a p
p e a r e d t o th em in gh o s t ly f o r m T h e la d y h er
.
,
1 62 C LAI RVO Y AN CE

son s an d that h e wa s o n th e e v e o f b e gi nn i ng h i s
,

return voyage t o A m erica H e added that wh en .

h e lo o k ed for th e m a n a few moment s afterw ard s ,

th e stranger had a pparentl y lo st h im sel f i n th e

crow d d i sappeared an d w a s s een n o m ore b y
,

h im .

T h e S oc i ety for P sych i cal Rese a rch g i ve s

prom i nence to th e celeb rated ca se o f th e m em
b er o f th e London Stock E xchange wh o s e iden ,
“
tity it conceal s under the initial s S H wh o . .

p o sse s sed th i s p ower of v oluntary awa k en i ng of

‘‘
a stral sigh t in oth er s by m ean s o f h i s appear
anc e to th em Th e m a n r elat e s h i s exp er i ence
’’
.

“
t o th e S ociety a s follow s O n e Sunday ni g ht
i n N ovemb er 188 1 I wa s in Kil dare Garden s
, , ,

wh en I willed very strongly that I woul d v i sit i n

th e spirit two lady friend s th e Mi s se s X wh o , .
,

were l iving three m il es o ff i n H ogarth Road I , .

willed that I sh oul d d o th i s at on e o cloc k i n th e ’

m orning a n d having willed it I went to s l eep

, , .

N ext Th ursday wh en I fi rst m et m y friend s , ,

th e eld er l ady tol d m e that sh e wok e u p a n d saw

m y ap pariti on a dvancing t o h er be d sid e Sh e .

scream ed and woke h er si sters wh o al so s a w ,

”
me .
( Th e r eport includ es th e si gn ed stat ement
o f th e lad ie s giving th e tim e of th e ap p earance
, ,

a n d th e d etail s th ereo f ) .

“
A gain o n D ecemb er 1 1882 I w a s at
, , ,

S outhal l A t half pa st nin e I sat d own t o e n

.
-

de a v o r t o fix my mind so strongly upon th e i n

t e r i o r o f a h ou se at Kew wh ere Mi s s V and h er , .

s i s t er l i ved that I seemed to b e actually i n th e

,

h o us e I wa s con sc i ou s b ut wa s i n a k i nd o f
.
,
 D I ST A NT S C ENES 1 63

m esm eric sl eep Wh en I went to b ed that n i ght .

,

I willed to be i n th e front bedro om of that h ou se

at Kew at twelve an d to mak e my pre sence felt ,

b y th e inmat e s N ext day I went t o Kew M i s s . .

’
V s marri ed si ster told m e with out a n y prom pt
.
,

ing from m e that sh e had seen m e i n th e p a s sage

,

going from on e room to anoth er at half pa st nine -

’
o cl ock and that at twelve wh en sh e wa s wide
, ,

awake sh e sa w m e com e t o th e front b edroom

, ,

wh ere sh e sl ept a nd take h er hair whi ch i s very , ,

lon g i nto my hand Sh e said I th en to ok h er

, .

han d and gazed i nto th e palm intentl y Sh e said

, .
,
‘
You n eed not l oo k at th e line s for I n ever have ,
’
a n y troubl e Sh e th en woke h er si st er Wh en
. .

Mr s L t ol d m e th i s I took out th e entry th at I

. .
,

had mad e th e previ ou s night and r ead i t t o h er .

Mr s L i s quite sure sh e wa s n ot dreaming Sh e

. . .

had only seen m e on ce b efore two year s previ ,

o u sly A gain o n March 2 2 1884 I wrot e to M r

.
, , , .

Gurn ey o f th e P sychi cal R e search Soc i ety t ell

, ,

ing him that I wa s going to mak e my pre senc e

felt by M i s s V at 44 N orland Square at m id .
, ,

night Ten days afterward s I saw Mi s s V

.
, .
,

wh en sh e voluntarily told m e that o n Saturday

at midnight sh e d i stinctly saw m e wh en sh e wa s
, ,
”
quite wide awake .

Th e r ecor ds o f th e p sych ic re searcher s are

lled with num erou s account s of ca se s i n wh ich
a stral proj ecti on s have occurred wh en th e
n wa s o n h i s or h er d eath b ed but wa s st i ll -
,

i ve I t woul d seem that under such c i r c u m

.

ane cs th e a stral sen se s ar e very much freer

om th e i nterference of th e physical sen ses and ,
1 64 C LAI RVO Y AN C E

t en d t o m an ife st v ery strongly i n th e for m o f

a pp earance s to p er son s i n wh om th e dy i ng p er
son i s attach ed by th e tie s o f a ffect ion M any .

wh o read th i s c our se h av e known of ca se s of th i s

k i nd for th ey are of quit e frequent occurrence
,
.

Th e student will n otice that in th e maj or i ty of

t h e ca se s cited i n thi s chapt er th e clairvoyant h a s
—
b een i n a state of sl eep or semi sleep often i n
-
,

a dream condition B ut yo u mu st not j um p to

.

th e conclu sion that th i s condition i s alway s n ec

e s sary f or th e manife station o f th i s ph en om enon .

On th e contrary th e advanced an d well d evel

,

o pe d clairvoyant s u sually a ssum e m erely a co n

d it i on of d eep reve r ie o r m editation sh utting out
,

th e sound s an d th ought s o f th e physical plan e ,

so a s t o b e abl e to function b etter on th e a stral

plan e .

Th e rea son that so many r ecord ed ca se s h av e

o ccurred wh en th e clairvoyant per son wa s a sl eep ,

and th e v i sion appeared a s a dream i s simply be

,

cau se i n such a condition th e physical sen se s o f

th e person are stilled and at re st an d th ere i s l e s s
,

likeliho od of int erferenc e from th em and a b etter

,

o pportunity for th e a stral sen se s t o function

e ffect i vely It i s l ike th e familiar ca se s i n wh ich
.

on e b ecome s so wrapp ed up i n vi ewing a b eau

t i ful wor k of art or i n li stenin g to a beautiful
,

mu s i cal rend ition that h e o r sh e forget s all about

,

th e sight s a n d sound s o f th e world out sid e On e .

som etime s get s into th i s sam e condition wh en

reading a n intere sting b ook or wh en witne ssing
,

a n intere sting play .Wh en th e p sych ic powers

are concen t rated upon any on e channel of vi sion ,
1 66 C L A I RVO Y AN C E

o f d i fference h ere w o uld only i nvolve th e stu d ent

,

i n a ma s s o f t echn i cal d e scr i pt i on whic h woul d

t en d t o confu se rath er than t o enlighten h i m
,

fro m t h i s I r efrain .
 L ES SON X I .

C LAI R VO Y AN C E O F T H E P AS T

Th e t hi r d g reat clas s o f cla i rvoyan t ph e

n o m e n a known a s T i m e C la i rvoyance i s d ivid ed
, ,

into two sub cla s se s a s follow s : ( 1 ) P a st Tim e

-
,
-

C lairvoyanc e ; a n d ( 2 ) Future Tim e C l a i r v o y

‘

ance Th e charact eri st i cs of each o f t h ese sub

.

cla s se s i s i n di cated by it s nam e .

P a st T i m e C lairvoyance a s i nd i cate d b y th e
-
,

na m e i s that cla s s of clairvoyant ph enomena

,

wh i c h i s c oncern ed with th e p ercept i on of fact s ,

e v ent s a n d h appenings of pa st tim e Wh eth er .

th e happen i ng i s th at o f fiv e m i nute s ago o r o f ,

fi v e thou sand year s ago th e princ i pl e s in v olved,

ar e preci sely th e sam e O n e i s n o m ore o r l es s

.

won derful than i s th e oth er .

M any student s confes s th em selve s perpl exed

w h en th ey are fir st confronted with thi s cla s s of
phenom ena Whil e th ey find it com para ti vely
.

ea sy to s ee how by a stral vi sion th e cla i r v oyant

i s a bl e t o sen se event s happening a t t h a t m o m ent ,

though th ou sand s o f m il e s away from th e o h

ser v e r th ey cannot a t fir st under stan d h o w on e
,
“ ”
ca n s ee a th ing n o longer i n ex i stence but ,

w h i ch d i sappeared f ro m sight thou sand s o f year s

ago Natural ly th ey a sk t o b e in form ed h ow
.
,

th i s i s p o ssibl e b efore proceed in g t o d evelo p th e

,

faculty it self B elie vi ng th at th i s que st i on i s n ow

.

b e i ng a s k e d b y you th e student of the se l e sson s

, ,

I s h a l l pau se for a few m om ent s a n d sh ow you

1 68 C LAI R VO Y AN C E

j u st h o w th i s won d er f ul th i ng b e c o m e s p o s
sibl e t o th e clairvoyant .

I n th e fi rst place i t woul d undoubtedly b e i m

,

po s sibl e to p erceive a th ing even by a stral vi sion

, ,

i f it had entirely d i s a ppe a r e d at som e tim e i n th e

pa st— thi s would b e b eyon d all natural p owers ,

a stral a s well a s phys i cal B ut a s a matter of

.
,

fact th e th ings of th e p a st h a v e n ot ent i rely d i s

,

app eared b ut o n th e contrary whil e hav i ng di s

, , ,

app eared o n th e physical p lan e th e y still ex i st o n

th e a stral plane I shall endeavor t o expla i n th i s
.

won derful fact of nature t o you in plain t erm s ,

alth ough it belongs to on e o f th e m o st m ys

t e r i o u s cla s se s of th e occult fact s of th e un i verse .

I n th e occult teach i ngs w e fin d many refer

“
e n ce s t o th e A ka s hi c R ecord s or w hat i s som e
,
“ ”
t i m e s called th e record s of th e A stral Light .

With out going int o technical occult d efinit i on s

and explanation s I will say to you that th e gi st
,

o f th i s o ccult t each in g i s that i n that h i gh form

of th e univer sal sub stance wh ich i s call ed th e
Un iver sal E th er th ere i s foun d to b e r ecord ed all
th e happenin g s o f th e entir e World C ycl e o f
which th e pre sent tim e i s a part A l l that h a s .

h app ened fro m th e v ery b eginnin g of th i s Worl d

C ycl e m illion s o f year s ago i s pre ser v e d on th e se
, ,

a stral record s an d may b e r ead by th e advanced

,

clair v oyant o r oth er per son po s se s s i ng o ccult

power s o f t h i s k ind Th e se record s peri sh only
.

with t h e term i nation o f a Worl d C ycl e which ,

w i ll n ot happen for million s o f year s yet to com e .

To th o se wh o cannot accept th e rea sonabl ene s s

o f th i s o ccult fac t I w o u ld say that th ere are
,
1 70 C L A I RVO YA N C E

a g o H o w d o t h ese m e m ory i ma g e s sur viv e a nd

?

exi st ? Th ough we may h av e th ou g h t of t h e p a st

thin g f o r h alf a lifetim e yet sudd enly i t s im age
, ,

fl a sh e s i n t o our con sc i ou sn e s s Surely th i s i s a s

.

wond erful a s th e A ka s hi c Record s th ough i t s ,

“
commonn e s s ma k e s it lo se it s won derful a p
p e a r a n c e to u s .

C a m il l e F lammar i on th e eminent F ren c h a s

,

tr o n o m e r i n a b oo k written over twenty fiv e

,
-

year s ago an d wh ich i s n ow out of print I be

, ,

lie v e p ictured a po s sibl e cond ition of a ffair s i n

,

wh i ch a di sem bodi ed soul woul d b e abl e t o p er

ce i v e e v ent s th at happen ed i n th e p a st by sim ply ,

tak i n g a po sition i n spac e i n wh i ch h e would b e

abl e to c atch th e light w ave s that emanated from
-

a d i st a n t plan et at that particular tim e in th e pa st

th e ha p p enings of which h e wanted to p ercei v e .

“
Th e l i ttl e b o ok wa s call ed Lum e n I advi se -

you t o r e a d it if you can fi nd it i n yo u r public

,

l ibrar i e s .

A no t h e r wr i ter ha s wr i tten som ewh at alon g

th e sam e l i n e s I h erewith g i v e you a quotation
.

f r o m h i m that you may get th e i d ea h e w i sh e s

,

—
t o ex p r e s s i i w i ll h elp you i n your conception of
“
t h e A ka s hi c R ecord s H e says : Wh en we see
.

anyth i n g w h eth er it be th e bo o k we h ol d in our

,

han d s o r a sta r m illion s o f m ile s away w e d o so

, ,

by m ean s o f a v i bratio n i n th e eth er commonl y ,

calle d a r ay o f light wh ich pa sse s from th e o b

,

je ct seen t o our eye s N ow th e spee d with wh ich

.

thi s v i brat i on pa s se s i s so great— ab out

m il e s i n —
a second that wh en we are con s i d er i n g
any obj ect i n our own world we m ay regard i t a s
 C LA I R V OY A N C E OF T HE P AS T 1 71

p rac ti c al ly i ns t a n t a neou s W h en h owe v er we

.
, ,

c o m e t o d eal w i th i nterplanetary d i stanc e s w e

h a v e t o t a k e th e speed of light int o c on sid eration ,

for a n a ppreciabl e per i o d i s o ccup i ed i n travers

ing th e s e va st space s F or example i t take s
.
,

eight m inut e s and a quarter for light t o tra v el t o

u s from th e sun so th at wh en we look at th e solar
,

orb we see i t by m ean s of a ray of l ight wh ich l eft

it m ore than eight m i nute s ago From th i s f ol .

l ows a v ery curiou s r e sult Th e ray o f ligh t b y

.

which w e see th e s u n can obviou sly report to u s

only th e state of a ff air s wh ich ex i sted i n that
l uminary wh en it started on it s j ourn ey an d ,

w o u l d not b e i n th e l ea st aff ec t ed by anyth ing

that happened after i t l ef t ; so that we really see
th e s u n not a s it i s but a s it wa s e i ght m inute s
,

ago Th a t i s to s ay that i f anyth ing im portant

.

too k pl a c e i n t h e s u n — t h e format i on o f a n ew
-
,
—
sun spot for i n stance a n a stronomer w h o w a s
watch i ng th e orb th rou gh h i s tel e scope at t h e
tim e would b e unaware o f th e inci dent wh il e it
w a s hap p ening sinc e th e ray o f light b earing t h e
,

n e w s w oul d not re a ch him unt i l m ore than e i gh t

m i nute s later.

“
Th e d i fference i s m o r e str i king wh en w e c on
s i der th e fixed stars b ecau se i n th eir ca s e th e
,

d i st a nce s are so enormou sly greater Th e pol e .

star fo r exam pl e i s so fa r o ff that light tra v el i ng

, , ,

a t th e i nconcei v abl e speed ab ov e m ention ed ,

ta k e s a l i ttle m ore than fi fty year s t o reach our

eye s ; a nd from t hat follow s th e strange but i n
e v itabl e inference that we see th e p ol e s t ar n ot
a s or wh ere i t i s at thi s m o m en t but a s and wh ere
,
1 72 C LAI R V O YAN C E

it w as fifty year s ago N a y i f tom orrow som e

.
,

co s mic cata stroph e were to shatter th e pol e star

int o fragment s we shoul d still see it p eacefully
,

shining in th e sky all th e re st of our l i ve s ; our

ch ildren woul d grow u p to middl e —age an d gath er
th eir children ab out th em i n turn b efore th e
n ews o f that trem en dou s accid ent reach ed a n y
t e r r e s t i a l eye
. In th e sam e way th er e are oth er
star s so far di stant th at light take s th ou san d s o f
year s to travel from th em to u s an d w ith refer
,

ence to th eir condition our informat i on i s th er e

fore th ou san d s o f year s b ehind tim e N o w carry
.

th e ar g ument a ste p farth er Suppo se that we

.

were abl e to place a m a n at th e di stanc e of

m i l e s from th e earth an d yet t o endow
,

h im with the wond erful faculty of being abl e

from that d i stance to see what wa s h ap pening
h ere a s clearly a s th ough h e were still cl o s e be
s i d e u s I t i s evident that a m a n so placed woul d
.

see e v eryth ing a secon d aft er th e tim e i t really

h ap p en ed an d so at th e p re sent m om ent h e
,

woul d b e seeing what hap pened a secon d a go .

D oubl e that di stance a n d h e would b e two s ec

,

o n ds b eh ind tim e a n d so o n ; rem ove h im to th e

,

d i stanc e of th e s u n ( still all owing h im to pre

s erve th e sam e mysteriou s power of sight ) a n d
h e woul d l oo k d own and watch you d o i n g n ot
w hat you ar e doing n ow but what you were
,

doing eight m i nute s and a quarter ago C arry .

him to th e pole star an d h e would see pa s sin g

,

b efore hi s eye s th e event s o f fi fty year s ago ; h e

woul d b e watch i ng t h e ch i ld i sh gamb ol s of tho se
wh o at th e sam e mo m ent were really m iddle
 1 74 CL A I R VO Y A N CE

th e e a rth A t fir st you fin d it diffi cul t t o d e ci p h e r

.
,

th e m eaning of th i s great array of p i cture s Th e .

t ro ubl e ari se s fro m th e fact that they ar e a r

r an ged no t on e after th e oth er i n sequenc e on a
fl a t plan e ; but rath er i n sequen ce on e a fter ,

anoth er i n a peculiar o rder wh ich may b e call ed

,

th e o rd er of X n e s s i n space b ecau se i t i s n e i th er
‘
-
,
’

th e d im en sion of l ength breadth o r d epth i t i s

,
— ,

pr a ct i cally th e ord er o f th e fourth dim en si on i n

space which cannot b e de scrib ed in term s o f ordi
,

n ary spa t ial d imen sion A gain you find up on .

,

clo s el y e x am ining th e picture s th at th ey are very

— —
m inut e practically m icro scopic i n size an d r e
qu i r e th e u se o f th e peculiar magnifying power of
a st ra l vi s i on to b ring th em up t o a size capabl e of
being r ecognized by your faculty o f v i sual re c og
n i ti o n .

“
Th e a stral vi s i on wh en d evel oped i s c apabl e
, , .

o f m agn i fyin g any obj ect material or a stral t o , ,

a n eno rm ou s d egree — for in stance th e t ra i n ed ,

occulti st i s ab l e to p erceive th e wh irling atom s

an d corpu scle s of matter by m ean s of th i s pe cu
,

l i a r i t y o f a stral vi sion Likewi se h e i s abl e t o

.
,

plainly p erceive m any fin e v ib rat i on s o f l i gh t

wh i ch are i nv i sibl e t o th e o rdinary sight In .

fac t t h e pecul iar A stral Ligh t wh ich p ervade s

,

th i s region i s du e to th e power o f th e a stral v i s i on

to perce i ve and regi ster th e se fin e v ibration s of
light B r i ng th i s power o f magn ify i ng into o per
.

ation an d you will see that each of th e little

,

point s an d d etail s o f th e great world p i cture so

spread b efo re you i n th e A stral Ligh t i s really a
compl ete s c en e o f a certa i n plac e on earth at a ,
 C LAI RVO YA N C E O F T H E P AST 1 75

c er t ain p e r i o d i n t h e h i s t ory o f th e e ar th I t r e .

semble s on e of th e small v i ews i n a s er i e s o f m o v

ing p icture s— a singl e v i e w of a roll fil m It i s -
.

fixed an d not i n m ot i on a n d yet we can m ove

, ,

forward al ong th e fourth dim en sion a n d thu s ,

o b t ain a m ovin g pi cture o f th e h i story o f any

point o n th e surface of th e earth o r e v en com ,

bin e th e vari ou s point s into a lar g e m oving p i c

ture i n the sam e way Let u s prov e th i s b y
, .

actual exp erimen t C lo se your eye s for a

.

mom ent whil e we travel back i n tim e ( s o to

,
'

speak ) along th e ser i e s of th e s e a stral record s

fo r i ndeed th ey travel back to th e b eginning o f
, ,

th e h i story of th e earth N o w open your eyes ! .

Lo ok i n g around you you perce i ve th e pictured ,

repre sentation of strange scen e s filled w ith per

son s wearing a peculiar garb— b ut all i s still n o ,

life n o motion
, .

“
N ow l et u s m ove forward i n t i m e a t m uch
, ,

h i gh er rate than than i n wh i ch th e a stral v i ews

were reg i stered You n ow see fly i ng before you
.

th e g reat m ovem ent of l ife o n a certain point o f

space i n a far di stant age From birth to d eath
,
.

you see th e life of th e se strange peopl e all i n th e ,

space o f a f ew m oment s Great battl e s are .

fought an d c i ti e s r i se b efore your eye s all in a

, ,

great moving p i cture fly i ng at a trem en dou s

speed N ow sto p an d th en let u s move bac k
.
,

war d i n t i m e stil l gazin g at th e m ovin g picture s

, .

Yo u see a stran ge sigh t l i ke that o f rever s i n g ,

‘

’
th e film i n a m oving picture You see every .

th i ng m oving bac k ward cit i e s crumb l ing i nto -

n oth ingne ss men ar i s i n g f rom t h eir grave s an d

, ,
1 76 C LAI R V O Y A N C E

gro wi ng youn g e r e a c h second unt i l th ey a r e

—
fin a lly born a s bab e s e v eryth ing m ov i ng b a c k
w ard i n time in stead of forward You ca n thu s
, .

w itn es s any great h i stor i cal e v ent or fol low th e ,

career o f any great p er sonage from b i rth t o d eath

— o r bac k ward You will n otice m oreo v er that
.
, ,

e v erythin g i s sem i tran sparent a n d that a ccord

-
,

i n gl y y ou ca n see th e p i cture o f what i s go i ng o n

in sid e o f buildings a s well a s out sid e o f th em .

N oth in g e scap e s th e A stral L i ght Record s .

N oth i n g ca n b e c oncealed from it B y traveling .

t o any p oint i n tim e o n th e fourth d i m en s i on

, ,

you m ay b eg i n at that point an d see a m ovin g ,

p i cture o f th e h i story o f a n y part of th e earth

fro m that tim e to th e pre sent— o r you m ay r e
v e r se th e sequ ence by trav ellin g bac k ward a s we ,

h a v e seen You may al so travel i n th e A stral

.
,

o n ordinary s p ace d imen sion s an d thu s see what

,

h ap p en ed s i multaneou sly all over th e earth at

any sp ec i al mom ent o f pa s t t i m e if yo u w i sh
-
, .

N ow I d o not for a m om ent w i sh you t o under

,

stan d t hat th e ab ov e exper i ence i s po ssibl e t o

eve r y c lairvoyant wh o i s abl e t o s en se pa st tim e -

even t s an d h ap pen i ngs O n th e contrary th e

.
,

ab ove exp eri ence i s po s sibl e only t o th e advanced

o cculti st or t o th e stud ent wh om h e may tak e
,

w i th h i m o n a n a stral tri p i n th e a stral b ody

,
.

Th e cla i r v oyant m erel y catch e s glim p se s of cer

ta i n ph a se s a n d fi eld s of th e great a stral record
reg i on or s t a t e F o r that matt er th e ord inary
.
,

clairvoyant m erely see s a r efle ct i o n of th e true

—
A stral Light picture s a refl ection sim ilar t o
that o f a land scape reflect ed i n a p ond More .
 C L A I RVO YA N C E

In v ery h igh form s o f pa st tim e clairvoyance -

,

t h e clairvoyant i s abl e not only to perceive th e

actual happenin g s of th e pa st but al so to a c tually ,

sen s e th e t h ought an d feelings of the a ctor s

therein— f or th e se to o a r e recorded o n th e a stral
, ,

plane In oth er ca se s th e clair v oyant p er son i s

. ,

abl e to p ictur e scene s and hap p en i ngs relatin g to

h i s pa st i ncarnation s even th ough h e i s not abl e
,

to sen se oth er pa st t i m e event s and scen e s B ut

-
.
,

h ere aga i n many g o o d pa st time clairvoyant s are

,
-

n ot able t o catch the s e glimp se s of th eir own pa st

l i v es th ough abl e t o p erc e i ve t h o se o f oth er per
,

son s A ll th e s e v a riat i on s a re du e t o certain

.

technical di ff erence s i nto wh i ch I cannot go into

d etail at th i s p la c e A g a i n s om e per son s are
.

able to p erce i ve event s that hav e ha pp en e d to

p er son s p re sent b efore th em but are not able ,

to contact pa st tim e event s i n th e ordinary w ay

-
.

Th ere are a th ou sand and on e v ar i ation s i n c la i r

- -

voyant w or k Only th e h igh ly a dvan ced o c c ult i st

.

i s ma ster of all of th em B ut st i ll e v ery on e m ay

.
, ,

d e v elo p h im self o r h er sel f fro m hu m bl e beg i n

,

n in gs .

In c on c lud i n g t hi s l e sson I wi sh t o c a l l y our

,

a t tent i on t o th e following a d v i ce fro m a m a n

well advanced i n th e knowl edge o f th e a stral
“
plan e H e says :
. It woul d b e w ell f or all stu
d ent s t o b ear i n mi n d tha t occult i sm i s th e
a po t h eo si s o f co m m on sen se and tha t ever y
-
,

v i sion that come s t o th em i s not n ec e ssar i ly a

picture from th e A ka s hi c Record s nor e v ery ex ,

p e r i e n ce a revel at i on from o n h igh It i s far b et .

t e r t o err on th e s i de o f h ealthy s k ept i c i s m t h an ,

 C LAI R VO Y AN C E O F T H E PA S T 1 79

of over credulity ; and i t i s an a dm irabl e rul e

-

n ever to hunt ab out for an occult explanation o f

anything wh en a plain a n d ob v iou s physical o n e
i s avail abl e O u r duty i s to e n de a v e o r to k e ep
.

our balance always and n ever t o l o s e our self

,

control b ut to tak e a rea sonabl e common sen se

, ,
-

V iew of whatever may happen to u s so that we ,

may be wi ser occulti st s a n d m ore u seful h el per s

,

than we h ave ever b een before .

“
We fin d exam ple s of all d egree s o f th e power
t o see into thi s m emory of nature from th e
‘

,
’

t ra i n ed man wh o can con sult th e record s for h im

self at will d own to th e per son wh o get s n othing
,

but occa sional vagu e glimp se s or ha s perhap s,

had only once such glimp se B ut even th e man

.

wh o po s se s se s th i s faculty only part i ally and

o cca s i onally still find s it of t h e d eepest int ere st .

Th e p sych om eter wh o n eed s a n obj ec t phy sically

,

conn ected wi th th e pa st in or d er to bring it all

i n t o l i fe again around h im ; an d th e crystal ga z er -

wh o ca n som etime s direct h i s le s s certain a stral

tel e scope to som e h i storic scen e of l on g ago may ,

both d er iv e t h e great e st enj oym en t from th e

exerc i se o f th ei r re spect i ve g i ft s e v en th ough ,

th ey m a y no t always under stan d exactly h ow

t h e i r re sult s are obtained and may not h ave th em
,

f ully under control und er all circum stances .

I n m a ny ca se s of th e lower mani fe station s o f

e se power s w e fin d that th ey are exerci sed u n
n s ci o u s l y . Many a crystal gazer watch e s -

5 f rom th e pa st with out bein g abl e t o di s ~

m from vi sion s o f th e present A nd .

er so n find s picture s
1 80 C L A I RVOYAN C E

c o n s t a ntl y a r i s i n g b efore hi s eye s without ever ,

r e al izi ng th a t h e i s i n e ff ect ps ycho m e t r i z i n g th e

v ar i ou s obj ect s aroun d h i m a s h e happen s to
,

touch th em or stan d near t h em A n intere sting .

var i ant of th i s cla s s o f p syc h ics i s th e m a n wh o

i s abl e to p sychom e t r i ze p er son s only a n d not ,

inan i mat e obj ect s a s i s mor e u sual I n mo st .

ca se s th i s faculty sh ow s i t self errat i cally so that ,

such a p sy c hic will wh en introduced to a

,

stranger often see in a fla sh som e prom in ent

,

e v ent i n t hat stran ger s earl ier life but o n sim ilar
’
,

occa s i on s w i ll r e ceiv e n o special i mpr e s sion .

More rarely we m eet with som eone wh o get s

d etailed v i sion s o f th e p a st life of nearly everyone
who m h e encounter s I t m ay ea sily happen
.
,

mor e o v er that a per son may see a picture of th e

,

pa s t wi th out r ecogn i zin g i t a s such unl e ss th ere ,

hap p en s t o b e i n i t s ometh ing w h ich attract s spe

ci a l at t ent i on su c h a s a fi gu re i n arm or or i n
, ,

an ti que co stum e It i s proba bl e th erefore that

.
, ,

occa sional g lim p se s o f th ese a stral refl ection s of

t h e a ka s hi c r ecord s are com m oner than th e pub
l i s he d a c count s woul d l ead u s to b el i eve .

I w oul d say t o my stud ent s mak e ha st e sl owly

, .

D o no t t ry t o ru sh d evel opm ent t o o rap i dly .

P erfect a nd d e v el op yoursel f i n on e l in e of
p sych i c p owe r b efore see ki n g anoth er Ta k e
, .

th in g s c ooly an d d o not lo se you r h ead because

,

you h a p pen to ach i eve s o m e wond erful ph e

n omen s . D o not b ecom e conceited an d va i n
glor i ou s An d finally d o not pro st i tut e you r
.
, ,

power s t o i gnobl e end s and m a k e a ch ea p sh ow

,

o f th e m B y ch ea p en i ng and pro st i tuting th e

.
 LESSON XI I .

C LAI R VOY A N C E O F TH E F UTURE

F u t u re T im e C l a irvoyan c e as i nd ic ated by i t s
-
,

nam e i s th a t c la s s o f cla i rvoyant ph enom ena

,

wh ich i s c on c ern e d wi th th e percept i on o f f act s ,

ev ent s a n d ha pp enin g s o f f uture t i me I n th i s .

cla s s o f c la i r v oyant p h eno m ena n a turally fall all

genu i n e ca se s o f p roph e c y p r ev i sion foretellin g
, , ,

second s i ght etc H i story th eol og i cal an d secu

-
, .
,

lar i s filled wit h i n stance s o f th e f o r etell i ng of

,

th e future b y p ro ph et s wi se m en an d oth er s
, , .

B y many such power s ar e gene r ally regarde d a s

,

supernatural o r d i v i ne W i th out wi sh i ng to com

.

bat such th eor i e s and b el i efs I w ou l d say that ,

t h e a d van ce d o ccult i st s account f or all s uch ph e

n o m e n a un der th e gen er a l la w s o f cla i r v oyance .

B ut wh i le the p h enom ena i t s el f i s v ery well

known an d i s accepted a s g enu i n e i n e v en many
,

ca se s i n wh i c h pa st t i m e clairvoyance i s d oubted
-
,

st i ll it i s e ven m ore di ffi cul t t o expla i n than i s

pa st ti m e cla i r v oyance base d on th e A ka s hi c
-

Recor d s o r th e A stral L i ght To t h e person n ot .

well v erse d i n o ccul t k nowl e d ge an d e so t er ic ,

p rinc i pl es i t i s d eemed im po s sibl e t o i ntel l i gen t ly

,

account fo r t h e p erception o f a n e v ent before i t

—
h a s actual ly h appened perh a p s years b efo r e it s
a ctual hap p en i ng Wh il e I cannot h ope t o m a k e
.

th i s matter ab solutely clear t o th e person who i s

n ot an advanced stud ent o f occulti sm st i ll I s h all ,

t ry to throw at l ea st some l i ght on th e und erly i n g

principle s of th i s won d erful cla s s o f occult p h e
 C L A I RVOY A N C E O F THE FUTURE 1 83

n o men a . Th e ma i n po i nt for th e stud ent to

realize i s that th ere are natural laws und erlying
th i s p h enom enon an d th at it i s not a matter o f
,

supernatural power or n ece s sar i ly o f divin e

,

special d i spen sation .

I n th e fir st place i n s om e o f th e sim pl er form s

,

o f future tim e clairvoyan ce th ere i s m erely a

-
,

hi g h d evelopm ent o f subcon sci ou s rea sonin g

from analogy That i s to say th e sub con sciou s
.
,

m ental facultie s of th e per son rea son out tha t

such an d s o be i ng th e ca se th en it foll ow s that
- -
,

s o a n d s o will re sult
- -
unle s s som eth ing entirely
,

un expect ed sh oul d prevent or interv en e Th i s i s .

merely a n exten s i on o f certain form s o f rea son

in g that we perform ord inarily Fo r in stance .
,

we se e a child playing with a sharp tool and we ,

naturally rea son that it will cut it self We see .

a m a n actin g in certain ways which generally

lead t o certain end s an d we naturally rea son th at
,

th e expected re sult will occur The mo re e xpe r i .

ence that th e ob server ha s had an d th e k eener ,

h i s fa c ulty of perception an d h i s p ower of d e

du ct i v e rea soning th e wid er will b e th e range o f
,

h i s power in th e d irection o f pre di cting future

re sul t s from pre sent h appenin gs and condition s .

I n thi s connection w e mu st rem emb er that th e

,

ordinary clairvoyant ha s ea s i er acce s s to h i s sub

con sc i ou s m entality than ha s th e average per son .

Th e subcon sciou s mind perceive s and note s many

l i tt l e th ings that th e con sciou s m ind overlo o k s ,

a n d th erefore h a s b etter data from which t o

rea son M o r eover a s al l student s o f th e sub

.
,

c on sc i ou s kn ow th es e wond erful sub con sc i ou s

,
1 84 C L A I RVOY A N C E

m ental fa ctu l ti e s h av e a very highly d evel oped

power of rea soning d eductively from a g i ven
premi se or f act I n fact th e subcon sciou s fa cu l
. ,

tie s are almo st perfect rea soning mach in e s pro ,

v i di n g th ey are sup p li e d with correct dat a i n th e

“
first place M uch of th e s o call ed i ntu i tive rea
.
-

”
soning of p er son s ari se s from th e o peration s of
th e sub con sciou s m ental facult i e s j u st m e n
ti o n ed .

B ut yo u m ay say th i s i s v ery intere sting but

, , ,

it i s n ot clairvoyance C ertainly go od stud ent

.
, ,

but still clairvoyanc e plays an i m portan t p art

even i n t h i s elem entary form of previ sion a n d
future seeing You mu st rememb er that by clair
-
.

voyant vi sion th e r eal th ought s an d feelings of a

per so n may b e perceived B ut unl e s s th e atten
.
,

tion o f th e clairvoyant i s specially directed to

th i s th e con sciou s m ind d oe s n ot n ot e it and th e
, ,

matter reache s th e subcon sciou s faculti e s with

out i nterference o r con sciou s knowl edge o n th e
p art of th e clair v oyant Th i s b ein g so it will b e
.
,

seen that th e sub con sciou s m in d o f th e clair

voyant i s abl e t o rea son d eductive l y i n such ,

c a s e s far b eyon d th e power o f even th e sub

,

con sciou s m in d o f th e ordinary p er son— i t ha s

full er data and m ore com pl et e material t o work
upon o f cour se
, .

I t ha s b eco m e a proverb o f th e race that com

”
ing event s ca st th eir shadow s b efore and many ,

p er son s frequently have littl e fla sh e s o f future

tim e seein g w i th out real i zin g that th ey are real l y
e x erci s i ng el em entary clairv oyant p owers Th e .

comb ination o f even a sim pl e form o f cl a i r v o y

 1 86 C LAI RVOY A N C E

furth e r i nto the re sult s of o ur act i on s We ca n .

t ra ce f or exampl e th e e ffect o f a ca sual word

, , ,

n ot on l y u p on th e p er son t o wh om i t wa s a d
d re s sed b ut th rough h i m o n many oth er s a s it
,

i s p a s sed o n i n widening circle s until it seem s t o

,

h a v e a ff ecte d th e wh ol e country ; and on e glim p se

o f such a v i sion i s m ore e fficient than a n y numb er
o f m oral p recept s i n i mpre s sing upon u s th e
neces s i ty o f extrem e circum spection in th ought ,

word an d d eed N o t only ca n we from that plan e

, .

see thu s fully th e re sult o f every action but w e ,

c an al so se e wh ere and i n what way th e re sult s o f

oth er action s a pparently quit e unconnected with
it w i ll interfere with and modify i t I n fact it .
,

m ay b e said that th e re sult s of all cau se s at

p re sent i n act i on are cl early vi sibl e— that th e fu
t u re a s it w oul d b e if n o entir ely n ew cau se s
,

sh oul d ari se lie s open b efo re our gaze

,
.

“ ’
N ew cau se s of cour se do ari se b ecau se man s ,

will i s free ; but in th e ca se of all ordinary peopl e

'

th e u se whi ch th ey make of th eir freedom m ay

b e calculated b e forehan d with con siderabl e a c
cu r acy Th e average m a n ha s so l ittl e real w i ll
.

t hat h e i s v ery much th e creature o f circum

stance s ; hi s action i n pr eviou s live s place s him
-

am i d certain surroundings a n d th eir influence ,

upon h im i s so v ery much th e mo st im portant

factor i n h i s l ife story that h i s future course may
-

b e predicted w i th alm o st math ematical certa i nty .

With th e d eveloped m a n th e ca se i s di ff er ent ; for

h im al so th e main event s of l ife ar e arranged b y
h i s pa st action s but th e way i n wh ich h e w i ll
,

allow th em to a ff ect h im th e m etho d s by w h i ch

,
C LAI R VO Y AN C E O F TH E F UTU RE 187

h e wi ll deal with th em an d p erhap s triumph over

th e m— th e se are all hi s own a n d th ey cannot be ,

foreseen e v en o n th e m ental plane except a s

probabilitie s .

“
Lo o ki n g down o n man s life i n thi s way from ’

ab o v e i t seem s a s though hi s free will could b e

,

exerci se d only i n certain cri ses in hi s career H e .

arr iv e s a t a point i n hi s life wh er e th ere are

o bv i ou sly two or three alternativ e cour se s open
b efore h im ; h e i s ab solutely free to ch oo se wh ich
of th em h e pl ea se s and alth ough som eon e wh o
,

kn ew h i s nature thoroughly wel l might feel

almo st certain what h i s cho ice woul d b e such ,

knowl ed ge on h i s frien d s part i s i n n o sen se a

’

comp ellin g force B ut wh en h e ha s cho sen h e

.
,

ha s to go through with it an d take th e co n s e

q u e n ce s ; having entered upon a particular path
h e m ay i n many ca se s b e forced to go on for a
, ,

v ery long tim e b efore h e h a s a n y opportunity to

turn a side H i s po sition i s som ewhat lik e that
.

o f a driver o f a train ; wh en h e com e s to a j unc

tion h e m ay h ave th e point s set eith er thi s way
o r th at and so can pa s s on to which ever line h e
,

p lea se s but wh en h e ha s p a s sed on t o on e o f

,

th e m h e i s compelled to run on alon g th e l ine

wh ic h h e ha s s el ected until h e r each e s anoth er
set of p oint s wh ere aga i n an opportunity of
,

ch oice i s o ff ered t o him .

B ut intere stin g and won derful a s thi s pha se

,

of future time cla i rvoyance und oubt edly i s i t

-
,

pal e s b efor e th e full er and mor e com pl ete pha se s .

And i n th e latter we mu st l ook el sewh ere for th e

, ,

—
explanation o r app roach to an explanation .
1 88 C L A I RVOY A N C E

Th e explanation o f thi s h i gh er f orm of future

t im e clair v oyance m u st b e looked for i n a n ew
conception o f th e nature an d meaning of tim e It .

i s di fficult to approach th i s que stion with out be

coming at once involved in technical m e t a phys i
cal d i scu s sion A s a n exam pl e of th i s di fficulty
.
,

I inv i te you to con sider th e following from Sir

O liver Lo dge i n h i s ad dre s s t o th e B riti sh A s so
,

ci a t i o n at C ard i ff several year s ago

, , Wh il e wh at
.

h e says i s very cl ear to th e min d of a p erson

trained al ong th e se line s of subtl e th ought it ,

w i ll b e almo st lik e Greek to th e average per son .

Sir Oliver Lodge sa i d :

“
A lum i no u s an d h el pful i dea i s t h a t t i m e i s
but a relative m ode of regarding things ; we pro
gre s s through ph enomena at a certain definite
pace a n d th i s subj ectiv e advance we i nterpret i n
,

an obj ective m anner a s i f event s m oved n e ce s

,

s a r i l y i n th i s o rd er an d at th i s prec i se rate B ut .

th at m ay b e only on e mod e o f regard i ng th em .

T he e v ent s m a y be i n s o m e s en s e of e x i s ten c e
a lw a y s both pa s t a n d f utur e a n d i t may b e we
, ,

wh o are arr i ving at th em not th ey wh i ch a re

,

ha p p en i n g Th e anal ogy of a travell er in a rail

.

way train i s u seful ; i f h e coul d n ever l eave th e

t rain n or alter i t s pace h e woul d probabl y con ~

sider th e land scape s a s n ece s sarily succe s s i ve and

b e unabl e t o conceive th e i r co exi st ence -

We perceive th erefore a po s sibl e fourth di m e n

, ,

s i o n a l a spect ab out tim e th e in exo rabl en e s s o f

,

wh o se fl ow may b e a natural part o f our p re sent

limitation s A nd i f we once gra sp th e i dea that
.

pa st and future may b e ac t ual ly exi stin g we ca n ,

1 90 C LAI R V OY A N C E

t im e i n a dream tha t occup i e s only a f e w s econd s

o f tim e P er son s have n o d ded an d awak ened
.

i mm ediatel y aft erward s ( a s proved by oth er s

’
pre sent i n th e ro om ) a n d yet i n that mom ent s
,

tim e th ey h ave dreamed of l on g j ourn eys t o for

ei g h land s g reat cam pa ig n s o f wa r etc M ore
, , .

o v er a l oud soun d ( a p i stol s ho t for in stance )

, ,

wh ich ha s awaken ed a sleep in g p er son ha s al so ,

set int o e ff ect a dream state tra in of circum

-
-

stance s con stituting a l on g dream state story

,
-

which aft er m any event s and happ enings t ermi

, ,

n a t e d in th e sh ot of a fir i n g squad —
and th en th e -

man awok e N o w i n th i s la st m ention ed ca se no t

.
,

only ha s th e dream er ex peri enced event s covering

a long tim e all i n th e sp a ce o f a secon d o f time ;
,

b ut al so th e v ery sou n d wh ich t erm inat ed th e

, ,

dream al so induced it from th e very b eginning

,

th e la st th ing cau sed th e fi rst th ings t o appear

and proceed i n sequence t o th e la st ! P er son s u n
“
d er th e influ enc e of chloroform o r laugh in g ,

ga s have similar experience s— often th e fi rst

,

sound h eard at th e m om ent of recovering con

s ci o u s n e s s seem s t o b e th e la st th ing i n a l ong
‘

d ream wh i ch preced e d it th ough th e l on g d ream ,

w a s really cau sed by th e final soun d N o w r e .

,

m emb er that h ere not only di d pa st pre sent and

, ,

future ex i st at th e sa m e m om ent of tim e ; but ,

al so th e future cau sed th e pa st and present to

,

com e i nto b ein g .

On th e phys i cal p l an e w e h ave analogi e s ,

i llu strating th i s fact I t i s sa i d that i n every

.

acorn re st s an d ex i st s i n m i n i ature th e f or m of
, ,

th e future oa k A nd som e g o so far a s to say

.
,
C LAI R VOY A N C E O F T H E F U T URE 1 91

that t h e oa k i s th e ult im ate caus e of th e acorn

— t ha t th e i d e a o f th e oa k cau sed th e a co rn to b e
“ ”
a t all I n th e same way th e i d ea o f th e m a n
.
,

m u st b e i n th e i nfant bo y fro m th e m om ent of

,
,

birth and even from th e mom ent o f conception

,
.

B ut l et u s pa s s o n to th e b ol d conception o f th e
,

—
m o st advanced m etaphys i cian s th ey have a still
m ore daz z ling ex p lanation l et u s li sten to it
, .

Th e se occulti st s a n d m etaph ysician s wh o h ave

thought long and d eeply upon th e ultimat e fact s
and n a ture o f th e univer se hav e dared to th ink
,

that th ere mu st exi st som e ab solute con sci ou sne s s

~—some ab solute m ind— which mu st p erc eive th e
pa st pre sent a n d futur e o f th e univer se a s o n e
,

ha ppe n i n g ; a s simultan eou sly and act i vely pre s

ent at on e m omen t o f ab solut e tim e Th ey .

r ea son th at j u st a s man m ay see a s on e happen

i n g of a mom ent o f hi s tim e som e part i cular event
which m ight app ear a s a year to som e m inute
—
form o f l ife an d m ind th e micro scopic creature s
i n a d ro p of water for i n stance ; 5 0 that wh ich
,

seem s a s a year or a hund red years to th e m ind

, ,

o f m a n m ay a ppear a s th e h appenin g o f a singl e

m oment of a h igh er scal e o f time t o som e exalted
B e i n g or form o f con sci ou sn e s s on a h igh er plane .

“
Yo u rememb er that it i s sai d that a t hou sand
year s i s but a s a day to th e Lord and th e H indu
“
Veda s t el l u s that th e creati on durat i on and d e
, ,

s tructi on of t h e un i ver se i s a s but th e tim e o f th e

,

twin k lin g o f a n eye to B rah m an I shall not

.

p roceed furth er along th i s l i n e— I h ave g i ven you

a v ery s trong h int h ere ; you m u st wor k i t ou t
for your sel f i f you f eel so d i spo se d B u t t h ere
, .
1 92 C L A I R V OY A N C E

are certa i n con sequence s a r i s i n g fro m th i s ul ti

ma t e un iv er s a l f a c t wh ic h I m u s t m en ti on be
,

fo re p a s sing on .

Th e high occult t each ings h ol d th at t h ere i s a

plan e o f th e h igh er a stral world wh ich may b e
sa i d t o carry a reflection of th e Un i ver sal M ind
— j u st a s a lake contain s a refl ection of th e d i s
t ant mountain Well th en th e clair v oyant
.
, ,

v i sion at tim e s i s ab le to p en etrat e to th e realm

of that a stral refl ecting m edium a n d see som e ,

what dimly what i s pictured th er e A s th e fu .

ture m ay b e di scern ed i n th i s refl ec t ed p i cture ,

by th e cla i rvoyant mind w e see h ow future see

,
-

ing previ sion an d secon d sight m a y b e ex

, ,
-

plain ed scientifically .

A writer ha s said : O n t h i s plan e i n s om e ,

manner which d own h ere i s totally inexplicabl e ,

th e pa st th e pre sent an d th e future ar e all th ere

, , ,

exi sting simultaneou sly On e can only accept .

th i s fact for i t s cau se l ie s i n th e faculty of tha t

,

ex a lted p lane an d th e way i n wh ich thi s h igh er

,

f aculty work s i s naturally quite incom prehen sibl e

to th e physical b rain Yet n ow an d th en one
.

m a y m eet with a h in t that seem s to bring u s a

trifl e n earer t o a d im p o s sibility of co m pr e he n
’
sion Wh en th e pupil s con sciou sn e s s i s fully d e
.

v e l o pe d upon th i s high er plane th erefore p er

, ,

f eet previ sion i s po s sibl e to h im th ough h e m a y ,

—
n ot nay h e certainly will n ot— be abl e to b ring
,

t h e whol e re sult of h is sight th rough fully and

i n order into h i s physical con sciou sne s s Still .
,

a great d eal o f clear fore sight i s obviou sly w i th i n

hi s p ower wh enever h e like s t o exerc i se it ; an d
1 94 C L A I R V O Y A N CE

wh i ch wa s not of th e m o s t gl oomy na t u r e I t .

ha s a gha stly symb ol i sm of it s own— a symb ol

i sm of shroud s a n d corp se candl es and oth er
-
,

fun eral h orror s I n som e ca s e s i t ap pears to b e

. ‘

to a certain extent dep endent u pon locality for ,

it i s stated that inhab i tant s of th e I sl e of S k ye

wh o p o s se s s th e faculty o ft en l o se i t wh en th ey
leav e th e i sland even though i t b e only to cro s s
,

to th e mainlan d Th e gift of such sig h t i s some

.

tim e s h ereditary i n a family for generation s but ,

th i s i s not a n invariabl e rul e for i t often appear s

,

s poradically i n on e m emb er o f a fam i ly other ?

wi se fre e from it s lugubri ou s influenc e .

“
Th er e may b e still som e p eopl e wh o d eny t h e
po ssibil ity of previ sion but such d enial simply
,

sh ow s th eir ignorance of th e evidence on t h e sub

j c e t Th e large numb er o f auth enticated ca se s
.

l eav e n o ro om for doubt a s to th e fact but many ,

of th em are o f such a nature a s to ren der a rea

sonabl e explanation by n o m ean s ea sy to fin d It .

i s evid ent that th e E go po s se sse s a certa i n

am ount o f previ sional faculty and if th e event s
.

fore seen wer e always of great imp ortance on e ,

might suppo se that a n extraord inary stimulu s

h ad enabl ed h im for that occa sion only to make a
cl ear im pre s si on of what b e saw up on h i s lower
’

personal ity N o doubt that i s th e explanation

.

of many o f th e ca se s i n wh ich d eath or grav e

d i sa ster i s foreseen but th ere are a large num
,

ber of in stance s on record to wh ich i t d oe s not

seem t o a pply sinc e th e event s foretold are fr e
,

q uently trivial and unimp ortant .

I n t h e following chapter I shall pre sent t o

C LAI R VOY A N C E O F TH E F UTU R E 1 95

your c on s i d erat i on som e v ery r emar k abl e ca se s

o f f uture time clairvoyance previ sion o r second
-
, ,

sight ; som e of the se are h i stori cal ca se s a n d al l ,

are vouch ed for by th e b e st author i t i e s I quot e .

th e se ca se s not merely for th eir own int er e st i n g

feature s b ut al so to give you an i dea o f h ow
,

remarkabl e som e o f th ese in stance s are ; and al so

to give you a clear conception o f th e w ay i n
wh ich th i s form o f c l a i rvoyance ten d s t o mani
fe st it s elf .

B efore pa s sin g o n t o th ese intere sting c ase s ,

h owever I wi sh t o rem i n d you that i n future

,

t i m e clairvoyance a s wel l a s i n pa st tim e clair

,
-

voyance th e ph enom enon may b e manifested i n

,

many ways and according to s everal m eth od s .

That i s to say tha t i n future tim e clairvoyance

,
-

th e v i s i on may com e i n th e stat e o f m editation

or rever i e ; i t may com e along th e l ine s o f ps y
cho m e t r y som e a s sociated obj ect o r p erson sup
,

ply i ng th e connect i ng l ink ; o r again i t may , ,

com e a s th e re sult of crystal gazin g etc Thi s

-
, .

i s a s we might naturally expect fo r thi s form of ,

clairvoyanc e i s m erely on e special and part ic ular

pha se of clairvoyance in general and o f cour se , ,

come s und er th e general law s a n d rule s govern

i ng al l clairvoyant ph enom ena .

Fu t ure tim e clairvoyance prev i s i on an d sec

-
,

ond s i gh t m ay li k e any other form o f cl a i r v o y

-
,

ance b e d evelo ped and un fol d ed b y m ean s o f

, ,

th e sam e rule s a n d m eth od s that I hav e already

sug g e sted to you i n th e p reced i ng l e s son s I t i s .

all a m atter o f a t tention application pat i ence

, , ,

exerc i se a n d p ract i ce I may say h oweve r that

.
, ,
1 96 C LAI RVO Y AN C E

th e s t ron g d e s ire and wi s h fo r th e p er c ep ti on of

fu t ure e v ent s h el d firmly in m ind during th e
,

pract i c i ng an d exerci sing will tend t o unfol d

,

an d d e v el o p th e clai r v oyant facult i e s i n th i s par

t i cu l a r d irection Strong d e sire an d earn e st a t
.
,

t ention i n t h e d e s i re d d i rection will d o much to

,

c u l t i v a t e d evelop an d un fol d any p sych i c faculty

, .

J u st a s m ed i tation an d reveri e ab out pa st time s

—
and t h i ngs ten d t o d evel o p pa st tim e cl a i r v o y
an ce s o w i ll m editat i on and rever i e about future
,

t i m e a n d things t en d t o d evel op prev i sion a n d th e

see i n g o f future th i n gs Thi s i n dee d i s th e very
.
, ,

fi r st ste p toward th e attainm ent of th i s form o f

c l a i r v oyance Th e att ention cl ear s th e p sych i c
.

path over wh ich th e a stral facultie s travel I n

,
.

th e a stral a s o n th e physical th e rul e i s : always

, ,

—
l o ok wh ere you are going l o o k ah ead on th e
p a th o v e r wh ich you w i sh to tra v el .
1 98 C L A I RVOY A N C E

wi t h I g i ve you extract s from a well k nown ca se

,

r ep orted by a prominent m emb er o f th e Th eo

sophical S oci ety which ha s attracted much att en
,

t i on I t wa s relat ed to th i s person by on e of th e
.

a ctor s i n th e scen e I t h app ene d in I ndi a A

. .

party o f Engl i sh army o ffi cer s wa s enter i ng a

d en se j ungl e Th en foll ows th e story a s b elo w :
.
,
“
We plunged i nto th e j ungl e an d had wal k e d ,

o n for ab out an h our with out m uch succe s s wh en ,

C am eron wh o happ ened t o b e n ext to m e

, ,

stopped suddenly turn ed pal e a s d eath and

‘

, , ,

p ointin g straigh t b efore h im cr i e d i n accent s o f ,

“ ”
horror : See ! see ! m erciful h eav en s l oo k th ere ! ,
“ ”
Wh ere ? what ? what i s it ? we all sh outed con
fu s e dl y a s we ru sh ed up t o h im and lo oked
, ,

aroun d in expectation o f encount ering a ti ger a —

cob ra— w e hardly kn ew kn ew what but a s ,

s u r e dl y som ethin g terribl e since i t h ad b een su f,

fici e n t t o cau se such evident em otion i n our

u sually sel f contained com rad e
-
B ut n eith er .

tiger n or cob ra wa s vi sibl e —n oth ing bu t C a m

eron pointing with gh a stly haggard face a n d
start i ng eyeball s at som eth ing we could n o t see .

‘
C ameron ! C am eron ! cried I se i z i n g h i s
’

,
‘
a rm for h eaven s sak e speak ! Wh at i s th e mat
,

t er Scarcely were th e word s out of my m outh

wh en a l ow b ut very peculiar sound struck u pon
my ear an d C am eron dropp i n g h i s p ointing
, ,
‘
hand sa i d i n a h oarse strained vo i c e Th ere !
, , ,

you h eard i t ? Than k God i t s over ! a n d fell ’ ’

t o th e ground i n sen sibl e Th ere wa s a m om en.

tary confu s i on wh il e we unfa st ened h i s collar ,

and I da sh e d i n h i s face so m e water wh ich I

 SE C ON D SI GHT P REVI SI O N E T C
-
, , . 1 99

f ortunately had i n my fla sk wh il e anoth er tri e d ,

to pour brandy b etween h i s cl ench e d teeth ; an d

und er co v er of i t I wh i sp ered to th e man n ext t o
m e ( one o f our greate s t s k ept i c s by th e way ) , ,
‘ ’ ‘
B eauchamp did yo u h ear anyth i ng ?
, Why ,

ye s h e repl i ed a cur i ou s sound very ; a sort of

,
’

,
‘
,

cra sh or rattl e far away i n th e di stance yet very ,

di stinct ; i f th e thin g were not utterly im po s sibl e ,

I could hav e sworn that it wa s th e rattle of mu s

ke t r y
’ ‘ ’
Ju st my impres sion murmured I ; but
.
,
‘

hu sh ! h e i s recovering
’
.

“
I n a minute or two h e wa s abl e to spea k feebly ,

and b egan t o than k u s and apolog ize for giving

trouble ; and soon h e sat up l eaning again st a ,

tree an d in a firm th ough low voice said : My

, ,
‘

d ear fr i end s I feel that I owe you a n explanation

,

o f m y extraord i nary b ehavior It i s a n explana .

t i on th at I would fain avoid gi ving ; bu t it mu st

com e som e tim e a n d so may a s well b e given
,

now You m ay perhap s have noticed that wh en

.

durin g our v oyage you all j oined i n s co ffin g at

dream s portent s and vi sion s I invariably
, ,

avo i d ed giv i n g any op inion o n th e subj ect I .

d id so b ecau se whil e I had n o d e sire to court

,

ridicul e or p rovok e d i scu s sion I wa s unabl e t o ,

agree with you k nowing only too well from my

,

own dread experience th at th e world wh ich m e n

agree to call that of th e supernatural i s j u st a s
real a s— nay p erhap s even more real than — th i s
,

w orld we see ab out u s In oth er wor d s I lik e

’

.
, ,

many of m y countrymen a m cur sed w i th th e ,

if t o f secon d sigh t — that awful faculty wh ich

g
-
2 00 C L A I RVOY A N C E

foret e l l s in vi sion cal amiti e s that ar e sh ortly to

occur .

‘
Such a vi sion I had j u st n ow a n d i t s e x ce p ,

t i o n a l h orror moved m e a s you h a v e seen I saw .

b efore m e a corp se n ot that o f on e wh o h a s d i ed

-

a peac eful natural d eat h but that o f th e victim

, ,

of som e t erribl e acc i dent ; a gha s t l y s hapele s s ,

ma ss with a face swoll en cru sh e d u n r e co gn i z

, , ,

abl e . I saw th i s d readful obj ec t placed i n a

co ffin an d th e fun era l servi c e perform ed over it
,
.

I saw th e burial —ground I saw th e cl ergyman : ,

and th ough I h ad n ever seen e i th er b efore I ca n ,

’
p i cture both perfectly in my m in d s eye n ow ; I
saw you mys el f B eaucham p al l o f u s an d many
, , ,

m ore stand ing roun d a s m ourner s ; I sa w th e sol

,

dier s rai s e th eir mu sket s after th e servic e wa s

over ; I h ear d th e voll ey th ey fi r e d— and th en I
kn ew no m or e A s h e spo k e o f th at v oll ey of
.
’

mu sketry I glanced acro s s w i th a shudd er at

B eaucham p an d th e lo o k o f stony h orror on that
,
”
han d som e s k ept i c s face wa s n ot t o b e forgott en
’
.

Omittin g th e so m ewhat l ong rec i tal o f event s

which followed I woul d say that later i n th e
,

sam e day th e party o f young o fficer s a n d sold ier s

d i scovered th e bo dy o f th eir commandin g o fficer
i n th e sh oc k ing cond i ti on so vividly an d graph i c
ally d e scribed by young C a m eron Th e story .

proceed s a s follow s :
“
Wh en o n th e following even i ng we arr i ved
, ,

at our d e stinat i on an d our m elanch oly d epo s i

,

t ion had b een ta k en d own b y th e proper auth or

iti e s C am eron an d I w en t out for a qu i e t walk
, ,

t o end eavor with th e a ss i stance o f th e soothin g

2 02 C LAI R VO Y A N C E

th ou gh n o t wit h out cor r e s p ond ence i n ot h er

ca se s Oth erw i se th e ca se i s m erely a typical
.
,

on e a n d m ay b e dupl i cated i n th e exper i en c e o f

,

th o u s a n d s o f oth er m en an d women .

Geor g e F o x th e pioneer ! ua k er had th i s fa c

, ,

u l ty wel l de v el o ped a n d numerou s in stances of

,

i t s man ife station by h i m are recorded For i n .

stance h e fo retol d th e death o f C romwell wh en

, ,

h e met h im ridin g at H am pton C ourt ; h e sa id

“ ”
that h e f elt a waft o f death aroun d an d ab out
C romwell ; a n d C romwell died sh ortly after w ard s .

F ox al so publ i cly foretol d th e d i s sol ution of th e

R um p P arliam ent o f E n g land ; th e re storation o f
C harl e s I I ; an d th e Great Fire of London th ese —
are hi stor i c al fact s rem emb er For that mat t e r
, .
,

h i story conta i n s many in stance s o f th i s kin d th e .

proph ecy o f C ae sar s death and it s furth er pre

’

v i s i on by h i s w i fe for i n stan ce Th e B ibl e pro

, .

phe ci e s an d prediction s maj or and m i nor giv e

, ,

u s sem i h i s t or i cal i n stance s

-
.

A c elebrate d h i stor i cal in st a n c e o f re m a r k ab l e

s econ d s i gh t an d previ s ion i s that o f C a z o tte
-
, ,

wh o se w onderful pred iction a n d i t s l i tera l fu l fil

m ent are m atter s o f French h i story D uma s ha s .

w ov en t h e f a ct into on e of hi s s t orie s i n a d ra ,

matic m anner— but even so h e d oe s n ot m a k e th e

tal e any m or e wond er f ul than th e bare fact s .

H ere i s t h e rec i tal of th e ca se by L a H arpe t h e ,

F rench wr i ter wh o wa s a p er sona l wi tn es s of th e

,

o ccurrence a n d wh o se t e st i mony wa s co r r o b
,

orated b y many oth ers wh o w ere pre sent at th e

t im e La H arp e says
.

“
It appear s a s but ye s t er d a y a n d ye t n e v e r the
, ,
 SE C ON D SI GHT P R EVI S I ON
-
, , E TC 2 03

l e ss , i t w a s a t t h e beg i nn i ng o f th e year 1788 We

_
.

were d inin g wi th on e of our brethren at th e

Ac a demy— a man o f con si d e r ab l e wealth and
geniu s Th e conver sation b ecam e s eriou s ; much
.

a dm i rat i on wa s expre s se d o n th e revolution i n

th ough t which Voltaire had effected an d it wa s ,

a greed tha t it w a s h i s fir st claim to th e r eputa

t ion h e enj oyed We concl ud ed that th e
. r e v o l u ~

tion mu st soon b e con summated ; that it wa s i n

d i spen sib l e that sup er st i ti on an d fanatic i sm
shoul d give way t o ph i lo sophy a n d w e b egan to ,

calculat e th e probability of th e perio d wh en th i s

sh ould b e and wh i ch of th e pre sent company
,

sh oul d l iv e to see i t Th e old e st com pla i n ed that

.

they coul d scarcely flatter th em selve s with th e

h ope ; th e younger rej oiced that th ey m igh t e n
t e r t a i n th i s very probabl e expectation ; and th ey
congratula t ed th e A cadem y e special ly for hav
i ng prepared th i s great work a n d for having b een
,

th e rallyin g point th e centre and th e prim e

, ,

m over of th e liberty o f th ought .

“
On e only o f th e gu e st s h ad not ta k en part
i n al l t h e j oyou sne s s o f thi s conver sat ion and ,

h ad even gently an d ch e erfully ch ecked our

s p lendid enthu s i a s m Thi s wa s C a z o tt e an
.
,

a mi abl e an d o r i g i nal man but unhappily i n fa tu

,

a te d w i th th e rev erie s o f th e i l l u m a n i t i He .

spo k e an d w i t h th e m o st ser i ou s tone say i ng :

, ,
‘
Gen t leman b e s at i sfi ed ; you will all see thi s
,

great and subl im e revolution wh ich you so much ,

d e sire Y ou k now that I am a l i ttl e inclined to

.

p ro p h e sy ; I rep eat you w i ll see it

, H e wa s a n
.
’

s w e r e d by th e common rej oind er :

‘
On e n eed not
2 04 C L A I RVOY A N C E

b e a conj uro r to see that H e an swered : B e .

’ ‘

i t so ; but perhap s on e mu st b e a littl e m ore than

conj uror for wh at remain s for m e t o t e l l you .

D o you k now what will b e t h e con sequence s o f

th i s revolut i on— what w i l l b e th e c on sequence to
all of you a n d w hat w ill b e th e imm ediat e re sult
,

— —
th e well e stabl i sh e d e ffect th e th oroughly
-

recogn iz e d c on se quence s to all of you wh o are

’
h ere pre sent ?
A h said C ondorcet w i th h i s i n sol ent and
‘ ’
,

—
h alf suppre s sed sm il e let u s h ear a ph il o soph er
-
‘
,

—
i s not sorry t o encount er a proph et l et u s h ear ! ’

C a z o tt e r epl i ed : Yo u M o u si er d e C ondorc et
‘
,

— yo u w i ll y i el d u p your la st b reath o n th e fl oo r
o f a dungeon ; you w i ll d i e from poi son wh ich ,

you will have ta k en i n ord er to e scap e fro m

execut i on — from p oi son wh ich th e happin e s s o f
that t i m e w i ll oblige yo u t o carry ab out your
per son You Mon sieur d e C ha m fo r t you w i l l
.
, ,

o pen your vein s w i th twenty two cut s o f a ra z o r -

,

a n d yet wi ll not d i e till som e m onth s afte r

ward . Th e se p er sonage s l ooke d at each oth er
’

an d laughed again C a z o tt e cont i nued : You .

‘
,

Mon si eur V i cq d A z i r you w ill n ot o pen your ’

,

o wn ve i n s b ut you will cau se your sel f to b e

,

bled six tim e s i n on e day during a paroxys m o f ,

th e gout i n ord er t o ma k e m ore sure o f you r end

, ,

a n d you will d i e i n th e n i ght

’
.

“
C a z o t t e went on : You M on sieu r d e N icola i
‘
, ,

you will di e on th e sca ffold ; you M on sieur B ailly , ,

on th e scaffol d ; you Mon sieur d e Mal e sh erbe s , ,

on th e sca ff old A h Go d b e than k ed excla i me d

.
‘
, ,
’

R o u che r
‘
and wha t o f I ?
, C a z o t t e replie d :
’
2 06 C L A I R VOYAN C E

a carr i age hung i n black N o mad a m e ; hi gh e r ‘

,

lad i e s than your sel f will go l i k e you i n th e com , ,

’
mon car with th eir han d s tied b ehind th em
,
‘

‘
H igh er ladi es ! what ! th e p rinces se s o f t h e
bloo d ? Yea an d still m ore exal t e d p er s ona g e s
’ ‘
,

replied C a z o t t e .

“
H ere a s e n s i bl e emot i on pervad ed th e whol e
l

comp any an d th e countenance o f th e h o st wa s

,

dark a n —
d lowering th ey b egan t o feel that th e
j oke wa s b ecom ing to o seriou s Madam e d e .

Gramm ont in ord er to d i s sipat e th e cloud took

, ,

no n otice of th e reply a n d content ed h er sel f w i th

,

saying i n a carel es s ton e : Y o u see that h e w ill ‘

not leave m e even a confe ssor ! N o madam e !

’ ‘

,
’

replied C a z o t t e you will not hav e on e— neith er

,
‘

you n or any o n e b e sides Th e la st v ictim to

, .

wh om thi s favor will b e a fford ed will be H ere

h e sto ppe d fo r a m om ent Well ! wh o then w ill
.
‘

b e th e hap py mortal to wh om th i s prerogative

will b e given ? C a z o tt e replied : I t i s th e only
’ ‘

o n e wh ich h e wi ll have th en retain ed — a n d that

wil l be th e King o f France ! Th i s la st start ’

ling prediction cau sed th e com pany to d i sband

i n som eth ing l ik e terror an d di smay fo r th e ,

mere ment i on of such th ing wa s aki n to trea son .

Th e amazing sequel t o th i s strange story i s

that within th e six year s allotted b y th e pr o ph
ce y every d etail thereof wa s v er i fi ed ab solutel y
,
.

Th e fact s ar e k nown to all student s o f th e French

Revoluti on an d may b e verified by reference to
,

any hi story o f that terribl e p eriod To a ppr e .

ciat e th e startl i ng nature o f th e pro ph ecy wh en

m ad e o n e n eed s b ut to b e acquainted w i th t h e
,
 SE C ON D SI GH T P REVI SI ON
-
, , ETC 2 07

po s i t i on an d characteri stic s o f th e person s wh o se

de st i n i e s wer e for etold Th i s celebrated in stan c e
.

of h igh ly ad v anced future t i m e clai rvoyance o r

-
,

previ s i on h a s n ever b een equall e d Th e rea son

,
.
,

perhap s i s t ha t C a z o tt e i ndee d wa s a n a d v anced

'

—
and highly de v e l o pd occulti st th e account m en
tion s thi s you will notice Th i s cla s s o f p er son s
,
.

v ery sel d om proph ecy i n th i s way for rea son s

,

known to all o cculti st s Th e ordinary ca se s r e

.

corded are th o s e i n which th e manifestation i s

that o f a per son o f l e s ser p ower s and l e s s perfect
d ev elopm ent .

A dvanced occulti st s know th e danger of a care

l ess u se o f th i s power Th ey know that ( omit
.

ting other an d v ery imp ortant rea son s ) such

r evelation s woul d wor k a terribl e e ff ect upon th e
mind s of p er son s not su fficiently well balanced to
stan d th e d i sclo sure M oreover th ey k now that
.
,

if th e a v erage per son k n ew th e principal d etail s

of hi s future l ife o n earth th en h e woul d l o s s all
,

—
int ere st i n i t i t woul d becom e stal e a n d would
l o se th e a ttraction o f th e unknown I n such a .

ca se th e pl ea sant th ings to com e woul d lo se th eir

,

attractivene s s by rea son o f having b een dwelt o n

so long that th e i r flavor wa s l o st ; an d th e u n
plea sant th i n gs woul d b ecom e unbearable by rea
son o i t h e con t inual antic i pation o f th em We .

are apt to di scount our pl ea sure s by d welling too

much upon th em i n anticipation ; a n d a s we all ,

k now th e d rea d of a com i ng evil oft en i s wor se

,

—
than th e thin g i t self w e su ff er a th ou san d pangs
i n anticipat i on t o on e in reality B ut a s I have.
,

intimated th ere are oth er and still m ore seriou s

, ,
2 08 C L A I R VOY A N C E

re a son s w h y t h e ad v anced occulti st s d o not i n

du l ge i n public proph ec i e s of th i s k ind It is .

probabl e that C a z o tt e d ecided t o and wa s p er ,

m i t t e d to m ak e h i s celebrat ed pro ph ecy for som e

,

important o ccult r ea son o f which La H arp e h ad

—
n o knowl edge i t d oub tl e s s wa s a part of th e
working ou t o f so m e great plan a n d i t may h a v e ,

a ccom pl i s h ed r e sult s undreamed of b y u s A t .

a n y rate it wa s som ething very much o ut of th e

,

ord i nary even i n th e ca se o f advanced o cculti st s

,

a n d ma sters of e sot eric knowl edge .

A n oth er ca se wh ich ha s a h i storic value i s th e

well known ca se concernin g th e a s sa s sination of
-

Sp encer P erceval th e C hancellor o f th e E x ,

ch equer i n E n glan d w h i ch occurred i n th e l obby

, ,

o f th e H ou se o f C ommon s Th e p erson s wh o .

hav e a kn owledge o f th e ca se report th at som e

n i n e days b efore t h e tragic occurrence a C orni sh
m i ne manager nam ed J ohn William s h ad a , ,

v i s i on t hree tim e s i n succe ssion i n wh ich h e saw

, ,

a small man dre s sed i n a blue coat a n d wh ite

,

wai stcoat enter th e l obby o f th e H ou se o f C o m

,

m on s ; wh ereupon anoth er man dre s sed in a ,

sn u ff col ored coat stepp ed f orward and draw

-
, , ,

i ng a p i stol from an in sid e p ock et fi red at and

s h ot th e small m a n th e bul let l odging in th e ,

left bre a st I n th e vi sion Wi lliam s tu rn ed and

.
,

a s k ed som e b ystand er th e nam e o f th e vict i m ;

th e bystan d er repl i ed that the str i cken m a n wa s
M r S pencer P erc eval th e C h ancell or of th e E x
.
,

ch e quer Th e valuabl e feature o f th e ca se from

.
,

a sc i entific stand point li e s i n th e fact that Wil ,

l i a m s wa s very much impre s sed by h i s thr i ce é

2 10 C LAI R V OY A N C E

found a tra m p wh o tried t o f orce hi s w a y i n t o

th e h ou se Sh e struggle d t o p re v en t h i s e n
.

trance but h e struck h er w i th a bludgeon an d

,

ren dere d h e r in sen sib le wh ereup on h e entered

,

th e h ou se an d robbed i t Sh e related th e v i sion

.

t o h er fri en d s but a s noth i n g happened for som e

, ,

t i m e th e m atter almo st pa s sed from h er m in d

, .

B ut s om e se v en year s afterward sh e wa s l eft

, ,

i n charge o f th e h ou s e on a certa i n S unday ev e

n ing ; dur i ng th e evening sh e wa s startl ed by a
sudd en kn ock at th e door an d h er former vi sion ,

wa s recall ed t o h er memory quite v ivi dly Sh e .

refu sed to go to th e d oor rem emb ering th e warn

,

ing b ut in stead went up t o a landing o n th e stair

,

and l ooked out th e wind ow sh e saw at th e door ,

th e very tram p wh om sh e h ad seen i n th e v i sion

som e seven year s b efore arm ed with a b ludgeon , ,

an d striv i n g t o f orce a n entranc e i nto th e hou se .

Sh e to o k step s to frighten away th e ra scal an d ,

sh e wa s saved from th e unplea san t conclu s i on o f

h er vi s i on Many similar ca se s ar e recorded
. .

In som e ca se s p er son s hav e b een warned by

sy m b ol s o f v a riou s k ind s ; or el se have had pre
vi sion i n th e sam e way For in stance m any ca se s
.
,

are kn own i n wh ich th e vi sion i s that o f th e u n

de r t a ke r s wagon standing b efore th e d oor o f th e
’

per son wh o di e s som et i me a fter w ard O r th e .

,

per son i s vi s i on e d clad i n a sh roud Th e var i .

a t i o n s o f thi s cla s s are innumerabl e S pea k t o .

th e av erage dwell er i n th e highland s o f S c otland ,

or certain count i e s i n I reland regar d ing th i s ,

you w i ll b e furn i sh e d w ith a we a lth o f ill u s t r a

tion s and exampl e s .
 SE C ON D SI G H T P REVI SI ON E T C
-
, , 2 11

Th i s pha se o f th e general subj ect of cl a i r v o y

ance i s v ery fa scinatin g to th e stud ent an d i n
v e s t i ga t o r
, an d i s on e i n wh ic h th e h igh est
p sych ic or a stral power s o f sen sing are call ed i nto
play I n fact a s I have said th ere i s h ere a r e
.
, ,

fle ct i o n o f someth ing very much h i gh er than th e

a stral or p sych ic plan e s o f b eing Th e student
.

catch e s a glimp se o f re gi on s infinitely h i gh er

and grand er H e b egin s t o real i ze at l ea st som e
.

thing of th e exi stence of that Un i ver sal C o n

“
s ci o u s n e s s i n wh ich we live an d m ov e and hav e
, ,

our b e i n g ; and of th e reality o f th e E ternal

N ow i n wh i ch pa st pre sent and future a re
,

bl end ed a s one fact of i nfinite con sciou sne s s H e .

see s th e s i gnb oard po i nt i ng to m a r v elou s t ruth s !

 LESSON X I V

A ST RA L -
B ODY TRAVELI N G

T here i s m uch confu sion exi stin g in th e mind s

o f th e a v erage student s o f occulti sm concern i ng
th e d i stinct i on b etween a stral v i sioning by m ean s
of th e a stra l sen se s in cla i r v oyance an d th e ,

vi sioning o f th e a stral sen se s d uring th e travel s

o f th e a stral b ody away from th e physical b ody .

Th ere i s such a cl o se conn ection b etween th e two

se v eral ph a se s of occult ph enom ena th at it i s
ea sy t o m i sta k e on e for th e oth er ; in fact th ere ,

i s often such a b l end ing o f th e two that it i s quite

di ffi cult t o di stin gu i sh b etween th em H owever .
,

i n th i s l e s son I shall endeavo r to br i n g out th e

characteri stic s of a stral b ody vi sionin g th at th e ,

student may l earn t o di stingui sh th em from th o se

of th e ordinary cl airvoyant a stral vi sioning and ,

reco gnize them wh en h e experi ence s th em .

Th e main p oint s o f d i stinction are th e se :

Wh en vi sioning cla i rvoyantly by m ean s o f th e
a stral sen se s a s d e scrib ed i n th e preceding chap
,

ter s of th i s book th e clairvoyant u sually p er

,

ce i v e s th e s c en e per son o r e v ent a s a p i cture o n

,

a flat surfac e It i s true th at th er e i s gen erally

.

a perfect p er spect i ve s i milar t o that o f a good

,

stereo sco pic vi ew o r that o f a h igh grad e m ov

,
-

— “ ”
i ng p i cture ph o t ogra ph th e fi gu re s stand out ,
“ ”
and d o n ot app ear flat a s in th e ca se of an ordi
na r y photograph ; bu t st i ll at th e b e st i t i s li k e
l oo ki n g at a m ov i ng p i cture ina smuch a s th e
,

wh ol e s c en e i s all i n front o f you V i s i oning in

.

th e a str a l b ody o n th e contrary give s you a n all

, ,
2 14 C LAI RVOY A N C E

t i m e Th e s en se o f being actually pre sent i n

.

”
th e body i s th e l eading charact eri st i c o f th e
a stral body vi s i oning an d d i stingu i sh e s i t from
,
“ ”
th e p i cture seeing sen s i n g o f ordinary cl a i r v o y
ance Th i s i s stating th e matter i s a s pla i n an d
.

simpl e form a s i s p o ss i bl e ign or i ng many tech

,

n i ca l d etail s and p articular s .

You be i ng a student of occulti sm of course

, ,

know that th e a stral bo dy i s a fin e counterpart

of th e physical b o dy comp o sed o f a far m ore ,

sub tl e form of sub stanc e than i s th e latter that ,

under c ertain condition s you may travel i n your

a stral b ody d etach ed from yo u r p hys i ca l body
,

( except b eing connected with it with a sl end er

a stral cord b earin g a cl o se re semb lance t o th e
,

umbilical cord w h ich connect s th e n ewborn bab e

with th e placenta i n th e womb o f it s m oth er ) ,

an d expl ore th e realm s o f th e a stral plan e Th i s .

proj ection o f th e a stral b ody a s a rul e occur s , ,

only wh en th e physical b ody i s st i ll ed i n sleep or ,

in tranc e condition In fact t h e a stral bo dy fr e

.
,

quen t ly i s proj ected by u s dur i n g th e cour se o f

our ordinary sl eep but we f ail to rem emb er what
,

we hav e seen i n our a stral j ourn eys exce pt o c , ,

ca s i o n a l l y
, d im flash e s o f part i al recoll ect i on
u pon awa k en i ng In som e ca se s h owever our
.
, ,

a stral v i s i on i ng i s so di st i nct an d vivid that we ,

awaken wi th a sen se o f having had a p ecul i ar

exper i ence an d a s hav i ng actual ly b een out o f
,

th e ph y s i cal b ody at th e tim e .

I n som e ca se s th e person traveling in th e

,

a stral i s abl e to actually tak e part in th e d i stant

s c en e an d may under c ertain c i rcu m stance s a c
, ,
 ASTR A L -
B O DY TRAVELI N G 2 15

tua l l y m ater i al iz e h i m sel f so a s t o b e seen by

per son s i n their physical bod i e s I am spea k .

i ng now of cour se of th e untrain e d p er son Th e

, ,
.

t r a ined and d eveloped occulti st o f cour se i s abl e

, ,

t o d o th e se things d eliberately and con sciou sly ,

i n s t ead o f uncon sciou sly an d with out intention

a s i n th e ca se o f th e o rdinary per son I shall .

quote h ere from an oth er writer o n th e subj ect ,

w h o se point of v i ew in connection with m y own

, ,

may serve to bring ab out a cl ear und er stand ing

i n th e m ind o f th e stud ent— i t i s always well to
vi ew a n y subj ect from a s many angl es a s po s sibl e .

Thi s writer says :

“
We enter h ere upon a n entirely n ew variety
of clairvoyance in wh ich th e con sciou sn e s s of
,

th e seer n o longer remain s i n or clo sely connected

with h i s physical bo dy but i s d efinitely tran s
,

ferred to th e scen e wh ich h e i s examining .

Th ough i t ha s n o doubt greater danger s for th e

untrained seer than eith er o f th e oth er m etho d s ,

it i s yet quit e th e mo st sati sfactory form o f clair

voyan ce o pen to h im In th i s ca se th e man s
.
’

body i s e i th er a sleep or i n a trance an d it s organ s

,

are con se quently n ot availabl e for u se wh il e th e

v i sion i s going on so that all d e scription o f what
,

i s seen and all que stioning a s to furth er par

,

t i cu l a r s mu st b e po stpon ed until th e wanderer

,

return s to thi s plane O n th e oth er hand th e

.
,

s i ght i s much fuller a n d m ore perfect ; th e m a n

h ear s a s well a s see s everyth i ng wh ich pa s se s be
f ore h im an d can m ov e about freel y at will with
,

i n t h e very w id e l i m i t s o f th e a stral plan e He .

ha s a l s o th e i mm en se a d vantage o f be i n g a bl e to
2 16 C LA I R V OY A N C E

ta k e part a s it w ere i n th e scene s whic h c o m e be

, ,

—
fore h i s eye s o f con v er sin g at will w i th v ar i ou s
entitie s o n th e a s tral plan e an d from w h om so ,

m uch i nformation th a t i s cur i ou s and i ntere st i ng

may b e obta i n ed I f i n a d d iti on h e ca n l earn h ow
.

to mater i alize h im self ( a matter of n o great di f

ficu l ty for him w h en once th e k nac k i s acquired ) ,

h e will b e abl e to ta k e part i n physical e v ent s or

conver sati on s at a d i st a n c e a n d to s h o w h i m sel f
,

to an ab sent fr i en d at will .

“
A ga i n h e w il l ha v e th e a d d i t i ona l power o f
,

be i n g ab l e t o h unt ab out for wh at h e want s By .

m ean s of th e oth er v ari eties of clairvoyance for ,

all pra ctical purpo se s h e may fin d a per son or

pl a ce only wh en h e i s alrea d y a cquainted with it ;
o r w h en h e i s put en rapp ort w i th i t by touch ing
,

som eth ing physically connected wi th i t a s i n ,

p sych om etry B y th e u se o f th e a stral body

.
,

h owev er a m an ca n m ove ab out quite fr e e l y a n d

, s

rapidly i n any direction and ca n ( fo r exampl e )

,

find without d i fficulty a n y place p ointed out upon

a m a p w i th out eith er any prev i ou s knowledge of
,

th e spot o r any obj ect t o e stabl i sh a connection

w i th it H e can al so readily r i se h igh i n t o the
.

’
a i r s o a s to ga i n a b i rd s eye vi ew of th e coun
t ry wh i ch h e i s e x am i n i ng so a s to ob serv e i t s
,

extent t h e contour of i t s coa stl i n e or it s general

, ,

charact er I n d ee d i n e v e ry way h i s power an d

.
,

freed om are far gr e a ter wh en h e u se s th i s m eth o d

than th ey a re i n any o f th e l e s s er for m s of cla i r
voyance .

I n many we l l authent i ca t e d c a se s we may se e ,

th at t h e soul o f a dy i ng per son one wh o se p h ys ,

2 18 C LAI RV OY AN C E

ch i l d r en w hom sh e had l eft at h om e t o t h e care

,

o f a nur s e Sh e wa s to o ill to b e m oved a n d be

.
,

t ween on e an d two o cl oc k i n th e mornin g sh e ’

fel l i nto a tranc e On e w i dow Turner wh o

.
, ,

watch ed w i th h er that night says that h er eye s ,

w ere open a n d fixed an d h er j aw fallen M r s , . .

Turn er put h er han d t o h er m ou t h but coul d ,

perc eiv e n o breath Sh e th ought h er to b e i n a

.

fit and doubt ed wh eth er sh e were d ea d o r al ive

, .

Th e n ex t m orning th e dying woman tol d h er

m oth er that sh e had b een at h om e with h er ch il
dren say i ng I wa s w i th th em la st n i ght wh en I
‘
, ,
’
w a s a sleep .

“
Th e nurs e at Roch e ster w id ow A l ex and er by ,

na m e a ffirm s that a littl e b efore two o clock that

,
’

m orning sh e saw th e lik en es s o f th e said Mary

Go ff e com e out o f th e n ext chamb er ( wh ere th e
el der ch il d lay i n a b ed by it self ) th e d oor b eing ,

l eft op en an d stood by h er b ed sid e for about a

,

q uart er of a n h our ; th e younger ch ild wa s th ere

lying b y h er H er eye s m oved and h er m outh
.

went but sh e sai d n othing Th e n ur se m ore

, .
,

over says that sh e wa s p erfectly awak e ; it w a s

th en dayl i ght being o n e o f th e lon ge st days o f
,

th e year Sh e sat u p i n b ed and l oo k ed stead

.

fa stly o n th e apparition I n th at tim e sh e h eard .

th e bridge cl oc k str ik e two an d a wh il e after ,

‘
said : I n th e nam e of th e Fath er So n an d H oly ,
’
Gh o st wh at art th ou ? Th ereupon th e appar i
,

tion removed and went away ; sh e slippe d ou t o f

h er cl oth e s and foll owed but what be c a m e o n t ,
’

”
sh e canno t tell .

In th e ca se ju st m ent i one d Mr Lan g s t ate s , .

 A STRA L B O DY TRAVELI N G
-
2 19

t h at t h e nurse wa s so frighten ed that sh e wa s

a f rai d to return to b ed A s soon a s th e n eigh .

bor s wer e up a n d ab out sh e tol d th em o f what

sh e had seen ; but th ey tol d h er that sh e had b een
dreamin g I t wa s only wh en lat er on n ew s
.
, ,

cam e o f what ha d happ ened at th e oth er en d of

th e l ine— th e b ed sid e o f the dying woman that ,

t h ey realized j u st what had hap pen ed .

In a work by R e v F G L e e th ere are sev eral

. . .
,

oth er ca se s o f thi s kind quoted all o f which are ,

stated by M r Lee to b e thorough ly well a u the n t i

.

ca t e d . I n on e of th e ca se s a m oth er wh en dying ,

i n E gypt app ears to h er children in Torquay and

, ,

i s cl early seen i n broad daylight b y all five ch il

dren an d al so by th e nur semaid I n anoth er a .
,

! uaker lady dying a t C o ck e r m o u t h i s cl early

,

seen a n d recognized in daylight by h er thre e chil

dren a t Seattle th e remainder of th e story b eing
,

almo st i d entical with that of th e Go ff e ca se j u st

quoted .

I n th e record s of th e Society for P sych ical R e

search th e following ca se appears th e per son
, ,

reporting i t b eing sai d to b e of goo d character

an d reputat i on for truthfulne s s and rel iability .

“
T h e story i s a s follow s : O n e m orning i n D e
ce m be r 1836 A had th e following dream o r
, , . ,

h e woul d prefer to call i t reve l ation H e found ,

.

h i m sel f suddenl y at th e gat e o f Maj or N M s . .

’

avenue many m il e s from h i s h om e C lo se t o h i s

,
.

wa s a group of per son s o n e o f wh om wa s a ,

woman w i th a ba sket on h er arm th e re st were ,

m en f our of whom were tenant s of h i s own

, ,

w h il e t h e oth er s were un k n own to him S om e o f .

220 C LAI RVO Y AN C E

t h e str a nge rs seem ed t o b e a s saulting H W o n e . .

,
‘
o f h i s t enant s a n d h e i nterfered A says I
,
. .
,

s t r u c k vi ol ently at th e man o n m y l e ft and th en ,

’
w i th greater v iol ence at th e man s face on my
right F i nd i ng to m y surpr i se that I h ad no t
.
, ,

knoc k ed down e i th er I struck again an d aga i n

,

w i th a ll th e v i ol ence o f a m a n fren zi ed a t t h e
’
s i g h t of m y poor f r i en d s m ur d er To my grea t .

ama z em ent I s a w m y arm s alth ough v i sibl e to,

m y eye wer e w i th ou t sub s t ance a n d t h e bod i e s

, ,

o f th e m e n I struck a t an d m y o w n cam e cl o s e
to g eth er after e a c h blow t hrough th e shado w y
,

arm s I struc k w i th M y b l ow s were d eliver e d

.

w i th m ore extrem e v i ol ence than I ever th in k I

exerted but I b ecam e painfully conv i nced of my
,

incom p e t ency I h a v e n o con sciou sn es s o f wh a t

.

ha p pen ed after th i s feeling o f un sub s tant i al i ty

’
cam e u p on m e .

“
N ext m orn i ng A exp er i enced t h e st i ffne s s
, .

an d soren e ss o f v i ol en t bodily exerc i se a n d w a s ,

inform e d by h i s w i fe that i n th e cour se of t h e

night h e h a d m uch alar m ed h e r by s tr ik ing out
again an d aga i n i n a terrifi c m anner a s if fight ,
‘

’
i ng fo r h i s life H e i n turn i nform e d h er of h i s
.
, ,

dream an d b egged h er t o rem emb er th e name s

,

of th o se ac t or s in it w h o were known t o h im On .

t h e m orning o f t h e foll ow i n g day ( We d ne s d ay )

A rece i ved a let t er from h i s agent wh o re s i d ed
.
,

i n th e t own clo se t o th e scen e of th e d ream i n ,

form i n g him tha t h i s tenant h ad b een found on

Tue sday m ornin g at Maj o r N M s gat e speech . .
’
,

le s s an d apparently dy i ng from a fracture of th e

 C LAI RVO Y A N C E

b een se p arated from th eir birth unt i l George be

came a sail or Hart m eantime j o i ning h i s fath er
,

i n bu sin es s O n th e 8t h o f F eb ruary 1840 wh i l e

.
, ,

George N orth ey s sh i p wa s lying in p ort at St

’
.

H elena h e had th e fol lowing strange drea m :

,
“
La st night I dreamt t hat m y b r oth er wa s
a t T r e bo dw i n a M ark et a n d that I wa s with h im, ,

quite clo se b y h i s side during th e wh ol e of th e ,

market tran saction s A lth ough I coul d se e an d

.

h ear wh ich p a ssed around m e I f e l t sure that it ,

wa s not my b odily pre sence wh ich thu s a e com

pa n i e d h im b ut my shad ow or rath er my spir
,

i t u a l pre sence for h e seem ed qu i t e uncon sciou s

,

that I wa s n ear him I felt th at my b eing thu s .

p re sent in th i s strange way b etoken e d som e h id

d en dan ger wh ich h e wa s d e stined t o m eet and ,

wh ich I know my pre sence coul d not avert for ,

”
I coul d n o t speak t o warn him of hi s p eril .

Th e story th en proceed s to relat e h ow H art

collecte d con siderabl e m oney at T r e bo dw i n a
Mar k et an d th en started to rid e h om eward
, .

George t ell s what happen ed t o hi s b ro t h er o n t h e

way a s follow s :
,
“
My terro r gradually i ncrea sed a s H art a p
p r o a c h e d th e hamlet o f P o l ke r r o w until I wa s i n ,

a p erfect frenzy frantically d esirou s yet u m

, ,

ab l e to warn my broth er i n som e way and p re

v ent h i m from going furth er I suddenl y b eca m e .

aware o f two dar k shadows thrown a cro s s th e

roa d I felt that my b roth er s h our h ad com e
.
’

and I wa s powerl e s s t o aid h im ! Two m e n a p

.

p e a r e d wh om I i n stantly recogn i zed a s n otor i ou s

,

poacher s w h o l iv e d i n a lon ely wo od n ear St .

 AST R AL -
B ODY T RA VELI N G 22 3

’
E gl o s
‘
. Th ey wi sh ed h im Goo d night m i ster ! ,

c i villy enough H e replie d a n d entered i nto con

.
,

ver sat i on w ith th em about som e wor k h e had

prom i sed them A fter a f ew minut e s th ey a sked
.

h im for som e money Th e el der o f th e two broth .

’
ers wh o wa s standing n ear th e h orse s h ead
, ,
“
said : Mr N orth ey we know yo u h av e j u st
.
,

com e from T r e bo dw i n a Mark et with pl enty of

m oney i n your pocket s ; we are d e sperate m en ,

an d you b ean t going t o l eav e th i s place unti l

’

’
we ve got that mon ey ; so han d over !
’
My
broth er mad e no reply except to sla sh at h im with
th e wh ip and spur th e horse at h im
, .

“
Th e younger of th e r u ffia n s in stantly drew a
pi stol an d fired Hart dropp ed lifel es s from th e
, .

saddle and o n e o f th e v illain s hel d h im by th e

,

throat with a grip of i ron fo r som e m inute s a s ,

th ought to make a ssurance d oubly sure a n d ,

cru sh out any parti cl e o f l ife my poor b roth er

migh t hav e l eft Th e murd erer s secured th e .

hor se to a tree i n th e orchard and having rifled , ,

th e corp se th ey dragged it u p th e stream co n

, ,

ce a l i n g i t und er th e overhangin g bank s o f th e

water course Th en th ey carefully covered over
-
.

all mar k s o f blood o n th e roa d an d hi d th e pi stol ,

i n th e thatch o f a di su sed hut clo se t o th e road

side ; th en setting th e h or s e free to gallop h om e
,

al one th ey d ecamp ed a cro s s th e country t o th e i r

,
”
own cottage .

Th e story th en relate s h ow George N orth ey s ’

ve ssel l eft St H el ena the next day after th e

.

dream and reach ed P lymouth i n due time

, .

George carr i ed w i th h i m a very v i v i d r e co l l e c

2 24 C LAI RVOYAN C E

t i on o f h i s vi s i on o n th e return v oyage and ne v e r ,

d oubted for a n in stant that hi s broth er had b een

actually murd ered i n th e manner and by th e per
son s nam ed a s seen in th e vi sion H e carr i ed
,
.

with h im th e d eterm ination t o b ring th e villain s

to j u stice a n d wa s filled with th e conviction that
through hi s e ffort s retr i bution woul d fall upon
th e murderer s .

I n E ngland j u stice wa s at work but th e —

,

mi ssing link wa s n eeded Th e crim e arou sed

.

univer sal horror a n d indignation a n d th e auth or ,

iti e s l eft n othing undone in th e direction of

d i scov ering th e murderer s a n d bringing th em t o
j u stice Two brother s nam ed H i ght w o o d were
.

susp ected and i n th eir cottage were found b lood

,

s tain ed garm ent s B ut no pi st ol wa s found

.
,

alth ough th e youn ger broth er adm itted h avin g

own ed but lo st on e Th ey were arre sted and
brough t b efore th e magi strate s Th e evid ence .

again st th em wa s purely circum stantial and n ot ,

any to o strong at that ; but th eir action s were

th o se of gu i lty m e n Th ey were committ ed for
.

tr i al E a ch confe s sed i n h ope s of saving hi s life

.
,

and obtainin g im pri sonment in stead B ut b oth .

were conv i cted an d sentenced t o b e hanged .

Th er e wa s doubt in th e m ind s of som e h owever , ,

abo ut th e pi stol Th e story cont i nue s :

.

“
B e for e th e execution George N orth ey a r ,

r i v d from St H el ena and d eclared that th e p i stol

.
,

wa s i n th e thatch of th e old cottage cl o se b y th e

place wh ere th ey h ad murd ered Hart N orth ey ,

a n d wh ere th ey had h id it
‘
H o w d o you k n ow ?
.
’

h e w a s a s k ed George re p l i e d : I saw th e f oul

.
‘
226 C L A I RVO Y A N C E

f o r th e unin structed per son t o trav el ; unl e s s a c

com panied by a capabl e occulti st a s gu id e
Th erefore I caution al l stu d ent s again st try i ng
,

t o force d evelo p ment i n that d irecti on Nature .

surround s you wit h sa fe guard s an d i nt erpo se s

,

ob stacl e s for your o w n protect i on and go od D o .

n ot t ry t o brea k through th e se ob stacl e s wit h out

“
knowledge o f what you are do i ng Fool s ru sh
.

”
i n wh ere angel s fear t o tread rem emb er ; a n d
,
“ ”
a littl e l earning i s a dan gerou s th in g Wh en .

you h ave rea ch ed th e stage of d evelo pm ent i n

which it will b e safe for you to un dertak e con
sci ou s a stral expl oration s th en will your guid e b e
,

at hand an d th e in struct i on furni sh ed you by

,

th o se capabl e o f giv i ng it t o you D o not try to

.

break into th e a stral with out du e preparation ,

an d full kn owl ed ge l e st you find you r sel f in th e

,

stat e of th e fi sh wh o leaped out o f th e wat er on

t o th e ban k s o f th e stream Your dr e a m t r i ps
.
,

are safe ; th ey will increa se i n var i ety and cl ear

n e ss and you will rem emb er m or e ab out th em
,

all thi s b efore you m ay b egin t o try t o con sciou s

“ ”
l y go out into th e a stral a s d o th e occulti st s B e .

content to crawl b efore you may walk Learn .

to add multipl y sub tract and divid e b efore you

, , ,

und ertak e th e h igh er math emat i c s algebra , .

geom e t ry etc o f occult i s m

, .
, .
 LESS O N XV .

ST RANGE AST RAL P HENO MENA .

Th ere ar e se v e r a l ph a se s o f a s t r a l p h enom ena

o t h er than th o se m ention ed i n th e p reced i ng
chapter s which i t will b e b etter for th e student
,

t o becom e a c quainted w ith i n or d er to roun d out

hi s general k n owled ge of th e subj ect although ,

th e m anife station s are comparatively rare and ,

not so gen erally recognized in work s on thi s sub

j e ct .

On e of th e fir st o f th e se several pha ses of a stral

phen om ena i s that wh ich may b e call ed Th ought
Form P roj ection Th i s manife station com e s i n
.

th e p lace o n th e p sychic scal e j u st between ordi

nary clairvoyance on th e one han d an d a stral ,

body proj ection on th e oth er I t ha s som e of th e

.

characteri stic s of each and i s ofte n mi staken for

,

on e or th e oth er of th e se pha se s .

To under stan d thi s ph enomena th e stud ent ,

shoul d know som eth ing regarding the fact that

th ought frequently takes o n a stral form and that ,

the se man ife station s ar e known a s th ough t

form s I have spoken o f th e se i n som e o f th e
.

precedin g le sson s Th e o rdinary thought form

.
-

i s quite sim ple a s a rul e and d oe s n ot b ear a n y

, ,

particular re semblance t o th e send er th ereof B ut .

i n som e ca se s a per son may con scio u sly o r u m

,

con sc i ou sly strongly a n d cl early thin k o f him

,

self a s pre sent a t som e oth er place and th u s a ctu ,

ally creat e a th ought form of h im self a t that

-

place wh i ch may b e di scern ed by th o se hav i n g

,
228 C LAI RVOY A N C E

cl a i rvoy a nt vi sion M oreover th i s th ou ght form

.
,
-

o f h im self i s connected p sychically with him sel f

and afford s a channel o f p sych ic information for
him A s a rul e th e se th ought form s are only pro
.
-

j e d by th o se wh o have trained th eir mind s and

e ct
will alon g occult l ine s ; but occa sionally und er th e
stre s s o f stron g emotion or d e sir e an ordinary
per son m ay focu s hi s p sych ic power to such a n
extent t hat th e ph en om ena i s manifested
'
.

H ere I wi l l quote from an E ngli sh inve stigato r

o f a s tral ph enomen a wh o ha s had much e x pe r i
,
“
enc e o n that plan e H e says : A ll stud ent s are
a w are that th ought take s form at any rat e u pon ,

i t s o w n plan e an d i n th e maj ority of ca se s u pon

,

th e a stral plan e al so ; but it may not b e so gener

al ly k nown that i f a m an think s strongly of h im
sel f a s pre sent a t any given place th e form a s ,

sum ed b y that particular thought will b e a like

n e s s of th e th in k er h im sel f wh ich will a pp ear
,

at th e place i n que stion E s sentially th i s form

.

mu st b e com po sed of th e m atter o f th e m ental

pl an e b ut in very many ca se s it woul d draw
,

r oun d it sel f matter o f th e a stral plan e al so and ,

so wou ld ap proach much n earer to vi sibility .

Th ere are i n fact many in stance s in wh ich it

, ,

ha s b een seen by th e per son th ought o i m o st—

probabl y by m ean s of th e uncon sciou s influence
emanating from th e original th ink er N one of .

th e con sciou sn e s s o f th e thinker would h owever , ,

b e inclu d ed within thi s th ought form Wh en -

.

onc e sent out from h im it woul d n ormally b e a

,

q uite s eparate entity— not ind eed ab solutely u n

connected with it s maker b ut practically so a s,
2 30 C L A I RVOYAN C E

before h e ca n re sum e it In stance s i n wh ich th i s

.

kin d of sight i s p o s se s sed with a n y d egree of per

fe cti o n by untrained peopl e are naturally rarer
than i n th e oth er type s o f clairvoyance b ecau se ,

th e ca p acity for m ental control required an d th e ,

gen erally fin er nature o f th e force s empl oyed .

I may m ention that th i s particular m eth od i s

fr equently employed by advanced occulti st s of
all countr i es b ei ng p referred for variou s rea son s
, .

S om e o f th e rea son s o f th i s pr eferenc e a s foll ow s :

( a ) Th e ability to sh ift th e vi sion and to turn ,

a r oun d alm o st a s well a s in th e ca se o f a ctual

—
a stral b o dy proj ection th i s give s quite an a d
-

v anta ge t o thi s m eth od over th e m eth od o f o rd i

nary clairvoyance ; ( b ) it d oe s away with certain
“ ”
d i sadvantage s of goin g out into th e a stral i n
th e a stral b ody wh ich only tra in ed occulti st s
-
,

r ealize— i t giv e s alm o st th e sam e re sult s a s

a stral b o dy clairvoyance with out a number o f
-
,

di sadvantage s and inconvenience s .

In India e specially th i s form of clair v oyan ce

, ,

i s com paratively frequent Thi s b y rea son of th e

.

fact that th e H indu s a s a race are far m or e

, ,

p sychi c th an a re th o se o f th e We stern lan d s al l ,

el se con sidered ; and b e s i de s th er e are a m uch

, ,

greate r numb er o f h ighly d evel op e d occult i st s

th ere th an i n th e We st M oreover th ere i s a
.
,

cer t ain p sych i c atm o sph ere surrounding India ,

by r ea son o f it s th ou sand s of year s of d eep i n

t e r e s t in th ings p sychi c and sp i ritual all o f wh i ch ,

rend ers th e pro duction o f p sych i c ph enomen a far

ea s i er than i n oth er land s .

I n India m oreover we find many in stance s o f

, ,
STRAN GE ASTRAL P H ENO MEN A 231

a noth er form o f p sychic or a stral ph enom en a I ,

.

allude t o th e p ro duction of thought form p i cture s -

wh i ch are pla i nly vi sibl e to o n e or m ore per son s .

Thi s pha se of p sych ic ph enom ena i s th e real b a si s

for many of th e wonder tal e s wh ich We stern
travell er s bring back with them from India Th e .

wonderful ca s e s of magical appearanc e o f l i ving

creature s a n d p lant s a n d oth er obj ect s out of th e
. ,

clear air are th e r e sult of th i s p sychic ph enom ena .

That i s t o say th e creature s an d o bj ect s are not

,

—
really pro duced th ey are but a stral ap pearance s
re sultin g from th e proj ection of powerful
th ought f orm s f rom th e m ind o f th e magician o r
-

oth er wond er worker o f wh om India ha s a pl e n

-
,

tiful supply E ven th e i gnorant fakir s ( I u se th e

.

word i n it s tru e sen se not in th e sen se given it by

,

A merican slan g ) — even th e se i ti n e r e n t sh owm en

of p sych i c phenom ena are abl e to produce ph e
,

n o m e n a o f th i s kind wh ich seem s miraculou s to

tho se witne s sing th em A s for th e t rain ed o c

.

cu l ti st s of India I may say that their fea t s ( wh en

,

th ey d eign t o produce th em ) seem to overturn

every th eory an d principl e o f material i stic ph i
l o s o phy and science B ut i n n early every ca se th e
.

explanation i s th e sam e— th e proj ection o f a

strong and clear thought form o n a large scal e -
.

A l th ough I hav e purpo sely omitted reference

t o H i ndu p sych ic ph enom ena in th i s b ook ( for
th e rea son given i n my Intro duction ) I fin d i t
nece ssary to quote ca se s i n India i n th i s connec
t i on f o r t h e simpl e rea son that th ere are but few
,

counterpart s i n th e We stern world Th ere are .

no i t i n e r e n t w onder wor k er s o f th i s k i nd i n
-
2 32 C L A I RVOY AN C E

We stern land s and th e trained occulti st s of the

,

We st of cour se woul d n ot con sent t o perform

feat s o f th i s kind for th e amu sem ent o f per son s
seeking m erely sen sation s Th e trained will s of .

th e W e st ar e given rath er to m at erial izing o b

je ct i v e l y o n th e physical plan e creating great ,

railroad s buil dings bridge s etc from th e m e n

, , ,
.
,

tal picture s rath er than d evoting th e sam e tim e

, ,

energy and will to th e pro duction of a stral

th ough form s an d p icture s Th ere i s a great d if
-
.

ferenc e i n t emperament a s well a s a di fference i n

,

th e gen eral p sych ic atm o sph ere b etween E a st ,

a n d We st wh ich serve s t o explain matt er s of

,

th i s kind .

A n A m erican writer truly say s : Th e fi rst

principl e underlying th e wh ol e bu sin es s of H indu
wond er —working i s that o f a strong will ; a n d th e
fir st neces sary condition o f pro ducing a magical
e ffect i s a n increa se in th e power of th ought Th e .

H indu s owing to that int en se l ov e for solitary

,

m editation wh ich ha s b een o n e of th e m o st pro

,

n o u n ce d charact eri stic s from tim e immemoria l ,

hav e acquired m ental facultie s o f which we of th e

We st ern a n d younger civilizat i on are totally i g
’
n ora n t
. Th e H in du h a s attain ed a pa st ma ster s
degre e i n speculativ e ph ilo sophy H e ha s for .

year s retired for m editation to th e silent place s

i n hi s land l ived a h erm it subdued th e body and
, ,

d evel oped th e m ind thu s winnin g control over

,
”
oth er mind s .

I n I n di a I hav e seen scene s o f far di stant place s

,

ap pearing a s a m irage i n cl ear air even th e colors ,

b eing pre sent to th e s c ene s Th i s t h ough som e .

,
2 34 C L A I RVOY A N C E

m a ngo t ree th ere and n ever wa s out si d e of th e

, ,

m i n d of th e m agician a n d th e mind s of hi s
audience .

I n th e sam e way th e magician will se em t o

,

thro w th e e n d of a rope up into th e air It travel s .

far up unt i l th e e n d i s lo st sigh t o f Th en h e .

send s a b oy climb i n g up after it until h e too di s ,

a ppear s from sight Th en h e cau se s th e whol e

.

thing t o di sapp ear a n d lo ! th e boy i s seen stand

,

i n g am ong th e audience Th e b oy i s real o f .

,
—
cour se b ut h e never l eft th e spo t th e re st wa s
,

all a n ap p earance cau sed by th e m i n d and w i ll

o f th e mag i cian p i ctured i n th e a stral a s a
,

th ough t f orm I n th e sam e way th e ma gi cian

-
.

w i ll seem t o cut th e boy i nt o b it s an d th en cau se ,

th e se v er ed part s t o sprin g to geth er a n d r e a s s e m

bl e t h em selve s Th e se feat s may b e varied i n
.

d efin i tel y but th e principl e i s ever th e sam e

th ought form proj ection
-
.

We stern vi sitor s h av e sought t o obtain ph oto

graph s o f th e se feat s o f th e H indu magician s but ,

th e i r plat e s and film s i nvar i ab l y sh ow noth i ng

wha t eve r except th e ol d fak i r s i ttin g q u i etly i n .

th e c en t re w i th a p ecul iar expres sion i n h i s eye s

,
.

Th i s i s a s mi gh t b e expect e d for t h e p i cture ,

ex i st s only i n th e a stral and i s perce i ved only by

,

t h e awa k ene d a stral sen se s o f th o se pre sent ,

wh i ch h ave b een stimulate d i nto act i vity by th e

p ower o f th e m ag i cian— by sym path et i c vibra
t i on t o b e exact Moreover i n certa i n i n stance s
, .
,

i t ha s been found th at th e vi sion i s confin ed to a

lim i ted area ; p er son s out s i d e o f th e lim i t r i n g se e -

noth ing and tho se m oving n earer to th e ma g i c ian

,
ST RA N GE A STRA L P H ENO MENA 2 35

l o s e s i ght of what th ey had previou sly seen .

T h er e are sc i ent i fic rea son s for th i s la st fact ,

whi ch n ee d no t b e gone into at t h i s place Th e .

m a i n po i nt I am seekin g t o brin g out i s th at th e se

w on d erful scen e s are simply an d wholly thought
f orm p i cture s i n th e a stral perce i ved by th e
,

a w a k ened a stral vi sion of th o se pre sent Th i s to .

—
b e sure i s wonderful enough b ut still n o m iracl e
ha s been worked !
I may m ention h ere that the se ma gi c i an s be gi n
th e i r training from early youth I n add ition to .

certa i n in struction concerning a stral ph enom ena

which i s handed down from fath er t o s o n among
“
th em t h ey are set t o wor k practicin g v i sualiza
”
tion o f th ings previou sly perceived Th ey are .

set to wor k upon say a ro se Th e y m u st i m

, , .

pre s s upon th eir m em ory th e perfect picture o f

th e ro se— n o ea sy matter I m ay tell you Th en
, .

they p roceed t o more di fficul t obj ect s sl owl y and,

gradually along well known prin cipl e s of

,

m emory d evelopment . A long with th i s th ey

pr a ct ic e th e ar t of reproducing that w h ich th ey
rememb er— proj ecting i t i n th ought form sta t e -
.

A n d so th e young m a gic i an pro ceed s from s im ,

p l e t o com ple x things ; from ea sy t o di fficult ;

unt i l fi nally h e i s pron ounced fit t o give publ ic
, ,

e xh i bit i on s. A l l th i s ta k e s year s a n d years

so m etime s th e b oy grow s to b e a m i d dle aged -

m a n b efore h e i s allowed to publ i cly exh ib i t h i s

power Imagine a We st ern boy or man b e i n g
.

wi lling t o study from earl y ch ildh oo d t o mid dle

a g e b e f ore h e may h ope to b e abl e t o sh ow w h a t
“
h e h a s b een l earn i ng ! Verily th e Ea st i s Ea st ,
2 36 C L A I RVOY A N C E

an d th e We st i s We st —th e two pol e s of h uman

a c tiv i ty an d ex p re s sion .

A n oth er pha se o f p sych ic a stral phenom ena

w h ich sh oul d b e m ent i oned although it i s mani
,

fe s t e d but com p aratively seld om i s that which ,

“ “
ha s b een call ed Telekin e si s B y th e term t el e
.

”
kin e si s i s m eant that cla s s of ph en om ena wh ich
manife st s in th e m ovement of physical obj ect s
with out physical contac t with th e p er son r e s po n
s i bl e for th e m ovem ent I und er stan d that th e
.

term it self wa s coined b y P rofes sor C owe s with ,

wh o se work s I am not per sonally familiar It i s .

d er i ved from th e two Greek word s tel e m eaning ,

” “ ”
far o ff and k ine si s m eanin g to m ove
, , .

Thi s cla s s o f ph enom ena i s kn own better i n th e

We stern w orl d by rea son of it s manife station in
spir i tuali stic circl e s in th e m ovem ent of tabl e s ,

etc ; t h e knocking or tappin g on tab le s an d d oor s

.
,

etc ; all of wh ich are u sually attributed to th e

.

“
work of spirit s but which occulti st s know are
,

generally produced co n ci o u s l y or uncon sciou sly

, ,

by m ean s o f th e power i n th e m edium o r oth er s

pre sent s om etim e s b oth I woul d say h ere that
,
.

I am n ot try i n g to di scred i t genuin e spir i tual i stic

ph enom ena— I am n ot con si dering th e sam e i n
th e se l e sson s A ll that I wi sh to say i s that many
.

o f th e ph enom ena commonly attributed t o

“
sp i rit s are really but re sult s o f th e p sych i c
force s inh erent i n th e living human b eing .

Under certa i n condition s th er e may appear i n

th e ca se of a per son strongly p sychic and al so ,

strongl y charged with prana th e ab il ity t o ex ,

t end a portion of th e a stral b ody t o a con siderabl e

2 38 C L A I RVO YA N C E

flo or a n d p u sh u p th e physical body in t o th e a i r ,

and th en propel it along Th ere are many co m .

plex t echn i cal detail s to th e se manife station s ,

h owever and i n a gen eral state m ent t h e se m u s t

,

b e om i tted .

S om e wh o are firmly wedd ed to th e spir i t i st ic

th eory re sent th e statem ent o f occulti st s that
th i s form of ph enom ena may b e explained w i thi
“ ”
o ut th e nece s sity o f th e spirit s B ut th e b e s t
.

gro u nd for th e st a tem ent o f th e o ccult i st s i s that

many a dvan ced occulti st s are abl e to pro duce
such ph en om ena co n s ci o u s l y, by an act o f pure
'

w i ll accom panied by th e p ower o f m ental p ic

,

turing Th ey fir st pictur e th e a stral exten sion

.
,

a n d th en will th e proj ection of th e a stral and th e

pa s sage o f th e prana ( or vital forc e ) aroun d th e
pattern of th e m ental image In th e ca se of
.

som e very h igh ly d evelo ped occulti st s th e a stral

t h ought form of th eir body b ecom e s so charged
-

with prana th at it i s abl e t o m ove physical o b

je c t s Th
. er e are n ot m ere th eorie s for th ey may ,

b e verifi ed by any occulti st of suffi ciently h igh

d evel o pm ent .

I d o not wi sh to intimat e that th e m edium s

are aware of th e true nature of th i s ph enom ena ,

an d con sciou sly d ec eive th eir foll owers O n th e .

contrary m o st of th em fi rm ly believe that it i s

,
“ ”
th e spir it s wh o d o th e work ; unaware th at th ey
are uncon sciou sly proj ecting th eir a stral bodies ,

charged with p rana and perform i n g th e feat

,

th em selve s Th e b e st m ediu m s h owever w i ll

.
, ,
“ ”
generally tell you that th ey strongly w i sh
th a t th e th ing be d one and a l ittle cro ss e xa m i
,
-
S T RA N GE ASTRA L PH ENO MENA 2 39

n a t i on wi ll reveal th e fact that th ey g en erally

m a k e a c l ear m ental picture o f th e actual hap
p enin g j u st before it occurs A s I h a ve already
.

stated h owever th e b e st p roof i s th e f act that

, ,

a dvance d o cculti st s are abl e to dupl i cat e th e ph e !

n o m e n a d elib erately con sciou sly a n d at will

, ,
I .

d o not think that d etra ct s from th e wond er an d

“ ”
i ntere st in th e s o called spiriti sti c ph eno m ena ;
-

o n th e contrary I th ink that it add s to i t

,
.

“
A ga i n i nvading th e realm of th e sp i rit s I ,

wo u l d say that o cculti st s kn ow that many ca se s

“ ”
o f s o c alled materializati on o f spirit form s
- -

take place b y rea son o f th e uncon sci ou s pr o je c

t i on o f th e a stral body o f th e m edium M oreover .
,

such a proj ection of th e a stral body may tak e o n

t h e appearance o f som e departed soul by rea son ,

o f th e m ental picture of that p er son in t h e mind

o f th e m edium . B ut it may b e a sk ed i f th e
,

m ed i um ha s n ever seen th e d ead person h ow ca n ,

h e or sh e mak e a m ental picture o f hi m o r h er .

Th e an swer i s that th e m in d s o f th e p er son s

p r e s ent wh o k new th e d ead per son ten d t o i n flu
en ce t h e appearance of th e n eb ul ou s sp i rit for m .

I n fact i n m o st ca se s th e medium i s unabl e t o

,

produce th e ph enom enon with out th e p sychic

a ssi stance o f tho se i n th e circl e I n th i s ca se
. .

al so I would say that th e advanced occulti st i s

,

able t o duplicate th e ph enom ena at will a s all ,

wh o have enj oyed th e privil ege o f clo se ac q uaint

ance with such p erson s are aware .

Th e fact th e m edium i s u sually i n a tranc e co n

di tion aid s materially i n th e ea se w i th w h i c h t h e
ph enomena are p roduced W i th th e con sc i ou s
.
2 40 C LAI RVOY A N C E

mi n d s tilled a n d th e sub con sc i ou s m ind act i ve

, ,

t h e a stral phenom ena are p ro duced with much

l es s troubl e than would b e th e ca se i f th e m edium
were i n th e ordinary cond i t i on .

N o w I wi sh to i m pres s up on th e mind s of
,

tho se of my r eader s wh o h ave a strong sym pathy

for th e spiriti stic teachings that I recognize th e
validity and genuin en e s s of much of the ph e
n o m e n a of spiriti sm — I kn o w th ese th in gs t o b e

true for that matt er ; it i s not a matter o f m ere

,

belief o n my part B ut I al so know that much of

.

th e s o call ed sp iriti stic ph enomena i s po s sibl e

-
,

“ ”
with out th e ai d of spirit s but by th e employ ,

m ent o f th e p sych ic a stral force s and power s a s

stated i n th e se l e sson s I see n o rea son for any
.

h one st inve sti gator o f spiriti sm to b e o ffend ed at

such stat em ent s for it d oe s not take away from
,

th e wonder o f th e ph enomena ; a n d do e s not d i s

cred i t th e motive s a n d p ower of th e m ed ium s .

We mu st search for truth wh erever it i s to b e

fo und ; a n d we mu st n ot seek t o d odge th e result s
o f our inve stigation s Th ere i s to o much w o n
.

de r fu l ph enomena i n sp iriti sm t o b egrud ge th e

explanation that th e occulti st o ff er s for certain of
i t s p h a se s .

Whil e I am o n th e subj ect of mat erial ization

h owever I would direct the attention of th e stu
,
“
d ent t o m y l ittl e book entitl ed Th e A stral
”
World i n which I have explain ed b riefly th e
,

ph enom ena o f th o se plane s of t h e a stral i n which

dwell th e ca st o ff sh ell s o f soul s wh ich have
-

m oved o n to th e h igh er plan e s of th e great a stral

world . I hav e th ere sh own that many a stral
2 42 C L A I RVOY A N C E

and fu n ti o n e d on a plan e h igh er than t h e m I .

th ink that th e student o f th e pre sent l es s on s wi l l

b e ab l e t o p oint out th e nature o f th e p h eno m en a
m an i fe sted b y th i s me di um an d al so t h e source
,

o f h er power I f n ot I s h all f ee l di sa p po i nte d a t

.
,

my w o r k o f i n s t ru cti on
.
 LESS ON XV I .

P SY C H I C I NF L UE N C E ; I T S L A W S AN D
P R I N C I P LE S

On e of th e pha se s of p sychic phenomena that

act iv ely engage th e att ention of th e stud ent from
th e very beginning i s that which may b e called
P sych i c Influence B y thi s term i s m eant th e i n
.

—
flu e n ci n g of o n e m ind b y anoth er th e e ffect of
one m i n d over anoth er Th ere ha s been much .

wr i t t en an d said o n thi s pha se of th e general sub

je ct i n recent year s but few wr i ter s h o w e v e r
, , ,

ha v e gone d eeply i nto th e matter .

In th e fir st place m o st o f th e wr i te r s o n th e
,

s u bj ect s ee k to explain th e wh ol e thing by m e a n s

of ord inary t elepathy B ut th i s i s m erely a one
.

s i ded V iew o f th e truth o f th e matter F o r wh i l e .

,

ordinary t el e p athy plays a n i m p ortant p a r t i n th e

p h enom ena still th e h igh er form of t el epathy
, ,

i e a stral th ought tran sference i s frequently i n

. .
,
-
,

v olve d Th e stud ent wh o h as followed m e i n th e

.

preced i n g l e sson s w i ll und er stand read i ly w hat I

m e a n w h en I say th i s so t h e r e i s n o n e c e ss i ty f o r
,

repet i t i on o n t h i s po i nt at th i s p l ace .

A t t h i s point h owever I mu st a s k th e s tu d en t
, ,

to con s i der th e i dea o f p sych ic v i bration s and th e i r

in d uct i v e po w er I t i s a great pr i nci pl e o f occult
.

i sm a s well a s o f m od ern science that every

, ,

—
th ing i s i n a state of vibration everyth i n g ha s
i t s o w n rate o f vib ration and i s con stantly man i,

fe stin g i t E v ery m ental stat e i s accom pan i e d by

.

v ibr a tion o f it s o w n plan e ; every em otional stat e

2 44 C LAI RVOY A N C E

o r f ee l i n g h as i t s o w n part i cular rate o f v i br a

t i on Th e se ra t e s of vibration s manife st j u st a s
.

d o th e v ib rat i on s o f mu sical soun d wh ich pro duc e

t h e s everal not e s on th e s cal e on e r i sing ab o v e
,

th e oth er i n ra t e o f v i brat i on B ut th e scal e of

.

m ental an d em otional s tat e s i s far m ore compl ex ,

a nd far m or e extend ed than i s th e m u sical scal e ;

th ere are thou sand s of di fferent note s and half ,

n ote s o n th e m ental scal e Th ere are harm onie s

,
.

an d di scord s on that scal e al so ,

.

To th o se to wh om vib ration s s eem to b e som e

th i ng m erely conn ecte d with sound wave s et c -
,
.
,

I w oul d say th a t a gen eral a nd ha sty glance at

som e el em en t ary wor k o n physi cal sci ence will
show th at even th e di ff erent shade s hue s and ,

t i n t s o f t h e color s p erceiv ed by u s ari se from dif

fe r e n t rat e s of vibration s C olor i s noth i n g more
.

than th e re sult o f certain rate s o f vibration s of

light record ed b y our sen se s and inter pret ed by
our m ind s From th e l ow vi bration s o f red t o
.

th e h ig h v i bration s o f v i ol et al l th e variou s col or s

,

o f th e sp ec t rum h av e th eir o w n particular rat e of

vi bra ti on A n d more than th i s sci ence know s
.
, ,

t h at b el ow t h e l owest red v i brat i on s a n d above ,

th e high e s t v i ol et vib ration s th ere are oth er vi

,

br a t i o n s which our sen se s ar e unab le to r ecord ,

but wh i ch scientific i n strument s regi ster T he .

rays o f light b y wh i ch photograph s are ta k en are

n ot percei v ed by th e eye Th ere are a n umber of
.

s o c alle d ch em ic a l rays o f ligh t wh i ch th e eye

-

d oe s not p erce iv e bu t wh i ch may b e caught by

,

d el i ca t e i n st r ument s Th ere i s what sc i ence ha s

.

“ ”
ca l l e d d ar k l i gh t w h ich will photograph i n a
,
2 46 C L A I RVOYAN C E

Th u s h eat i n o n e obj ect tend s t o i nduce h e a t

,

i n an oth er obj ect with in it s ran ge of i nduction

“ ”
th e h eated o bj ect throw s o ff h eat vi brat i on s
wh ich set up corre spon d i n g vi b rat i on s i n th e
n ear by secon d obj ect a n d m ak e it h ot L ik ewi se
- .
,

th e vibration s of l ight striking upon oth er obj ect s

rend er th em capabl e o f radiat i ng l i ght A gain .
,

a magnet will i nduce m agn et i sm i n a pi ece o f

steel su sp end ed n e a rby th ough th e t w o obj ect s ,

d o not ac t ually t ouch each oth er A n o bj ec t .

which i s el ectrifi ed will by induction el ectrify

anoth er obj ect s i tuated som e d i stan ce away A .

no t e sounded on th e p iano or v i ol in will cau se a , ,

gla s s or va se i n som e d i stant part o f th e room to

“ ”
vibrat e an d s i ng und er certa i n con diti on s
,
.

A nd s o on i n every form o r ph a se o f th e mani

, ,

fe s ta t i o n o f energy d o we see th e prin cipl e o f i n

duction in full o perat i on an d manife station .

O n th e plane of ordinary thought an d em otion

‘

we find m any i n stance s of th i s princi pl e o f i nduc

tion We know that on e p er son vibrating strongly
.

w i th happ i n e s s o r sorrow ch eerfuln es s or anger , ,

a s th e ca se may b e ten d s t o commun icate h i s

,

feeling an d emot i onal sta t e t o th o s e w ith wh o m

h e c om e s i n contact A ll of you h a ve seen a .

whol e room full of p er son s a ff ect ed and i n flu

e n ce d i n t h i s way under certain c i rcum stance s
, .

You have al so seen h ow a magn etic orato r ,

preach er s i nge r or ac t or i s ab l e t o i nduce i n h i s

,

audience a state of em otional vibration corre

s po n di n g t o that manife sted b y h im sel f I n th e .

“ ”
sam e mann er th e m ental atmo sph ere s o f town s ,

c i tie s etc are induced

, .
,
.
 P SY C H I C I N FLUEN C E 2 47

A w el l k nown w r i ter o n th i s subj ect h a s

-

“
t r u t h fully tol d u s : We all know h ow gre a t
w a v e s of feeling s p rea d o v er a to w n c i ty o r ,

c ountry sweepin g p eopl e o ff th eir b al ance Great

,
.

w a v e s o f political enth u sia sm or war spir i t or

,
-
,

prej ud i ce for or again st certain p er son s sweep ,

o v er place s and cau se m e n t o act i n a manner

that th ey w i ll afterward regret wh en th ey com e
to th em sel v e s and con sider th eir act s in cold
b lood Th ey will b e swayed by d emagogue s or
.

magne t ic l ead er s wh o wi sh to gain th eir vote s or

p a trona g e ; a n d th ey will b e l ed into act s of mob
viol ence or sim ilar atrociti e s by y i el ding to
, ,

the se wave s o f contagiou s th ought O n th e oth er .

h and w e al l know h ow great wave s o f religiou s

,

feeling sweep over a community upon th e occa

‘ ”
sion of som e great revival excitement or fervor
’
.

Th e se things being perceived a n d recognize d ,

a s true th e n ext que stion that pre sent s it self to

,
“
th e m ind of th e int el li gent stud ent i s thi s : B ut
what c au se s th e di ff erence in p ower and e ffect be
tween th e th ough t and feeling vi brati on s of d i f
-

”
fe r e n t per son s ? Th i s que stion i s a valid on e ,

an d ari se s from a perception o f th e underlying

v a riety a n d di ff erence in th e thought vibration s
of d i ff erent p er son s Th e difference my student s
.
, ,

i s cau se d by three principal fact s viz ( l ) di ff er , .

,

ence i n degree of feeling ; ( 2 ) d ifference in degree

o f v i sual ization ; a n d ( 3) di fference i n d egree o f
concentration Let u s exam in e each o f th e se su c
.

ce s s i v e l y so a s to get at th e underlying princi ple

, .

Th e element of em otional feelin g i s like th e

el ement of fire i n th e product i on of steam Th e .
2 48 C LAI RVOYAN C E

m or e v i v i d and inten se th e feel i ng or emo t ion ,

th e gr eater th e degree of h eat and force t o th e

th ou g ht wav e or vibratory stream proj ecte d .

You will b eg i n to see why th e th ought vib rat i on s

of t ho se animated a n d filled with strong d e sire ,

stron g w i sh stron gamb i t i on et c mu st b e m ore

, , .
,

forceful than th o s e o f per son s o f th e o p po s it e

type .

Th e person w h o i s fi ll e d w i th a strong d e s i r e ,

w i sh or a m bit i on wh ich ha s b een fann ed into a

,

fi erce bl a ze by attention i s a dynam i c power ,

among oth er per son s a n d hi s i nfluence i s felt In , .

f a c t i t may b e a s serted that a s a gener a l rul e n o

,

p er son i s a bl e t o i nfluence m e n an d th ings unle s s

h e h a ve a strong d esire wi sh or ambition with in ,

h im Th e p ower o f d e sir e i s a wond erful on e a s

.
,

all o ccult i st s k n ow a n d i t w i ll accompli sh much

,

even if th e oth er el em ent s b e l acking ; wh il e i n ,

proper comb i nat i on with oth er principl e s it w i ll

accom pli sh wonder s Likew i se a strong i nter e s t
.
,

i n a th ing w i ll cau se a certain strength t o th e

thought vibrat i on s connecte d th er ew i th Inter
-
.

e s t i s really a n em ot i onal feeling th ou g h we gen ,

e r a l l y th i n k o f i t a s m erely someth ing conn ected

with th e intell ect A col d intell ectual th ought ha s
.

very l i ttl e force unl e s s bac k e d up by strong i n

,

t e r e s t an d concentrat i on B ut any i ntell ectual.

th ough t backed u p w i th int ere st an d focu sed by ,

concentration will produce very strong th ou ght

,

v ib rat i on s with a mar k ed induct i ve p ower

, .

N ow le t u s con sider th e subj ect o f v i suali z a

,

t i on Every per son k now s that th e per son wh o

.

w i sh e s to accom pl i sh anyth i n g or wh o exp ect s ,

2 50 C L A I R V OY A N C E

th e as t r al p lan e we b e gi n t o see w h at a n i m
p o rt a nt part i s played th ere b y stron g m ental
im age s or vi sualized i dea s Th e b ett er you k n o w
.

what you d e sire wi sh or a spire to th e stronger

, ,

wil l b e your thought vibrati on s of that thing o f ,

cour se Well th en th e stronger that you are

.
, ,

abl e to picture th e th ing i n your mind— to vi sual

i z e i t t o your self— th e stronger will b e your
actual kn owl edge and thought form o f t h at th in g -
.

In stead o f your th ought vibration s b eing groupe d

i n n eb ul ou s form s lac k ing shap e an d d i stinct
,

fi gu re a s in th e ordinary ca se ; wh en you form

,

s trong cl ear m ental i mage s of what you d esire

,

o r wi sh t o accompli s h th en d o th e th ough vibra

,

t i on s group th em selve s in clea r strong di stinct ,

form s Th i s being done wh en th e m ind o f oth er

.
,

per son s are affected by in duction th ey get th e

clear i dea o f th e th ought and feelin g i n your
min d and are strongly influ enced th ereby
, .

A l i ttle later on I shall call your attention to

,

th e A ttract ive P ower of Th ought B ut at th i s .

point I wi sh t o say to you that wh il e th ough t

c ertainly attract s to you th e th ings that you
thin k of th e mo st still th e power of th e a t t r a c
,

i o n d epen d s very m aterially upon th e cl earn e s s

an d di stinctne s s of the m ental image or th ought ,

vi sualization of th e de s i red th i ng that you have

,

s et u p i n your mind Th e nearer you ca n actually

.

see th e thing a s you wi sh it t o happen even to ,

th e general d etail s th e stronger will b e th e a t

,

t ra ctive force th ereof B ut I shall l eave th e d i s

.
,

cu s s i o n of th i s pha se o f the subj ect unt i l I reach

it i n i t s p r oper order For the p r e sent I s h a ll
.
,
 P S Y C H I C I N F L UE N C E 251

c o n t en t m yself w i th urgi n g u pon you t h e i mpor t

ance of a cl ear m ental i mage or v i sual i ze d ,

t h o u gh t i n th e m atter o f giv i ng force and di r e c

,

ti on to t h e i dea i n d uced i n th e m ind s o f oth er

p er son s In ord er for th e oth er p erson s to actu
.

all y per c e iv e clearly th e i dea or feeling i nduced

i n th em i t i s n ece ssary that th e idea or feeling b e
,

s tron g ly vi sualized i n th e m in d orig i nating i t ;

t hat i s th e w h ol e thin g i n on e senten ce .

Th e n ext point of i mportance in th ou ght i n flu -

ence by induction i s that wh ich i s con cern ed

,

wi th th e p ro ce s s of concentration C oncentra .

ti on i s th e act of m ental focu sing or bringing t o,

a singl e p oint or centre I t i s like th e work of

.

t h e s u n gla s s th at converges th e rays of th e s u n

-

t o a singl e tiny p oint thu s imm en sely increasing

,

i t s h eat an d power O r it i s lik e th e fin e p oint of

.
,

a ne edl e that w i l l force it s way through wh ere a

blunt thing cannot p enetrate O r it i s l ike th e.
,

strongly concentrated e s sence of a ch emical sub

s t ance o i wh ich o n e d rop i s a s powerful a s on e
,

p int of th e original th ing Think of th e coneen

.

t r a t e d powe r of a tiny drop of attar of ro se s— i t

ha s w i thi n it s tiny space th e concentrated odor
o f thou san d s o f ro se s ; on e drop of it will mak e
a pint o f extract an d a gallon of weaker per
,

fu m e r y ! Th i n k of th e concentrated power i n a
l ightning fla sh a s c ontra sted with th e sam e
,

a m ount of el ectricity di ffu sed over a large area .

O r th i n k o f th e harmle s s fla sh of a smal l amount

,

o f gun p owd er ignited i n th e open air a s co n ,

t r a s t e d wi th t h e i gnit i on of th e sam e amount of

2 52 C LAI R VOY A N C E

p owder co m p elled to e sca p e th rough th e smal l

op ening in th e gun barrel -
.

Th e occult t eachings lay great stre s s upon th i s

p ower of m ental concentration A ll stud ent s o f
.

th e occult d evot e much tim e and care to th e culti

vation o f th e power s o f con centration and th e ,

d evelo pm ent of th e ab il i ty t o em pl oy th em . Th e
a v erage per son po s se s ses but a very small am ount
o f c oncentration an d i s abl e to concentrat e hi s
,

mind for b ut a few m om ent s at a tim e Th e

t ra i ned t h inker obtain s much of h i s m ental
power from h i s acquire d ab ility to concentrat e o n
h i s ta s k The o cculti st train s h im sel f in fixing
.

h i s concentrated attent i on u pon th e matter be

fore h im so a s to br i ng to a fo c al c entre all o f
,

hi s m ental forc e s .

Th e m ind i s a very re stl e s s th in g and i s i n ,

cl i n e d t o dance from one thing t o anoth er t i rin g ,

o f each th i ng aft er a few moment s con sid eration ’

thereo f Th e av erage p er son allow s h i s i n v o l u n

.

tary att ent i on t o re st upon every triflin g th ing ,

and t o b e d i strac t ed by th e idl e st appeal s t o th e

sen ses H e fi nd s i t m o st di ffi cult t o eith er shut
.

out th es e di strac ti n g ap p eal s to th e sen se s and ,

e qually h ard t o h ol d t h e a ttent i on t o som e un i n

t e r e s t i n g th i ng
. H i s attent i on i s almo st free o f
control by th e w i ll and th e p er son i s a slave t o
,

h i s p ercept i ve power s and t o h i s imagination i n ,

stead o f b e i ng a m a st er of b oth .

Th e o cculti st on th e contrary ma ster s h i s a t

, ,

t ent i on and control s h i s imagination H e force s

, .

t h e on e to concentrat e wh en h e wi sh es i t to d o
so ; an d h e com pe l s t h e lat t er t o form th e m en t a l
2 54 C L A I RVOY A N C E

attract i ve obj ect s or subj ect s A n d th i s al l serve s .

t o train th e will r em emb er ; for th e wil l i s a c

,

t i v e l y concerned i n every act o fw o l u n t a r y atten

t i on I n fact att ention o f th i s k in d i s on e o f th e
.
,

m o st im portant and charact er i stic act s of th e wi ll .

S o a s you s ee i n ord er to b e succe s sful i n i n

'

, ,

flu e n ci n g th e m ind s o f oth er s by m ean s of m ental

i nduction you mu st fir st cultivate a strong feel
,

ing o f intere st i n th e id ea wh ich you wi sh to i n

d uc e i n th e oth er p er son or a strong d e sire to ,

pro duce th e thing Intere st an d d e sire con sti

.

tute th e fire wh ich generate s th e stream of will

from th e water o f m ind a s som e occulti st s h ave ,

stated it S econdly you mu st cultivat e th e

.
,

faculty o f form in g stron g an d cl ear m ental

image s o f th e id ea or feel in g you wi sh t o so i n
“ ”
duce ; you mu st l earn to actually see th e th ing
i n your imaginati on so a s t o give th e i dea
,

strength an d cl earne s s Th irdly you mu st l earn

.
,

t o concentrate your m ind an d attention u pon th e

id ea o r feel ing sh utting out all oth er id ea s an d
,

feelings for th e tim e b ein g ; thu s you give co n

ce n t r a t e d forc e and power t o th e vi bration s an d
th ought form s which you are proj ecting
-
.

Th e s e th re e principl e s un derl ie all of th e m a ny

form s o f m ental induction or m ental influen c e ,
.

We fin d th em i n active op erat i on i n ca se s i n
wh ich th e person i s seekin g to attract to h i m self
certain condit i on s environm ent per son s th i ngs
, , , ,

o r channel s o f expre s sion by setting i nto m ot i on ,

t h e great law s o f mental attraction We see .

th em al so e mp loye d w h en th e per son i s en d e a v o r

i ng t o pro d u c e an e ff ec t u pon th e mi n d o f some
 P SY C H I C I N F LUE N C E 2 55

p a r tic ular person o r numb er o f per son s W e see

, .

th em i n force in all ca se s of m ental or p sychic

h ealing und er whatever form it may be em
,

ployed I n short th ese are general principl e s

.
, ,

and m u st th erefore underl ie all form s and ph a se s

of m ental or p sych ic influence Th e sooner th e .

student real ize s thi s fact and th e more actively,

doe s h e set h im self t o work in cultivating and

d evel oping th ese principle s within him sel f th e ,

more succe ssful and e ffi ci ent will h e becom e i n

th i s fi el d o f p sych ic r esearch a n d inve stigation .

It i s largely i n th e d egree of th e cultivation of

th e se three m ent a l princi pl e s that th e occulti st i s
di stin gui sh ed from th e ordinary man .

I t may b e th at you are not d e sirou s of culti

v a t i n g or p racticing th e power o f influencing
other per son s ps ychi ca ll y Well that i s for you .
,

to d ecid e for your self A t any rat e you wil l do

.
,

well to d ev el op your selve s along th e se line s at ,

lea st for self protecti on Th e cultivation o f .

the se three m ental principle s will tend to make

you active and po sitiv e p sych ically a s contra sted
, ,

w i th th e pa s sive n egative m ental state of th e

,

average p er son B y b ecomi n g m entally active

.

and po sit i ve you will b e abl e to r e s i st any p sychi c

influence that may b e directed toward your self ,

an d to surroun d yoursel f with a protect i ve aura

of po sitive activeymental vibration s
,
.

A nd moreover if you ar e d e sirou s of p ur suing

, ,

your inve stigation s o f p sych i c and a stral ph e

n om en a you will find it of great importance t o
,

cultivate and d evel op th e se th ree principl e s i n

your mind For th en you will b e able t o bru sh
.
,
2 56 C LAI RVO Y A N C E

a sid e all d i stracting influenc e s an d to proceed at

,

once t o th e ta sk b efore you with power cl ear

, ,

ne s s an d strength o f purp o se and m eth od .

In th e following chapters I shal l give you a

m ore o r l e s s d etail ed pre sentation o f th e variou s
pha se s or form s of p sych ic influence Som e o f .

th e se may seem at fir st to b e som eth ing inde

p end ent of th e general principl e s B ut I a sk that
.

you carefully analyze all o f th e se so a s to di s

,

c ov er that th e sam e fundam ental principl e s are

und er an d back o f each an d ev ery in stance pre
sented Wh en you once fully gra sp th i s fact an d
.
,

perfect your selve s i n th e few fundam ental pr i nci

pl e s th en you are well started o n th e road to
,

ma stery o f all th e variou s pha se s o f p sych ic ph e

n om en a In stead o f puzzl ing your mind over a
.

h undred d i fferent pha se s o f d i sconn ected ph e

n o m e n a it i s b etter to ma ster th e few actual el e
,

m entary pr i ncipl e s and th en rea son deductively

,

from th e se t o th e variou s mani festation th ereo f .

M a ster th e p r i nc i ple s an d th en l earn t o apply

,

th em .
2 58 C L A I R VOYAN C E

ence th e mi n d s o f m en Grea t orator s p reach er s

.
, ,

s tat esmen a n d oth er s of thi s cla ss likew i se man i

, ,

f e st th e power strongly I n fact th e v ery sign of .

,

ability to influen ce and m anage oth er p er son s i s

ev i d ence of th e po s se s s i on an d m ani f e stat i on of
th i s mighty p ower .

I n d evel oping thi s po w er to i nfluence oth er s

d irectly an d personally you sh oul d b e gi n by i m ,

p r e s s i ng upon your mind th e princi pl e s stated i n

th e preceding chapter nam ely ( 1 ) Stron g D e ,

sire ; ( 2 ) C l ear V i sualization ; an d ( 3) C on e en

tr a ti o n .

You mu st b egin b y encouraging a strong d e

s i re i h your m i nd to b e a po s i tive ind i v id ual ; t o
exert an d manife st a po sitive influ ence o v er
oth er s with whom you com e i n contac t a n d ,

e s p ecially over th o se wh om you wi sh t o influence

i n som e particular mann er or direction You .

mu st l et th e fire of d e sire burn fi ercely wi th i n

you until it b ecom e s a s stron g a s p hysical h unger
,
“ ”
or th i rst You mu st want to a s you want t o
.

breath e to l ive You will fin d that th e m e n wh o

, .

accom pl i sh th e great things in l ife ar e th o se wh o

h ave strong d e sire burnin g i n th ei r b o som s .

There i s a strong radiative a n d i nductive power

—
in strong d e sire and wi sh i n fac t som e ha v e ,

th ought th i s th e main feature o f what we gen er

ally call stron g wil l power -
.

Th e n ext step of cour se i s t h e for mi n g o f a

, ,

cl ear po sitive d i stinct an d d ynam ic m ental pi c

, ,

ture of th e i dea or feel in g that you wi sh t o i n duce

i n th e oth er per son I f it i s an idea you sh oul d
.
,

m a k e a s t ron g cl ear picture of it in your imagina

 P E R SO N A L P S Y C H I C I N FLUEN C E 2 59

ti on so a s to give i t d i st i nctn es s a n d f orc e an d a

,

c lear outline I f i t i s a feelin g yo u sh ould picture

.
,

i t i n your imagination I f i t i s som eth ing that

.

you w i sh th e oth er per son to d o or some way i n ,

which you wi sh him to act yo u sh oul d p i cture

,

hi m a s doing th e th ing o r act i ng i n th at pa r ti cu

,

lar way B y so d oing you furni sh th e patt ern or

.

d e sign for th e induced m ental o r emotional states

you wi sh t o induce i n th e oth er p erson Upon .

th e cl earne s s a n d strength o f th e se m ental pat

tern s of th e imagination d epend s largely th e
p ower of th e induced i m pre ss i on .

Th e th ird step o f course i s th e concentrat i on

, ,

o f your mind upon th e impre s sion you wi sh to i h

duce in th e m in d o f th e oth er per son You m ust .

l earn to concentrat e so forcibly an d clearly that

th e idea will stand out clearly i n your m ind l ike a
bright star o f a dark night except that th ere ,

mu st b e only on e star in stead of th ousand s By .

s o d oing you really focu s th e entire force of you r

m ental an d p sychic energi es into that on e par
t i cu l a r id ea o r th ought Thi s make s it act l ike
.

t h e focu sed ray s i n th e sun gla s s or like th e

-
,

strong pip e stream of water that will brea k

-

down th e th i ng upon wh i ch it i s turned D i ffu sed .

th ought ha s b ut a comparatively wea k e ffect ,

wh erea s a concen t rated stream of th ough t vib ra

t i on s will forc e i t s way through ob stacle s .

R em emb er always th i s threefold m ental co n

, ,

dition : ( l ) ST R O N G D E S I R E ; ( 2 ) C L E A R
M E N T A L P I C TU R E ; an d ( 3) GO N GE N
T R A T E D TH O U GH T The greater th e d egree
.

i n wh ich you ca n man i fe st th e se three men t al

2 60 C LAI RV OY AN C E

c on diti on s th e gr eater w i ll b e you r s ucce s s i n any

,

fo r m o f p sych ic i nfluence d irect o r indirect per

, ,

sona l or g eneral pre sen t or di stant

,
.

B e f ore yo u p rocee d t o d evelop th e power to

i mp re s s a particular i dea or f eel i ng u pon th e mind
o f a no t h er per son you sh oul d fir st acquire a po si
,

t i ve m enta l atmo sph ere fo r your self Th i s m e n .

ta l atmo s ph er e i s pro d uced i n preci se l y th e sam e

w a y tha t you i n d uc e a sp ec i al id ea or feeling i n
the m i nd o f th e oth er per son That i s t o say you
.
,

fi rst strongly d e sir e it th en you cl early picture it

, ,

an d th en you apply concentrated th ought upon i t .

I w i l l a s sum e that you are filled with th e strong

de s i r e fo r a po sitive m ental atmo sph ere around
you Y ou w a nt th i s very much indeed a n d actu
.
,

a lly c ra v e an d h unger for i t Th en you mu st be

.

g i n t o p icture your sel f ( in your i magination ) a s

s urround ed with a n aura o f po sitive th ought
v ib ration s which protect you from th e th ough t
f orce s of oth er p erson s and at th e sam e tim e
, ,

im pre s s th e strength o f your p er sonal ity upon

th e per son s w i th wh om you com e i n contact .

Y o u will b e ai d ed in ma k ing th e se strong m ental

p i cture s by h ol din g th e i d ea in your concentrated
t h ough t and at th e sam e tim e sil entl y stat i ng
, , ,

t o your m ind ju st what you expect to d o i n th e

d e sired di rection In stating your o rder s t o your
.

m i nd alway s spea k a s i f th e th ing were already

,

a ccom p l i sh e d at t hat particular m om ent N ever .

“ ”
s a y th at i t will b e but always h ol d fa st to th e
,
“ ”
it i s . T h e f oll ow i n g will give you a good ex
a m pl e o f th e m ental statem ent s wh ich o f cour se ,

s h oul d b e accom panied by th e concentrated i dea

2 62 C L A I RVOYAN C E

along t h e f ollow i n g l i ne s : I am po sit iv e to th i s

“ ” “
man H e i s n egativ e t o m e ; H e f eel s m y
” “
p ower and I S b eginning t o y i el d to i t ; H e i s u n
abl e to influence m e i n th e slighte st wh il e I ca n ,
” “
influenc e him ea sily ; My power i s b eginning t o
op erate upon h i s m in d an d feel ings Th e exact .

word s are n ot important but th e idea b eh i nd ,

t h em g i ve s th em th eir p sych ic force a n d p ower .

Th en sh oul d you b egin your direct attac k upon

h i m or rath er up on hi s p sych ic power s Wh en I
, .

“ ”
s ay attack I d o not u se th e word i n th e sen se
,

o f warfare or a ctual d e sire to harm th e oth er per

—
son th i s i s a far di ff erent matt er What I m ean .

to say i s th at th ere i s u sually a p sychic battl e for

a longer or sh orter period b etween two p er son s
of s i milar d egree s of p sych ic power an d d evelop
m ent From th i s battl e on e always em erge s vic
.

to r a t th e tim e an d on e always i s b eaten fo r th e

,

ti m e b eing at lea st A nd a s i n all battl e s vic

, .
, ,

tory often goe s to h im wh o strike s th e fir st hard

bl ow Th e o ff en s i ve tact i cs are th e b e st i n c a se s
.

o f th i s k i nd .

A c elebrat ed A m erican auth or Ol i ver Wendall ,

H olme s i n on e of hi s b ook s make s m ention of

,

th e se duel s of p sych ic force between ind i vidual s ,

“
a s foll ow s Th er e i s that d eadly Indian hug i n
.

wh ic h m e n wre stl e with th eir eye s over i n five ,

secon d s but wh ich br eak s one of th eir two back s

, ,

and i s go o d for three score year s an d t en on e

-
,

trial enough — settl e s th e wh ol e m atter— j u st a s

wh en two feath ered songster s of th e b arnyard ,

ga m e and d u nghill com e to geth er A fte r a j um p

,
.

or two a nd a f ew s h arp k i c k s th ere i s a n end t o

, ,
 P ERSON A L P S Y C H I C I N F L UE N C E 263

it ; a n d it i s A fter you m on sieur w i th th e b e a t en

‘
,
’

party i n a l l th e social relation s for al l th e r e st o f

'

”
h i s days .

A n E ngl i sh phys i c i an D r Foth ergill by nam e

, .
,

wrote a numb er of year s ago about th i s struggl e

o f will s a s h e called it but which i s really a
, ,
“
struggle of p sych ic power H e says : Th e con .

fliet o f will th e power to comman d oth er s ha s

, ,

been sp oken o f frequently Y et what i s th i s will .

p ower that influence s oth er s ? What i s it that

ma k e s u s accept and adopt to o th e advice o f on e
, ,

per son wh il e preci sely th e sam e advice from

,

an oth er ha s b een rej ected ? I s it th e weight of

force of wil l wh ich in sen sibly i nfluence s u s ; th e
fo r c e o f w i ll b ehind th e advice ? That i s what
it i s ! Th e per son wh o thu s force s h i s o r h er a d
v ice upon u s ha s no more power t o en force i t
th an other s ; b ut all th e sam e we d o a s reque ste d .

We accept from on e what we rej ect from anoth er .

On e p er son says o f som eth i ng contemplated O h ,

‘
,
’
but you mu st not yet we d o it al l th e sam e
, ,

th ough th at p er son m ay b e in a po s i ti on to mak e

u s re g ret th e rej ection o f that coun sel A noth er .

‘ ’ ’
person s a ys Oh b ut you mu stn t and w e d e si st
, , , ,

though we may i f so d i sp o se d set th i s latter per

, ,

son s o pinion at d efian ce w i th impunity It i s not

’
.

th e fear o f con sequence s n or o f givin g offen se , ,

which d et er m in e s th e ado p tion o f th e latt er per

’
son s a d v i ce wh i l e i t ha s b een rej ecte d wh en
,

giv en b y th e fir st It dep end s upon th e character

.

or w i ll power of th e i nd iv i dual adv i sing wh eth er

-

w e a ccept th e advice o r rej ect i t Thi s character .

often depend s l i ttl e i f a t all i n so m e ca s e s upon

, , ,
2 64 C L A I R VOY AN C E

th e i ntel l ect or even u pon th e moral q ual i t i es th e

, ,

goodne s s or badn e s s of th e ind i v idu a l I t i s i t sel f

, .

an im pond erabl e som eth i ng ; yet i t carrie s weigh t

with it Th er e m ay b e abler m en clev erer m e n ;
.
,

b ut it i s th e on e p o s se s se d o f w i l l wh o r i se s t o
—
th e surfac e at th e se tim e s th e on e wh o ca n by
som e subtl e p ower mak e oth er m en o b ey h im .

“
Th e will power go e s on un i ver sally I n th e
-
.

youn g a r i stocrat wh o get s h i s ta i lor to ma k e

anoth er a dvance in d efiance of h i s convi ction that
h e will n ever get h i s money back I t goe s o n be .

tween l awyer and cl ient ; b etw i xt d octo r and

patien t ; b etween banker an d borrower ; b etw i xt
buyer a n d sell er I t i s not tact wh ich enable s th e
.

person b eh in d th e counter t o i nduc e cu stom er s t o

b uy w hat th ey di d not inten d to buy and wh i ch ,

b ought gi v e s th em n o sat i sfact i on th ough i t i s

, ,

l inked th erewith fo r th e e ff ort t o b e succ e s sful .

Wh en ever two p er son s m eet i n b u s i n e s s or in ,

any oth er rel ation i n l i fe u p t o l ove making ,

-
,

th ere i s th i s will fight goin g on comm only

-
,

enoug h with ou t any con sciou sne s s o f th e strug

gl e Th ere i s a dim con sciou sne s s o f th e re sult
.
,

but n on e of t h e proce s se s I t often ta k e s year s

.

o f th e i ntimacy o f marrie d l ife t o fi n d out w i th

wh om o f th e pair th e m a st ery really lie s O ften .

th e far stronger charact er to all app earan c es h a s

, ,

t o y i el d ; it i s th i s will el em ent wh i ch und erl i e s

-

‘
th e statem ent : The race i s n ot al ways t o th e
sw i ft n or th e battl e to th e stron g I n M i ddle
,
.
’ ‘

march we find i n Lyd gat e a gran d aggregat i on

’

of qual itie s yet shallow h ard selfi sh Ro sam ond

, , ,

ma ster s h im th orough ly i n th e end H e wa s n ot .

2 66 C LAI R VOY AN C E

a n d p i c t ure of : You are wea k enin g a n d g i v i n g

i n — you ar e b eing overpo w er ed A very power
“
f ul p sych ic wea p on i s th e follow i ng : M y v i bra
—
t ion s are s c a ttering your force s I am breaking
b —
your force s into it s surrend er surrend er n ow , ,
”
I tel l you !
A n d n ow for som e i n t ere sting an d very valu
abl e information concerning p sych ic d efen se .

Yo u will notic e that i n th e off en sive p sychic

w eapon s th ere i s alway s a n a s sertion of p o siti v e
stat em ent of your power a n d it s e ffect Well .
,

then i n u sin g th e p sych ic defen sive w eapon

,

again st on e of strong will or p sych ic forc e you ,

r ever s e th e pro c e s s That i s to say yo u d e n y th e

.

force of hi s p sychic power s and force s an d pic ,

ture th em a s m eltin g into n oth in g n e s s Get thi s .

idea well fixed in your mind for it i s v ery i mp ort

,

ant i n a conflict of thi s k ind Th e e ff ect of th i s

.

i s to neutralize all of th e oth er per son s power so ’

far a s it s eff ect o n your sel f i s concern ed you —

real ly d o n ot d e stroy it in him totally You .

s i mply ren d e r hi s f orce s p owerl e s s t o a ff ect you .

Thi s i s important n ot only wh en i n a p sych ic con

fl i et of th i s kind but al so wh en yo u wi sh t o ren
,

de r yoursel f i mmune from th e p sych i c force s of

oth er p er son s Yo u m ay sh ut yourself u p in a
.

s t rong d efen s iv e armo r i n th i s way and oth er s ,

w i ll b e powerl e s s to a ff ect you .

“ ”
In t h e po s i t i ve statement I d en y ! y o u h av e
,

th e Occul t Sh ield of D efen se wh ich i s a m ighty

,

protection to you Even i f you d o not feel d i s

.

po se d to culti v at e and d evel op your p sych i c pow

er s i n th e di rec ti on of influencing oth er s you ,
 P E R S ON A L P S Y C H I C I NF LUE N C E 2 67

s h ould at l e a st d e v elop your d efen s i v e p ower s s o

a s t o r e s i st a n y p sychic attac k s u p on your self .

Y ou w i ll fin d i t h elpful to practice th e se o f
f en s i ve a n d d efen s i ve weapon s wh en you are
“ ”
a lon e stand ing b efore your m irror an d playing
,

t hat your refle c t i on i n th e gla s s i s th e oth er p er

s on . S end th i s imaginary oth er per son the
p sych ic vi bration s accompani ed by th e m en t al
,

picture suitabl e for it A ct th e part out seriously

.

and earn e stly j ust a s i f th e reflected image were

,

really another p er son Th i s will give you co n fi

.

“ ”
dence i n your self a n d that i n de fin a bl e knack
,

of handling your p sych ic weapon s that com e s

only from pract i ce You will do well to p erfect
.

your self i n th e se r eh ear sal s j u st a s you woul d i n

,

ca se you were try i n g to ma ster anyth ing el se B y .

frequent earn est reh ear sal s you will gain not ,

only familiarity with th e proce s s a n d m ethod s ,

but you will al so gain real power an d strength by

th e exerci se o f your p sych ic facultie s wh ich have
h eretofore lain dormant J u st a s you may de
.

v e l o p th e mu scl e o f your arm b y ca li s t he n t i c e x e r

ci ses until it i s abl e to p erform real mu scular
,

w ork o f strength ; so you may d evelo p your ps y

chic facultie s i n th i s reh ear sal work so that you ,

wi ll b e s t rongly equipped and arm e d for a n actual

p sych ic conflict b e sid e s having l earn ed how t o
,

handl e your p sychic weap on s .

A fter you hav e practiced su ffic i ently along th e

g en eral o ffen siv e an d defen sive line s and have ,

l earned h ow to manifest th ese force s in actual

conflict you will do well to practice sp ecial and
,

specific command s to o t h er s i n th e sam e way ,

.
2 68 C LAI RV OYA N C E

Th at i s t o say practice th em fir st o n your r e

,

fl e ct e d image i n th e m irror Th e foll owing com

.

mand s ( with m ental picture s of cour se ) will giv e ,

you goo d practice Go about th e work i n earne st

.
,

a n d act out th e part ser i ou sly Try th e se e x e r

.

”
ci se s : H ere ! lo ok at m e ! Give m e your u h
” “
d ivi de d att ent i on ! C om e thi s way ! C om e
”
t o m e at once ! Go away from m e— l eav e m e
” “ —
at once ! You lik e m e you l ike m e v ery
” ” “
much ! You are afraid o f m e ! You wi sh to
“ ”
pl ea se m e ! You will agree to my prop o siti on !
”
You will d o a s I tell you ! A ny special com
man d you w i sh to conv ey t o anoth er per son ,

p sych ical ly you will d o well to practice befor e

,

th e mirror in thi s w ay .

Wh en you h ave mad e sati sfactory progres s i n

th e exerci se s abov e m ention ed an d are ab l e t o ,

d em on strate th em with a fair degree o f succe s s

in actual p ra ctice you m ay p roceed to exp erim ent
,

with p er son s al ong th e lin e s of special and d irect

co m man d s by p sychic force Th e following w i ll .

giv e you a cl ear idea of th e natur e o f th e e xpe r i

m ent s in qu e stion but you may enlarge u pon an d
,

vary th em indefinitely Rem emb er th ere i s n o

.

virtu e i n m ere word s— t h e e ffect com e s from th e

power o f th e th o ugh t b eh in d th e word s B ut .
,

n ev erth el e s s y ou will find that po sitive wor d s

, ,

u s e d i n t h e se sil ent command s will h el p you t o ,

fit in your feel ing to th e word s A lways ma k e .

th e comman d a real C OM M A N D n ever a m ere ,

entrea t y o r a ppeal A s sum e th e m ental att i tud e

.

—
o f a ma ster o f m en o i a command er an d rul er o f
oth e r m en H ere follow a numb er o f i nt ere st i ng
.
2 70 C LAI R VO Y A N C E

o f you U se th e sam e m etho d s a s i n th e fir st

.

e x erci se an d you will obtain sim i lar re sult s I t

, .

w i ll seem queer to you at fi r st to not i ce h ow th e

o t h er per son will begin t o fidge t an d m ove
around i n h i s seat and finally glance furt i vely
,

aroun d a s if t o see what i s cau sing him th e di s

t u r ba n ce You o f cour se will n ot let h im su s
.
, ,

pe ct that i t i s you but in stead will gaze calmly

, ,

ah ead o f you an d pret end not to n otic e h im

, .

E xerci s e 3 : Thi s i s a variation of th e fir st

exerci se I t i s practiced b y sending t o a p erson
.

ap proach in g you on th e street or walkin g ah ead ,

of you in th e sam e d irection a comman d to turn ,

to th e right or to th e l eft a s you prefer Y ou

, , .

will b e surpri sed to see h ow o ften you will b e suc

ce s s fu l i n th i s .

Exerci s e 4 : Th i s i s a variation of th e second

exerci se I t i s practiced by sending to a p erson
.

seated in front of you i n a publ ic place th e com

mand t o l ook to th e right or t o th e l eft a s you , ,

prefer D o n ot practice on th e sam e p er son to o

.

—
long a fter succeeding at fir s t i t i s no t righ t to
,

torm ent peo ple rem emb er , .

Exerci s e 5 : A fter havin g atta i ned proficiency

i n th e foregoing exerci se s you m any proceed to ,

command a p er son to perform certain u n i m po r t

ant motion s such a s ri sing or sitting d own
, ,

taking o ff h i s hat taking out h i s han dkerch ief

, ,

laying down a fan umb rella etc , ,

.

E x erc i s e 6 : Th e n ext step i s to comman d p er

son s t o say som e particular word havin g no i m j
“ ’
po rtant m ean ing ; to put word s i n h i s mouth
 P ERSO NAL P SY C H I C I N FLUE N C E 2 71

w hile t a l ki n g to h im Wait until th e other p er

.

s o n pau se s a s if i n search of a word and th en ,

sudd enly sharply a n d forcibly put th e word into

,

h i s m outh silently o f course In a very s u s ce p

, .

t i bl e p er son well under your p sychic control you

, ,

m ay succeed i n sugge sting entire sentence s and

phra se s to him .

Exerci s e 7 : Thi s i s th e summ it of p sychic i h

flu e n ci n g and o f course i s th e m o st di fficult
, , , .

B ut you will b e surpri sed to see how well you will

succeed in many ca se s after you hav e acquired ,

t he knack and hab it of sen ding th e p sych ic m e s

sage I t con si st s o f commanding th e person t o
.

obey th e spoken command or reque st that you ar e

about to m ake t o h im Thi s i s th e art a n d secret
.

o f th e succe s s of many sal e sm en solicitors an d , ,

oth er s working al ong th e lin e s of influencing

oth er peopl e I t i s acquired by b eginning with
.

smal l th ings an d gradual ly proceeding to

,

greater an d still greater A t thi s point I should

,
.

warn you th at all th e b e st occult teach ings warn

stud ent s again st u sing thi s power fo r ba se end s ,

improper purpo se s etc Such practice s tend to , .

react and rebound again st th e p er son u sin g them ,

like a b o om erang B eware again st u sin g p sychic

.

or occult force s for im pro per purpo se s— th e

p sychic laws puni sh th e o ff end er j u st a s do th e ,

physical law s .

F i nally I caution th e stud ent again st talking

,

too much ab out hi s d evel oping power s B eware .

of boa stin g o r bragging about th e se things .

Keep sil ent and keep your own coun sel Wh en

,
.

you make known your power s you set into opera ,

2 72 C L A I RVO YAN C E

tion th e a dver se an d anta gon i stic th oug h t of per

son s aroun d you wh o may b e j ea l ou s o f you an d ,

w h o woul d wi sh t o see you fail or make yourself

,

r idi cul ou s Th e wi se h ea d k eepeth a still t on gu e !

.

On e of th e ol d e st o ccult maxim s i s : Learn !

D are ! D o ! Keep You w i ll d o well to
a d h ere str ic tly t o t h i s w ar n i ng c au ti on
.
2 74 C LAI RVOY A N C E

p sychic induct i on in th e p ha se s m ent i oned i n th e

preceding chapter may be gi n t o experiment an d
,

practic e p sych ic induction at long range i f h e -

,

so wi sh e s Th at i s to say i n stead o f cau s i ng

.
,

p sych ic i n duction i n th e m ind s of p er son s actu

ally i n h i s pre sence an d s i ght h e m a y produce ,

sim ilar re sult s i n person s o ut o f h i s s i ght a n d

pre sen ce Th e per son may b e brought i nt o pre s
.

ence an d p sychi c contact for all pract i cal pur ,

p o se s by u sing th e vi sual izing power s for th e

,

purp o se o f bringing h im into th e en ra p p ort con

dition That i s t o say by u sing th e i magination
.
,

to br i ng into th e m i nd a strong cl ear picture of

th e oth er p er son you m ay i nduce an en ra pport
,

con dition i n wh ich h e w i ll be pract i cally i n th e

sam e p sych i c relat i on t o you a s i f h e were
actually b efore you O f cour se if h e i s suffi c i ently
.
,

well i n form ed regardin g occult matters h e m ay ,

shut you out by draw i ng a p sych i c c i rcl e aroun d

h im sel f w h ich you cannot penetrat e o r by sur ,

round ing h im sel f w i th p sych i c arm or o r atm o s

p h e r e such a s I h ave al ready m ent i oned i n pre
ced i n g l e s son s B ut a s h e w ill n ot li k ely k now
.

anyth ing o f thi s th e average per son may be

,

reach e d i n th e m anner j u st m ention ed .

Or again you m ay e stabli sh en rap p ort cond i

,

tion s by p sychom etric m eth od s b y h old i ng t o ,

your fo reh ead a n articl e wh i ch h a s b een i n th e

oth er p er son s po sse s sion for som e t i me ; a n
’

art i cl e worn by h im ; a pi ece o f hi s h air ; e t c O r .

,

a g a i n you m ay u se th e crystal t o b r i n g up hi s
,

a stral v i s i on be f ore you O r aga i n you m a y .

, ,
“
erect an a stral tub e such a s I w i ll m ent i on a
 D I ST A NT P SY C H I C I N FLUEN C E 2 75

l i t t le furth er o n in thi s chapter an d thu s e stabl i sh

,

a strong e n rapport condition .

Having e stabli sh ed th e en rapport condition

with th e oth er p er son an d h aving th u s pr a ct i
,

cally brought h im into your presence p sych ically ,

speakin g you may proceed to send h im com

,

mand s o r d emand s j u st a s you did i n th e pha se

,

of per sonal p sychic influence previou sly m en

ti o n e d . You act preci sely a s if th e other p erson
wer e pre sent b efore you and state your com ,

mand s or demand s to him j u st a s you would were

h e seated or standing i n your presence Thi s i s .

t h e keynot e o f th e whol e thing ; th e re st i s simply

a n elaboration a n d stating of d etail s of m eth od s ,

etc With th e correct principl e once e stabl i sh ed

.
,

you m ay a pply th e sam e accordin g to your own

wi sh e s and di scretion .

Th i s pha s e o f d i stant p sych i c influenc e i s at th e

b ottom of all th e wond erful tal e s storie s and ,

l egend s o f supernatural power s witch craft , ,

sorcery etc with wh ich th e page s o f h i story are

,
.
,

filled Th ere i s of cour se alway s to b e found

.

much d i stortion an d exaggeration i n th e se

legend s and tal e s but they hav e truth at th e bot
,

tom of th em In thi s connection l et m e call your

.
,

at t ention to a very imp ortant p sych ic pr i ncipl e

involved I have told you that by denyin g th e
.

power o f any person over you you practically ,

—
neutralize h i s p sychic p ower th e stronger and
more po sitiv e your b el ief i n your i mmun i ty and ,

your d enial o f h i s power over you th e more d o ,

you rob h i m o f any such po w e r Th e average .

per son not knowing thi s i s m ore or l es s pa s sive

O

, ,
2 76 C L A I RVOY A N C E

to p sy chic i nfl u ence s of oth er person s a n d m ay ,

be a ff e c ted by th em to a greater or l e s s extent ,

d epen din g u pon th e p sychi c d ev elopm ent of th e

perso n see k in g t o i nfluence h i m A t th e extrem e .

of th e sen s i tiv e p ol e of p sych i c i nfluence we fin d ,

th o se p e r son s w h o bel i e v e fir m l y that th e oth er

person ha s p ower over th em a n d wh o a r e m ore ,

o r l e s s a f r a id o f hi m Th i s b el ief a n d fear act s

.

t o ma k e t h e m particu l arl y sen sitive an d im pres

s i o n a bl e an d ea sily a ff ecte d by h i s p sychi c i nduc
,

tion Th i s i s t h e rea son that th e s o call e d witch e s

.
-

and s orcerer s a n d oth er s of evil repute have b een

ab l e t o ac qu i re such a power over th eir v i ctim s ,

and t o cau se so m uc h troubl e Th e secret i s that

.

th e vi c ti m s be l i e v e d in the pow e r o f t he o ther pe r

s o n a n d f e a r e d the i r po we r
, Th e great er th e be
.

l i ef i n an d fear o f t h e p owe r o f th e p er son th e

, , ,

greater t h e su sceptib ility t o h i s influence ; th e

greater th e sen se of power of n eutral izing th e
power an d th e di sb el i ef i n h i s power to a ff ect
,

th em th e g r e a t er t h e d egre e o f i mmunity : thi s i s

,

th e ru l e !
A cc o r di ngl y w e fi n d t hat p er son s i n v ar i o us
st a ge s of th e hi story of th e worl d h ave b een a i
fe ct e d by th e i nfluence s of witch e s sorcerers an d , ,

o th e r un pr i nc i pl ed person s I n m o st ca se s th e s e
.

s o called w i tc h e s an d sorcerer s th em selve s were

-

un d e r t h e d elu si on that th ey w ere a s s i sted by th e

d ev i l or s om e oth er su pernatural b e i ng Th ey .

di d n o t real iz e that th ey w e r e s im pl y u s i ng per

fe ctl y natura l m eth o d s a n d e m pl oy i n g p erfectly
,

natural f orce s For that matt er you mu st r e

.
,

m e m b er t h a t m agnet i sm a nd electricity i n ,
2 78 C L A I RVOY A N C E

n ight each and every night Th e phys i cian a s k ed

, .

him i f h e su spect ed anyon e o f cau sin g th e strange

troub l e Th e farm er an swer e d that h e su spected
.

a n old en emy of h i s an ol d v i llage blac k smith

,

l iving s everal mil e s a w ay from hi s farm It a p .

pear s that a n ol d l ong stand i n g f eud b etween

-

th em had b ro k en o u t afre sh and that t h e black ,

”
sm ith had made th rea t s o f em pl oy i ng h i s h ex
( witchcraft ) power s o n t h e ol d f arm er “
Th e .

black sm ith wa s reputed t o b e a sort of h ex or

mal e w i tch a n d t h e farm er b el i eved i n h i s dia
-
,

bol i e po w er s and wa s v ery m uch i n fear o f th em .

S o you see th e i d eal cond i t i on fo r p sy c h ic recep

t i v i ty w a s pre sent .

T h e phys i c i an call e d o n th e blac k sm i th and ,

tak i ng h im by surpr i se ga z in g sternly into h i s

,
“
eye s an d a sk ed h im : What d o you d o every
” ’
nigh t b etween t en and twelv e o cl ock ? Th e
black sm i th f r i g h ten ed an d d i sturb ed stam m ered
, ,
“
out : I h am m e r a bar of i ron every n i ght a t t h at "

t i m e an d all th e wh il e I thin k i nt ently of a b ad

,

n e i gh bo r o f m in e wh o once ch eate d m e ou t o f
-

s om e m oney ; an d I w il l a t th e sam e t i m e t hat

‘ ’

t h e n o i se will d i s turb h i s re st until h e w ill pay,

”
m e bac k m y m on ey t o get p eac e an d qu i e t Th e .

ph ysic i an bad e h im to d e s i st from hi s e vi l pr s c

t i ce s under th rea t s o f dire puni shm en t ; an d t h en
,

w ent t o t h e farm er an d made h i m stra i gh ten out

t h e fi nanc i al d i sput e b etween th e t wo The r e .

a fte r th ere wa s n o m ore troubl e

, .

S o yo u see i n th i s ca se all th e n e c e s sary el e

m ent s were pre sent Fir st th ere wa s th e b el i e f
.

o f th e black sm i th in h i s own po w ers— th i s ga v e

 D I ST A NT P S Y C H I C I N FLUEN C E 2 79

him self co n fide n ce and p s y ch i c power Th en

-
.

th ere wa s th e b eli ef an d fear o n th e part of th e

f a r m er— thi s made him a n ea sy subj ect and very ,

su sceptibl e to p sych ic i nduction etc Th en th ere

, .

w a s th e act i on o f th e black smith b eating th e iron

— th i s gave f or c e an d cl earne s s to h i s v i suali z a
tion of th e i d e a h e wi sh ed to induce in th e mind
of th e oth er A n d finally th ere wa s h i s will em
.
, ,

pl oyed i n every strok e goin g out i n th e direction

,

of th e concentrated wi sh and purpo se o f i n flu

e n ci n g th e farm er . You see th en that every
, ,

p sych ic el ement wa s present It wa s n o wond er

.

that th e old farm er wa s d i sturb ed .

A mong th e n egro e s of th e South i n A m er i ca ; ,

and am ong th e Hawaiian s ; we find mar k ed i h

stance s o f th i s kind Th e negro V o odoo m en a n d
.

wom en work black magic o n th o se of th eir race

wh o are s u pe r s i ti o u s and credul ou s an d wh o ,

have a mortal fear o f th e V o o d oo You see th e .

condition s obtained are much th e sam e a s i n th e

case of t he German ca se j u st cited Traveller s .

wh o hav e vi sited th e countrie s in wh ich th ere i s

a large negr o p opulation h ave many int ere sting
,

tale s t o recite o f th e terribl e workings of th e se

V oodo o black magician s . In som e ca se s sic k ,

n e ss an d even death i s th e result B ut mar k you

.
,

thi s ! it i s onl y th o se wh o b elieve i n and fear th e

, ,

power of th e V ood oo s that are a ff ected In H a .

wa i i th e Kah una s or native magician s a r e r e

,

n o w n e d for th e i r power t o cau se sic k n e s s and

deat h t o t h o se wh o have o ffende d th em ; or t o

th o se wh o h ave o ffen d e d som e client o f th e Ka
“ ”
hun a and wh o have h i re d t h e la t ter t o pray th e
,
2 80 C L A I R VOY A N C E

en em y to sickn es s or d eath Th e poor i gnorant .

Hawa i ian s b el ieving implic it ly in th e pow er of

,

th e Kahuna s an d b eing i n d eadly f ear o f th em

, ,

are v ery su sce p ti bl e t o th e i r p sych ic i nfluenc e ,

an d natura l ly fal l ea sy vi ct i m s unles s t h ey buy of ,

th e Kahuna or mak e peace with h i s cl i ent White

, .

per son s l i vin g i n H awai i are n ot a ff ected b y th e

Kahuna s for t h ey do n ot bel i eve i n th em n eith er
, ,

d o th ey fear th em Uncon sciou sly but still .

,

strongly th ey d e n y th e power an d ar e immun e

, , .

So you see th e principl e working out h ere al so

, , , .

Onc e you h av e th e ma s t er k ey you may unloc k -

,

many do or s o f mystery w hi ch have h ereto fore

been cl o sed t o you .

We d o n ot h a v e t o fal l bac k on ca se s o f witch

craft h owever i n or d er t o i llu s t rat e thi s phase o f
, ,

th e u se of p sych ic influenc e for selfi sh end s I n .

E u rop e an d A m erica t h ere are teach er s o f a l ow

form of occulti sm wh o in struct th eir pupil s i n th e
art o f pro duc i ng induced m ental stat e s i n th e
m in d s o f oth er s f or purp ose s of financial ga i n or
,

o t h er sel fi sh en d s Fo r in stance th ere i s a We st

.
,

ern teach er wh o i n struct s h i s pup i l s t o induce d e

sired m ental stat e s i n pro spect i v e cu stom er s o r ,

oth er s wh om th ey m ay w i sh t o influence fo r
selfi sh r ea son s Th i s teach er t ell s h i s pup i l s t o
.

“
Imagin e your pro spect i ve cu stom er or oth er ,

per son a s seat e d i n a cha i r b efore wh ich you are

,

s t an din g Ma k e th e imagined p i cture a s stron g

.

a s po s sibl e f o r upon th i s d epend s your succe s s

, .

‘ ’
Th en p roce ed t o treat th i s person j u st a s i f h e
were a ctually pre sent C oncen t rate your w i l l .

u p on h i m a n d t ell h i m wh at you expec t t o tell

,
2 82 C LAI RVO Y AN C E

goo d d i rect i on Th ey acco r di n gl y pr o ce e d t o

.
,
~

“
tre a t oth er per son s w i th th e obj ect o f pe r s u a d
i n g th e m t o d o t hin g s c al cula t e d t o be nefit the
per son u sin g th e p sych i c power T h ey seek t o .

get th ese oth er per son s und er th e i r p sych i c i n

flu e n ce and t o th en ta k e a dv anta g e o f th e m i n
,

som e way or oth er .

I h ope th at i t i s pract i cally unn e c e ssary f or m e

t o warn m y stud ent s again st e vi l prac ti c e s o f th i s
k i n d— I tru st that I ha V e n o t d rawn any stud
ent s o f th i s cla s s to m e In ca se h owever th a t
.
, ,

som e o f you may have b een o r m ay b e i n th e ,

f utur e t em pted t o u se your p sych i c power s i m

,

properly i n th i s way I w i sh t o caut i on and warn

, ,

you p o sitively aga i n st so doin g Out sid e o f th e .

ordinary m orality wh ich sh oul d p revent you from

taking advantage o f anoth er per son in thi s way ,

I wi sh t o say t o you that anyon e so m i su sin g

p sych ic or a stral power s will i n evitably bring
down upon hi s h ea d soon er or later certa i n o c
, ,

cult a stral f or c e s wh i ch w i ll prov e d i sa strou s t o

him H e will b ecom e involved i n th e web o f h i s
.

own ma ki ng an d wi ll su ff er greatl y N ever by

, .

any m ean s allow yourself t o b e t em pte d i nt o i n

du l gi n g in any o f th e practice s o f B lack Mag i c ,

und er any f orm o f d i sgu i se Y ou w i ll l i ve t o r e

.

gret it i f you d o Em pl oy your p ower s wh en

.
,

you d evelo p th em for th e good of oth er s ; or at

,

l ea st f or purel y s c i en t ific i n v e s t i ga t i on an d
,

k nowledge .

T h e sc i ent ific i n v e s ti ga t o r o f thi s ph a s e o f

p s ych i c i nfluence w i ll wi s h to be c o m e ac q ua i n t e d
,
“
w i th w h a t t h e o ccult i st s c a ll th e a s t ra l t u b e .
 D I STANT P SY C H I C I N FLUE N C E 283

In thi s p h a s e of th e ph eno m ena you manife s t ,

u p on th e a stral plane rath er than upon th e phys

,

i cal Th e a stral form of tel epath y i s manife sted

.
,

ra t h er t han th e ordinary form Whil e th ere are .

a num b er o f technical point s involved i n th e pro d

u cti o n o f th e a stral tube I shall end eavo r to i n
,

struct yo u r egarding it s creat i on a n d u se i n a s

pla i n w or d s a s po ssibl e om itting all referenc e
,

to t echn i ca l occult detail s wh i ch would only serv e

to d i strac t your att ent i on and confu s e your mind .

Th e a d vance d occult stud ent will und erstand

the se om i tte d technical itie s with out being told
of th em ; t h e oth er s would not k no w what wa s
m ean t by th em if m entioned i n th e ab sence o f
, ,

a l ong stage o f preparatory t eaching A fter all .

,

th e th eory i s not o f so much im portance t o mo st

o f you a s are th e practical working principle s .

I a s k your careful attenti on to what I hav e to sa y

i n th i s subj ec t o f t h e a stral tub e .

Th e A stral Tub e i s form e d b y th e p erson for m

i n g i n h i s imagination ( i e o n th e a stral plan e
. .
,

by m ean s o f hi s imagination or vi sualizin g pow

ers ) a tub e o r small tunnel b etween h im sel f and
,

th e p er son w h om h e w i sh e s to influence H e .

start s b y pi cturing i t i n h i s m i nd a wh irl in g

v ort ex s i m ilar to th e wh i rl i n g ring o f smo k e
,
“ ”
e mi t t e d f rom a coughing eng i n e and some ,

t im e s b y a m an s m o k in g a c i gar ab out six i nch e s

,

to on e fo ot i n diam eter H e mu s t wi ll th e i m a g
.

i n e d vorte x rin g t o m ove forward a s i f i t were

-

actual ly b or i n g a tunn el th rough th e atm o sph ere .

When t h e k nac k o f produc i ng th i s a stral tub e i s

ac q u i red it wi ll b e f oun d t h a t t h e vi sual iz ed tun
,
2 84 C L A I RVOY A N C E

nel see m s t o v ibrat e with a p e c ul iar inten s i ty ,

an d will s eem to b e com po sed o f a sub stance

far m ore subtl e than air Th en at th e oth er
.
,

end o f t h i s a stral tub e you m u st picture th e

oth er p er son th e o n e wh om yo u wi sh to i n
,

flu e n ce Th e per son wil l see m a s if viewe d

.

through th e wron g en d of a n o p era gla s s Wh en -

.

thi s condition i s gain ed th ere wil l b e foun d to b e

,

a h igh d egre e o f en rapport b etween your sel f and

th e oth er per son Th e secret con si st s in th e fact
.

that y o u h av e really e stabl i sh ed a form of clair

voyanc e b etween your sel f an d th e p er son Wh en .

you h ave induced th i s con di t i on proceed w i th ,

your m ental command s and picture s j u st a s i f

you wer e i n th e pre sence o f th e p er son h im sel f .

That i s th e w h o l e thing i n a nu t sh e l l .

In ord er th at you may h av e anoth er v i ewp oint

from wh ich t o con sid er th e a stral tub e or what ,

corr e sp on d s to i t I wi sh t o giv e you h ere a l ittl e

,

quotation from anoth er writer o n th e subj ect ,

wh o pre sent s th e ma t ter from a som ewh at m ore

techn ica l stan dpoint R ead thi s quotation i n
.

conn ect i on w i th my own d escription of th e a stral

tub e a n d you will form a pretty com p l ete and
,

cl ear i dea o f th e ph enom enon Th e writer m e n

.

“
t i o n e d say s : I t i s impo s sibl e h ere t o give a n ex
ha u s t i v e d i squ i sitio n on a stral ph ysic s ; all I n eed
say i s that it i s po s sibl e t o m ak e in th e a stral
s ub stance a defin i t e conn ectin g l in e th at sh all act
-

a s a tel egraph w i re t o convey vib ration s by m ean s

o f wh ich all that i s goin g o n at t h e oth er en d o f
i t may b e seen Such a lin e i s e stabli sh e d b e it
.
,

under s t o od n ot by a d irect proj ect i on th rough

,
2 86 C LA I R V OY AN C E

n ot unl i ke that seen t h rou g h a t el e s c o p e H u m a n .

fi gure s u sually appear v ery small li ke th o se o n a ,

di stant st a ge but i n spit e of th e i r d im i n u t iv e si z e

,

th ey ar e a s c l ear a s th ough th ey w ere c l o se by .

Som et i m e s it i s po s sib l e by th i s m e a n s t o h ea r
what i s sa i d a s wel l a s t o see wh a t i s d on e ; but
a s i n th e m aj o r i ty o f ca se s th i s d o e s n ot h app en ,

we mu s t con sid er i t rath er a s th e m anife stat i on

o f an add i tional power than a s a n ece s sary corol
”
lary of th e faculty o f sight .

I woul d fe el that I had not d on e m y wh ol e d uty

to th e student or read er of th i s b o o k w ere I to
, ,

conclud e thi s chapt er wi th ou t po i nting out a

m ean s o f protection aga i n st th e u s e o f th i s pha se
o f p sychi c i nfluence again s t th em o n th e p art
o f som e un scru pul ou s person ; o r for that matter ,

aga i n st th e m eddling influenc e o f any person

what so ever f or any purpo se what so ever with
, ,
’
out on e s p erm i s s i on an d con sent Th ere f ore I .
.
,

w i sh n ow to po i nt out th e gen eral pr i ncipl e s o f

sel f prot ect i on o r defen se aga i n s t t h i s c la s s o f
-

p sychi c i nflu ence .

I n th e fi r st place you mu st o f cou r s e r e f u se to

, , ,

adm i t t o you r mi n d a n y feel ing of fea r regar d in g

th e i nfluence o f other per son s— for th at i s th e
o pen d oor t o th e i r i nfluence a s I h ave point e d
,

out t o you I f you have b een or a re f earful o f

.
,

any p er son s p sych i c influence you mu st get t o ,

wor k and d r i v e out that feeling b y p o s i t i ve an d

vi gorou s d enial s Th e d e n i al you rememb er i s
.
, ,

th e po s i t i ve n eutral iz er o f t h e p sy c h i c i nfl uenc e
o f an oth er per son pro vi di n g you m a k e i t i n f ull
,

b el i e f o f it s t r u t h Y ou m u s t t a k e th e p o s i t i on
.
 D I ST A NT P SY C H I C I N F LUEN C E 28 7

( w h ich i s a t ru e o n e ) th a t yo u ar e imm u ne to t h e
p sych ic attac k or influence . You sh oul d say ,
“
m entally I d eny to any per son th e power to i n
,

flu e n ce m e p sych i cally without my c on sent ; I

a m po s i t iv e t o all such i nfluence s an d th ey are ,

negativ e t o m e ; I n eu t ralize t h em by th i s
”
den i al !
I f you feel sudden impul se s to act i n som e w a y
wh ich you h ave n ot th ought o f d oin g or toward ,

wh ich you hav e had a n aver sion pau se a m om ent ,

an d say m entally I f th i s i s an out side influence

, , ,

I d eny i t s power over m e ; I deny it and s end it ,

”
ba c k t o it s sender to hi s d efeat a n d con fu sion
,
.

Y ou will th en experi ence a feeling o f relief and

freedo m In such ca se s you may frequently b e
.

approach ed later o n by th e p erson wh o would

have b een m o st be n e fitt e d by your acti on ; h e will
“
a p pear surpr i sed wh en yo u turn h im d own ,

and will act i n a con fu sed way H e may n ot have

.

con sciou sl y tri ed to influ ence you but may h ave ,

merely b een wi sh ing strongly that you woul d d o

a s h e d e sired .

It sh ould encourage yo u t o k now tha t it r e

quire s m uch les s force to repel an d n eutral iz e
p sych i c influ ence o f thi s k i nd than i s requ i red to
,

sen d forth th e powe r ; a n ounce of d en i al a n d pro

t e ct i o n o v erco m e s a p ound of p sych ic attac ki ng
powe r N ature g i v e s you th e m ean s of pr o t e c
.

“ ”
t i on an d give s you th e b e st end of th e s ti c k
, ,

an d i t i s you r own fault i f you do not e ff ec ti vely

u se it A wor d to th e w i se i s su ffi c i en t
. .
 L E SS O N XI X .

LA W S o r P SY C H I C AT T RA C T I ON

Th e t hi r d ph a se o f P sych ic Influence i s th a t
w h i ch m ay b e calle d Ind irect P sych ic I nfluence ,

i n w hich p sych ic induct i on i s manife sted i n th e

m i nd s o f oth er p er son s com i ng i n contact w i th
th e th ought v i brat i on s o f th e p erson m anife st
ing th e m a l th ough n o d el i b erat e attempt i s m ade
,

t o i nflu ence th e m in d o f any p art i cular person or

per son s C lo se l y c onnected w it h and i nvolved i n
.

th i s pha se of p sych i c i nfluence i s that which i s

,

call ed th e P sych ic Law of A ttraction S o cl o sely

.

are th e se two conn ected that I shal l con s ide r

th em togeth er i n th i s l e sson .

Th e fun dam ental principl e o f th i s pha se o f

p sychic i nfluence i s th e well kn own p sych ic f a c t
-

th a t m enta l an d em otional stat es n ot only i nduce

s i m i lar v i b r at i on s i n th o se w h o ar e s i m i lar a t
tun e d o n th e p sych i c vibratory scal e b ut al so ,

t en d t o att r a c t an d dr a w to th e person oth er p er

son s wh o are vi bratin g al ong s i milar lin e s and ,

al s o t en d t o re p el th o se wh o are vibrating i n a n
oppo sing n ot e or scal e o f p sych i c v ibration .

I n th e p reced i ng l es son s I h ave sh own yo u h o w

by i n d uct i on we t en d to arou se i n oth er s m ental
and em ot i onal state s sim i lar t o our own B ut .

t h ere i s a law i n e ff ect h ere wh i ch mu st b e n o t e d

,

i f yo u w i sh t o th oroughly un d er stand th i s ph as e
o f p sy c h ic i nfluence Om i tt i ng all t echn i c a l e x
.

planat i on s a nd g et ti n g r i ght d own t o t h e h eart

,

o f t h e p h eno m enon I woul d say th at th e gen eral

,
290
. C LAI R VO YA N C E

n ow con s i d er indirect p s ych ic induction i n w h ich ,

th e sam e principl e operate s .

I n i n direct p sychi c induction that i s t o say ,

i n ca se s in wh ich p sych ic v i b ration s are a rou sed

by induction without d elib erat e att em pt or d e
s i gn t o influence a n y particular per son or p er
son s th ere i s n oted th e m anife station o f a pe cu l
,

i ar law o f attraction an d repul sion alon g p sych ic

l i n es Th i s p sychic law o perat e s i n th e direction
.

of attracting t o on e self oth er per son s wh o a c ,

t i v e l y or pa s sively vibrat e on th e sam e n ote o r

, ,

o n som e not e o r n ote s i n gen eral h arm ony th ere

with In th e sam e way th e la w cau se s you to

.
,

r epel oth er per son s wh o vi brat e o n a note o r

n ote s in gen eral inh arm ony o r d i scord to your
self SO i n sh ort we go through l i fe attracting
.
, ,

o r repell i n g p sych icall y oth er s i n h arm oniou s

, ,

o r inh arm oniou s p sych ic relation to u s re sp ect ,

ivel y . A n un der standing of th i s law an d i t s

wor k ings will th row l i ght u pon many th i ngs i n
your life wh i ch you have n ot und er stood pre vi
o u sly .

You of course un der stan d that you are con

s t a n t l y radiating current s of p sychi c v i bration s ,

som e o f wh ich fl ow out t o great di stance s from

you an d a ff ect oth er s often far rem oved from
,

you i n space B ut you may n ot al so k now th at

.

on t he a stral plan e th er e i s man ife stin g a s i m i lar

sequence o f cau se an d e ffect A strong e m o .

t i o n a l vibration o r a strong d e sire or will t en d s

, ,

-o mani fe st on th e a stral plan e by attract i n g o r

rep e l l i ng oth er s i n p sych i c har m on y or i mbar

m ony wi t h y ou Thi s p h eno m enon i s not so co m
.
 L A W S O F P S Y C H I C ATT RA C TI ON 2 91

m on a s i s t h a t o f ord i nary thought vi bration s

from brain to b rain but it i s far more common
,

that i s generally suppo sed It i s particularly .

mar k ed i n ca se s o f m e n O f stron g d esire and will ,

an d stron g cre a tive ima gination The se vibra .

tion s awaken i ng re spon se i n th e m i nd s o f tho se

in harmony wi th th em tend to dra w t o on e tho se
,

oth er per son s wh o se gen eral character will fit

in w i th th e d e s i re s and i d ea s of th e fi r st person ,

or t o repel t h o se wh o a re n ot harm oniou s th ere

w i th Th i s ex p la i n s th e peculiar ph enom enon of
.

stron g men i n bu sin e s s politic s a n d oth er walk s

,

o f l ife drawin g an d attracting t o them oth er

,

m en wh o wi ll fi t i n wi t h th e i r gen e ra l p l a n s a n d
aim s .

Th i s law wor k s two ways N ot onl y d o you .

d r a w s uch p er son s to you a s will fit i n w i th your

p lan s and purpo se s b ut you are attracted to th em
,

by th e sam e l aw N ot only thi s but you will fin d

.
,

that th rough th e p eculiar workings o f th i s law

even th in gs and circum stance s a s well a s per ,

son s w i ll seem to b e m ould ed by your strong

,

de s i re s an d i dea s prov i ding your p sych ic vibra

,

tion s ar e su fficiently strong and cl ear Have you -

.

never n otice d how a stron g re sourceful magnetic

man w i l l see m t o actually draw to him th e p er
son s th i n gs a n d circum stance s that h e need s t o
,

carr y o ut a n d manife st h i s plan s an d d e sign s .

To many not und er standing thi s great law th e se

, ,

th ings h ave seem ed po sitively uncanny a n d m ys

te r i o u s B ut now a days t he b i g m en o f b u s i
.
,
- -
,

n es s a nd pol itic s are b eginning to u n derstan d

2 92 C L A I RVOY A N C E

th ese p s ych ic l aw s an d to apply them de l i b

,

e r a t e l y and w i th purpo se .

S om e of th e great lead er s i n th e bu sine s s

worl d a n d i n p ol itic s ar e known to del ib erately
, ,

start into o peration strong p sychi c vibration s ,

and t o send out strong p sych ic current s of a t

traction b y th e m eth od s that I hav e already e x
,

plain ed t o you Th ey o f course are fill ed with

.
, ,

a m ore th an ordinary degre e of d esire an d will

a n d i n th e second plac e th ey creat e very strong
, ,

and cl ear m ental picture s of th eir plan s working

o ut succe s sfully t o a fini sh ; th en concentrate
strongl y o n th e th ing ; an d l o ! th e e ff ect i s felt
“
by all h and s an d o n all si de s Th ey treat th e .

public ( to u se th e t erm favored by som e o f th e

m etaphy sical cult s o f th e day ) b y h ol ding th e
m ental p i cture o f that wh ich th ey strongl y d e
sire t o com e to pa s s and by concentrating th eir
,

th ought and will strongly upon it .

A favorite m ental pi cture O f som e of th e se

m en ( wh o h ave b een in structed b y t each er s of
occul t i sm ) i s th at of th em selve s a s th e c entre o f
,

a great p sych ic wh irl pool d rawing t o th em selve s

,

th e p erson s thin gs an d circum stance s calc ulated

,

t o brin g succe s s and realization to th em Oth ers .

p icture th ei r th ought vibration s fl owing from

-

th em like th e rings in a pond int o wh ich a ston e

had b een dropped influencing a con stantly
,

w id enin g c ircl e of oth er p erson s ; th en th ey pic

ture th e p erson s being d rawn to th em i n th e m a n
ner j u st m ention ed Th ey per si st in th i s prae
.

tice day after day week after week month after

, ,
2 94 C L A I RVOY A N C E

e rs along th i s l in e says : A n i ndividual wh o ha s

,

cult i vat ed th e faculty o f concentrati on and h a s ,

ac q uired th e art o f creating sharp clear strong , , ,

m ental image s and wh o wh en engaged in an u n

’

de r t a ki n g will so charge h i s mind wi th th e i d ea

o f succe s s will b e b oun d t o b ec om e an attractin g
,

centre A nd i f such an individual will k eep h i s

.

m ental picture ever in h i s m in d even th ough it ,

b e in th e back groun d of h i s m ind wh en h e i s a t ,

tending t o th e d etail s and planning o f h i s a ffair s

— i f h e will i v e hi s m ental picture a prom inent
g
place i n h i s m ental gallery takin g a frequent ,

glance at it and u sing h i s will upon it t o creat e

,

n ew scen e s o f actual succe s s h e will creat e for ,

h im sel f a centre o f radiatin g th ought that will

surely b e felt by th o se com ing with in it s fi eld o f
influence .

‘
Such a m a n frequently see s peopl e a s coming
to h im an d h i s enterpri se s an d a s fall ing in li n e
,

with h i s plan s H e m entally see s money flo w m g

.
‘ ’

i n t o h i m a n d all O f h i s plan s working out ri ght

,
.

In sh ort h e mental ly imagine s each step of hi s

,

plan s a l ittl e ah ead O f th e tim e for th eir e x e cu

t i on an d h e concentrat e s forcibl y and earn e stly
,

upon th em It i s a stoni sh i ng to witn e s s h ow

.

event s peopl e circum stance s an d th ings seem

, , ,

t o m ov e in place in actual l ife a s if urge d b y som e

m igh ty p ower t o serve t o material ize th e con
di ti o n s so imaged in th e m in d o f th e man B ut .
,

un der stand th ere mu st b e act i ve m ental e ff ort

b eh in d th e i magin g Day d ream ers d o n ot mate
.

r i a l i z e th ought — th ey m erely di s sipate en ergy .

Th e m a n wh o convert s th ough t i n act i v i ty a n d

 L A W S O F P SY C H I C A TTRA C TI ON 2 95

material bein g throw s energy into th e ta sk and ,

put s forth h i s will power through th e pictured

-

image Without th e rays of th e will th ere will

.

b e n o picture proj ected n o matter h ow b eauti

,

fully th e imagination ha s proj ected it Thought .

picture d i n m ental image s a n d th en vitalized by

,

th e forc e O f th e d e sire and will ten d to o bj ectify

,

th em selve s into mat erial being .

Th e student will b e i ntere sted in reading and

h earing th e variou s th eorie s an d explanation s
given by di ff erent writer s and t each er s to account
for th e ph en om ena of p sychic influence Onc e h e .

ha s gra sped th e real scientific principle s i nvolved ,

h e wil l b e ab l e to see th e sam e i n op eration in all

O f t h e ca se s cited by the d i fferent teach er s and
wr i ter s an d will fin d that th i s fundam ental prin
,

ci pl e fully explain s an d account s for all of the se

ca se s no matt er h ow puzzl ing they may seem
, ,

or h ow myst eri ou s th ey may b e claim ed to b e

by th o se m entioning th em Truth i s very sim pl e
.

wh en we b ru sh away th e fanta stic dre s sings

which h ave b een placed around it by t ho s e wh o
h ave lacke d k nowl edge o f th e tru e fundamental
princ i pl es .

We see thi s same law or princi pl e op erating i n

very m any d i fferent ways from tho se previou sly
ment i oned .For in stance we frequently find
,

ca se s in wh ich on e person ha s a stron g d esire for

a certain kin d o f a ssi stance i n h i s bu sin es s or
oth er wor k H e h a s almo st g i ven u p h ope o f
.

fi n d in g th e r i ght k i nd o f per son for th o se wh o m

,

h e ha s tried h ave fa i led to mea sure up th e r e

q u i r e m e n t s o f th e s i tuation I f h e will ( and h e
.
 96 C L A I RVOY A N C E

som etime s do e s ) foll ow th e general plan j u s t

m ent ioned h e will set into o peration th e p sychic
,

force s wh ich will attract that p er son to h im and ,

h im t o th at per son I n som e p ecu l iar way th e

.
,

two wil l b e thrown togeth er a n d th e comb i na ,

tion will wo rk out t o th e b e st advantage of both .

I n th e se ca se s each per son i s seekin g th e other

, ,

a n d th e p sych i c force s of attracti on once set i nto ,

operation serve t o b ring th em togeth er

, .

I n lik e mann er on e often draw s to him self cer

,

tain kn owledge and information that h e require s

or i s d e sirou s of gaining B ut an d you m u st a l
.
,

way s rem em b er thi s n o m i racl e i s work ed for

, ,

it i s s im ply a matte r o f th e working out o f nat

f —
ural l aw s o f cau se an d e ect attraction and r e
f
—
sp ou s e t o attraction o u th e p sych ic or a stral
plan e Such a person will accid ently ( 1) r u n
.

acro s s som e oth er p er son wh o will b e l ed t o giv e

h im th e key to th e knowl edge h e seek s P erhap s .

a b o ok m ay b e m entioned or som e reference t o

,

som e writer b e m ad e I f th e hint i s followed up

.
,

th e d es i re d i nformation com e s to light Many .

per son s h ave ha d the p sychic experien ce o f be

~

ing l e d t o so me b oo k store and induced to exam

in e a p art icular sh el f o f boo k s wh ereupon a par ,

t i cu l a r b ook pre sent s it self wh i ch change s th e

’

wh ol e cour se o f th e per son s l ife Or perhap s .

, ,

on e w i l l p i ck u p a new spaper apparently at ran

dom a n d with out p urpo se ; an d th ere i n will fin d
,

som e i nformation o r at l ea st a h i nt i n th e dirce

,

t i on wh er e th e i n format i on m ay b e foun d Wh en .

one accu stom s h im self to th e work i ngs o f p sych ic

force s th e se th i ngs so on b ecom e acc ept ed a s a
,
2 98 C LAI RVOYAN C E

an d i nfl u en c e s t han on e to wh o m th e s e t h i n gs
,

are abh orrent A n d th e s a m e i s t ru e o n eve r y

.

plan e A man wh o se mental at t it u d e i s o n e o f

.

confi den c e an d f ear l es sne s s i s n ot a pt t o b e a f

,

fe ct e d by v ibr at i on s of a n egat i ve p e s s i m i st ic , ,

glo omy nature a n d vi ce ver sa Th ere f ore i f yo u

, .
,

w i sh to r eceiv e t h e v i b rat i on s o f th e th ought s and

feelings o f oth er s you mu st place your self i n a
,

menta l att it u d e corre spondin g with th o se vi bra

t ion s wh i ch you w i sh t o receive A n d i f yo u wi sh .

t o a vo i d v i bra ti on s o f a c ertain k i nd th e b e st ,

way i s t o r i s e ab ov e th em i n your o w n mind a n d ,

to cult iv a t e th e m ental state s o ppo s it e th em Th e .

po s i t iv e alway s o v erco m e s th e n egat i v e

— an d o p
t i m i s t i c m ental stat e s are always p o s i t iv e t o p e s
”
s i m i s t i c m ental state s .

An ot h er wr i ter on and p r a ct iti on e r o f M ental

,

Sc i ence i n A mer i ca several year s a go expl a i ned

, , ,
“
h er th eo r y a n d pr a c ti ce by m ean s o f th e t er m co
”
re l a ti on o f t h ought s and th i ngs Sh e h e l d that
.

w h en on e t h ough t po s it i ve l y cl earl y a n d f orc i bly

,
“ ”
o f a thi n g h e rel a t e d h i m sel f t o that t hi n g a nd
, ,

ten d e d t o a t tr a c t it t o h i m an d t o b e a t t r ac t ed
,

t o w a r d i t Sh e h el d th a t tru e w i s d om c on s i s t s
i n so m anaging our th ough t s th at w e shal l rela t e
oursel v e s only t o th o se th i ngs wh ic h w e k n ow t o
b e d e s i rabl e an d benefic i al t o our s elve s and t o ,

avoi d th i n ki ng o f th o se wh i ch are h ar m ful a nd

d etr i m en t a l t o u s Th e s t u d ent o f th i s bo o k wi ll
.

see h o w t hi s pra c t i ca l M en t a l S c i ent i s t wa s really

u sin g th e sa m e pr i nc ip l e s th a t we h ave ex a mi n e d
an d b eco m e acqua i n t e d w it h i n thi s boo k a l ,

th ou gh s h e ca l l e d th e m by anot h e r na m e an d e x ,
 LA W S O F P SY C H I C A TTRA C TI ON 2 99

p la i ned t h em by a noth e r th eory At th e b ottom .

o f a ll th e t e a c h i ngs a n d th eor i e s you wi ll always

fi n d th e on e sa m e b a si c pr i nc i pl e a n d un i versal
la w .

T h e a dv anc e d s t u d ent o f occult i s m k now s that

e a c h a n d e v ery on e o f u s i s really a cr eator of hi s
o w n circu m stance s environm ent an d condition s
, ,

to a great extent E ach of u s i s ab l e to so m odify

.

ou r m enta l activ i tie s a s t o br i ng ab out such

c han ge s i n our environm en t an d surroundings a s
t o actually r e creat e t h e m Th e things aecom
-
.

p l i s h e d by succe ssful m en are really but mate

r i a l i z a t i o n s of that wh i c h t h ey ha v e previou sl y

h el d i n th e i r m ental v i s i on E veryth in g i s fir st .

creat e d o n th e p sych ic plan e and th en manife sted ,

i n th e phys i cal world A ll th e great work s o f

.

m an th e gr eat bri d ge s great build ings tunnel s

, , , ,

mach i nery citi e s railroad s canal s work s of art

, , , , ,

mu sical co m po sit i on s etc fi r st exi sted i n th e

, .
,

m i n d o f th eir creator s an d were then afterwar d

,

mater i al ized i n physical form and shap e A nd .

,

so yo u see we are proceeding with our work O f

m ental creat i on s wh enever we thin k and make
m en t a l im a ge s Th i s h owever i s n o n ew teach
.
, ,

i n g I t i s a s O l d a s th e race o f mankin d O v er
. .

t w en t y fiv e h un d re d year s ago B uddh a sa i d t o

-
,
“
hi s di sc ip l e s : Al l th at w e ar e i s th e re sult of
w h a t w e h a ve th ought ; i t i s f ounded on our
t h ou gh t s ; i t i s mad e u p of our th ough t s .

I woul d b e t ell i ng you but half th e story di d I

not w arn you tha t st r ong Fear may play th e part
o r dinarily fille d by D e sire i n th e p ro duct i on o f th e
p sych ic ph enom ena o f mater i al i zat i on of m ental
300 C LAI RVO YA N C E

p i ctures S t range a s it may appear at fir st a

.
,

stron g fear that a th ing will com e to pa s s will

act much th e sam e a s a strong d esire that th e
h appening will o ccur C on sequently many per
.
,

son s by cont i nually dwelling u pon th e th ing that

th ey fea r may hap pen to th em a ctually attract ,

that thin g to th em j u st a s i f th ey had actually

,

d esir ed an d wi sh ed for i t I cannot go into o ccult

.

tech nicalitie s i n expla i ning thi s strange fact ; but

th e gi st o f th e secret may b e said to con si st i n th e
fact that th e p er son c l early a n d v ividly picture s
i n hi s m in d th e th ing that h e fear s may happen
t o h i m H e thu s create s a stron g m ental p icture
.

or image of i t wh ich set s int o force s th e a t

,

tra ctiv e power o f p sych ic influ ence and d raw s th e

fear e d th in g into mat erial reality A s Jo b sai d :
.

“ ”
Th e th i ng that I feared hath com e upon m e .

Th e m oral o f th i s i s o f cours e that per son s

, ,

sh oul d l earn t o stam p out fear an d m ental image s

of thin gs feared . In stead they sh oul d m ake
,

strong p o sitive m ental d enial s of th e th in gs th at

th ey m ay find th em selve s fearing Th ey sh ould .

d eny th e real ity o f th e feared thing and a s sert ,

po sitiv ely th e i r own superiority to th e th ing an d ,

th eir power t o overcom e i t .

A great rel i giou s cult ha s s prun g i nto ex i st

ence which make s a l eading d octrin e o f th i s abil
i ty t o materialize th e th in gs which on e d esi re s ,

a ri d to d eny ou t o f exi stence unde sirabl e things .

Many per son s wh o h ave w i tne ssed th e wond er

ful succe ss o f s om e of th e foll ower s o f th i s cult
or organ i zation h av e b een puzzl ed to account for
th e sa m e o n sc i ent i fic a n d ra ti onal groun d s A .
302 C LAI R VO Y A N C E

( 1 ) T h a t a supersen s i bl e a n d re a l co sm ic
m e d iu m exi st s wh ich i nterpen etrate s i nfluence s
, , ,

an d support s th e tang i bl e a n d a pparent worl d ,

an d i s a menabl e t o th e ca t egor i e s both O f m eta

”
physic s an d o f p h ys i c s ! T hi s o f cour se i s th e
.

a stral p lane w h ich i s th e c onta i ner of th e subtl e

,

form or fram ewor k o f all t h at ex i st s o n th e phys

i ca l p l a n e !
That th ere i s an e stabl i sh e d anal ogy and
e q uilib r i um b etween th e real ( an d un seen ) worl d ,

an d th e illu sory m ani fe stati on that we cal l th e

”
wor l d o f sen se ! B y thi s o f cours e i s m eant th e
.

corre spond ence an d balance b etween th e subtl e

f orm o f th ings and th e mat er i al man i fe stat i on
th ereof Things created i n th e a stral t en d t o
.
,

ma t er i al i ze on th e physical plan e A ll creat i on .

procee d s f rom t h e a stral t o th e physical ! .

That th i s analogy may b e di scern e d an d ,

t h i s e quilib r i um controlled by th e d i scipl i n e d w i ll

,

o f man wh ich thu s b ecom e s ma ster o f i t sel f a n d

o f fat e . ! Th e e ssence o f Will c on si st s O f s t rong
d e sire accom pani ed by a cl ear m ental p i c t ure of
th e th i n g d e sired a n d h el d steady and firm by
,

concentratio n !
SO you see by reference to th e ab ove very cl ear
statem ent o f th e central d octrin e o f Magic and ,

my explanation s th ereof that i n the se l e s son s

,

you have b een taught th e ver y e ssen ce o f th e

wond erful m ysteriou s ancient Magic an d it s
, ,

m o dern counterpart A s for th e variou s r i te s and

.

ceremonie s a s I have said th e se are m ere sym

, ,

bol s and aid s t o m ental i mag i ng an d concentra

“
t i on A s a n em i nent occult i st once sa i d C ere
.
,
 LA W S O F P S Y C H I C A T T RA C T I ON 303

m o n i e s b e i n g b u t artifi cial m eth od s of creating

certain h abit s o f th e will th ey cea se to be n e ce s
,
”
sar y wh en th e s e hab it s have becom e fixed Th e .

ma ster o f oc c ult i s m see s ceremoni e s rites and

, ,

r i tual a s b ut th e p lay t h i n g s o f th e ki n d er g ar t e n
—
sch ol a r u se f ul a n d important so far a s th ey g o
bu t s e r v i n g m erely to teach th e sch olar so oner ,

or l a ter that h e may proceed w i th out th em

,
.

I n th i s chapter I h ave con d en sed enough i n

f or m a t i on to fill a wh ole book I tru st that yo u
.

wi l l study i t carefully an d n o t m i s s it s ma i n
,

po i n t s
.
 L E S S ON X X .

P S Y C H I C A ND M AG N ET I C H EALI N G

P ro bab ly n o p ha se of p sychic i nfluence i s more

fam i liar to th e a v erage p er son of th e We stern
worl d than i s that O f th e h ealin g of phys i cal ill s
an d c on d it i on s by m ean s of p sychi c infl uence u m
der on e nam e or anoth er Great h eal i n g cult s
.

an d organization s hav e b e en built u p upon th i s

ba s i s an d th e intere st i n th e subj ect ha s taken o n
,

th e form o f a great popular m ovem ent .

A s i s natural i n ca se s of th i s k ind th er e have

,

b een hundred s o f th eorie s advanced to account

for th e ph en omen a of p sychic h ealing a n d a still ,

greater numb er of m eth od s o f treatm ent s d evi sed

t o c arry out th e principl e s of th e th eori e s R ang .

in g from th e t eaching o f actual d ivin e interpo si

t i on an d i nfluence ari sing fro m certa i n form s O f
bel ief a n d p ractice c overing many interm ed iate
,

stage s th e th eorie s even includ e a sem i mate

,
-

r i a l i s t i c h y p oth e s i s i n whi c h mi n d i s c on sid ered

a s a n attribut e of matt er b ut having a magic i n

,

flu e n ce over th e form s o f matter wh en properly

a p p li ed B ut it i s worthy of n ote that n o matter
.

wha t th e gen eral or p articular th eory or what ,

th e favored m e t h od of appl icat i on th ese h ealing

,

sch ool s o r cult s a s well a s th e independ ent prae

,

t i t i o n e r s m eet w i th a very fair d egree o f succe s s

,

an d p erform quite a numb er O f cure s .

Many o f th e se We stern advocate s and pr a cti

t i o n e r s o f p sych ic h eal i ng practically h old that
th e wh ole system i s o f v ery recent di scovery and ,
306 C LAI R VOY A N C E

i s but l ittle n eed of a h ealer for th e p atient m a y ,

treat a n d cure h im self H owever i n m o st ca se s

.
, ,

th e p re senc e of th e h ealer aid s materially i n

arou sing th e fate and confi d enc e of th e pati ent ,

an d ha sten s th e cure .

A ga i n so far a s th e th eorie s unde r ly i ng th e

,

cure s are concern ed occult i st s a re abl e t o reduce

,

th e m all t o a s i ngl e w orking th eory o r principl e ,

which i nclud e s al l th e re st B ru shing a side all .

techn i ca l d etail s an d al l a t tempt s t o trace back

,

th e h ealing p ro ce s s to th e ultima t e fact s of th e

univer se I may say that th e g i st o f t h e p r i nc i pl e
,

of all p syc h ic h ealing i s that of i nfluenc i ng the

a stral foun dation o f th e v ariou s organ s and part s ,

cell s and centre s s o a s t o m ak e it pro ceed to

,

manife st a m or e p erfect p hysical counterpart .

A ll p sych ic h ealing i s really a cco m pli sh ed on th e

a stral b ody fi r s t— th en th e physica l b ody r e
s po n ds t o th e r en ewe d act i vitie s o f i t s a stral
counterpar t T O get th e r eal sign i fi cance o f thi s
.

stat em en t i t i s n ece s sary fo r you t o real ize j u st

what th e a stra l b ody reall y i s Thi s once .

gra sp e d t h e d i ffi cult i e s v an i sh a n d you are abl e

, ,

to form a cl ear c on c ep ti on of th e ent i re m a t ter

and proce s s .

Th e a stral body i s a prec i s e count erpar t o f th e

physical bo d y i t s organ s i t s part s it s centre s
, , , ,

an d i t s cell s In fact th e a stral b o d y i s th e pat

.
,

t ern u pon wh i ch th e phys i cal b ody i s m at er i al

i z e d Th e a stral b ody i s com p osed o f an eth er i c
.

sub stanc e of a very h igh rat e o f vi brat i on I n .

one sen se i t may b e con s id ere d a s a v ery s ubtl e

form o f matter— i n anoth er a s a se mi m ate ri al -
 P SY C H I C M A GNETI C H EALI NG
, 307

i z e d form of force or en ergy I t i s fin er and m ore .

subtle that th e rare st vap or s or ga se s known to

science A nd yet it ha s a strong degree o f
.
, ,

tenacity an d coh e siven e s s that enable s it to re si st

attack s from th e material sid e of natur e A s I .

hav e said each organ part centre or cell o f th e

, , , ,

physical bo dy ha s it s a stral pattern o r ba si s In .

fact th e physical bo dy ha s b een built up i n wh ol e

, ,

a n d i n all o f it s part s on th e p attern an d ba se ,

o f th e a stral b ody Mo reover in ca se of i m .

,

p aired functioning o f th e ph ysi cal organ s or

p art s an d impaired activity o f th e physical body
, ,

it s limb s etc if we can manage to arou se th e a c

, .
,

t i v i t i e s of th e a stral b ody we may cau se it to r e

m aterialize or r e en ergize th e physical body a n d
-
,

thu s re store h ealth and activity t o it I f th e l i ver .

,

for in stance i s n ot functioning pro perly we pro

, ,

ce e d to start u p th e a ctivitie s of th e a stral coun

t e r pa r t of that organ to th e end that th e physical ,

organ may b e r e en ergized a n d r e created i n a-

,
-

m ea sure A ll true p sychic h ealing work i s p er

.

forme d o n th e a stral plan e before it manife st s o n ,

th e phys i cal .

A t thi s point I sh ould al so call your attention

,
“
to th e e ffect of prana o r life energy i n som e , ,

ca se s o f h ealin g Th i s prana i s what We stern

.

“
h eal er s m ean when th ey spea k o f human mag
”
n eti s m i n th eir h ealin g wor k S o far from be .

ing an imaginary force a s claim ed by th e phys ,

ical scienti st s an d mater i ali st s it i s kn own to all ,

occulti st s a s an active principl e o f th e human

body and a s o f great e ffi cacy i n th e p sychic treat
,

m ent of d i sea se I shall m ention th e d etail s of

.
308 C LAI RVOYA N C E

t h i s f or m o f tre a tm ent a s we procee d— I m ention

it a t thi s place m erely to call your attention to
t h e fa c t of it s ex i stence .

B efore pa s s i ng o n t o th e con siderat i on of oth er

pha se s of t h e subj ect b efore u s I woul d like to,

call you r attention to th e fact that from th e

earl i e st d ays of h i story th er e h ave b een recorded
i n stance s of som e form of p sychi c h eal ing I n .

th e e a rlier days th e p sych ic h ealing w ork wa s l eft

ent i rely i n th e hand s of th e prie sth ood of th e
v ar i ou s rel i gion s prevailin g i n th e several coun
t i es of th e world C laimin g to h ave a n exclu sive
.

di vi n e s a nction t o perform h ealing work th e se ,

pr i e st s u sed v ariou s c eremonie s rite s incanta , ,

tion s etc i n order to O b t a i n th e i r r e sult s I n

,
.
, .

m any ca se s the se prie s t s w ere ignorant of th e

r eal p sych ic force s i nvo k ed an d s et i nto opera
t i on ; th ey m erely pract i ced m etho d s wh ich had
b een foun d t o wor k out e ff ectively and which ,

ha d b een h a n de d do w n t o th em by th e i r pr e de ce s
sor s In oth er ca se s h owev er th e prie st s u m
.
, ,

d oubted ly w er e s k illed occult i s t s an d h ad a v ery

,

f ull k nowl ed ge o f th e force s th ey were u sin g ;

t h ough a s th e m a s se s of th e peopl e were very
,

i gnoran t i t w a s i m po s sibl e t o acquaint th em with

th e se th i n g s so far ab o v e th e i r und er standing ;
an d c on sequently t h e prie st s a p pl i ed th e h eal
, ,

i n g f orce s un der th e d i s g u i se of th eir relig i ou s

ceremon i e s an d r i te s .

F r o m tim e to ti m e h o w e v e r a s c ivi l iz a ti on
“

, ,

pro gr e ss e d t h e r e cam e i nto p rom i nence p erson s

,

w h o w or k e d cure s o f p h ysical i ll s by m ean s of

m a gi cal cere m on i es an d oth er s i mil ar m eth od s ,
3 10 C L A I RVOY A N C E

are th e p r i nc i pl e s of all p sych ic i nfluen c e brou ght

i nto play B ut th i s i s not all there i s t o i t I n
. .

the first place th ere i s an actual tr a n s fe r r e n ce o f

,

prana f rom th e bo dy of t h e h eal e r t o th a t o f t h e

pati ent wh ich serve s t o en e r giz e a n d re vi tal iz e
,

th e cell s and c ent r e s o f th e bod y o f th e l a tt er I n .

th e secon d p lace th er e i s t h e e ff ect u pon th e

,

a stral b o dy o f th e p at i en t w hi ch ten d s to mate ,

r i a l i z e b etter phys i cal con dition s I n th e third .

place th ere i s tha t c omb i n a tion an d union of th e

,

mind s o f th e two per son s wh i ch give s extr a force

,

a n d p ower t o p sych i c influ en ce I s i t any w o n .

d er that cure s t a k e pl a c e un d e r th e s e circum

stan c e s ?
In th e m o d ern r ev i v a l o f t h e al m o s t l o st a rt
an d sci ence of p sychic h eal ing am ong th e gen
eral public th er e ha s b e en unu sual stre s s la id
,
“ ”
upon th e feature of a b sent h ealing i n wh i ch ,
’
th e pati ent an d th e h eal er a r e no t i n each oth er s
pre sence To m any th i s h a s s ee m ed ac t u ally
.

miracul ou s and a s a po sit iv e p ro of of d i v i n e i n

,

t e r po s i t i o n B ut a l i ttl e th ough t w i ll sh ow th e
.

student that su c h cure s are not un k n own i n th e

page s o f h i sto r y a s a ca sual exa m ination o f t h e
,

sacre d b ook s o f almo s t a ny rel i gi on wi ll sh o w .

Moreover th e student will see tha t t o th e e ff ect

,

o f cer t a i n pr i nc i pl e s of p sych i c i nfluence th ere

n eed s but t o b e a dd ed th e prin ci pl e s of t el epath i c
com m un i c a t i on or b etter still th e princ i pl e s o f
, , ,

a stral com m un i cat i on by som e ph a se s o f cla i r

voyan c e t o account for th e entire ph enomena o f
,
“ ”
ab sent h eal i ng .

Space i s n o barr i er o n t h e a s t r a l plan e a s yo u ,

 P S Y C H I C MAGNETI C HE A L I N G
, 31 1

h a v e seen i n th e preced i ng chapter s of th i s b oo k .

Once th e e n rap port condition i s e stabl i sh ed be

tween h eal er and patient an d th e re st i s sim pl e ,

th e a stral b ody i s induc ed to en ergize m ore act

i v e l y and a s a re sult th e ph ysical manife station
,

i s i m proved a n d normal functioning re stored .

O f cour se all th i s i s wonderful enough — all

,

p sychi c ph enomena i s for that matter ; but we , ,

see that we d o not have to go out si de of e stab

l i s he d o ccult law s principl e s and fact s i n ord er
,

to account fo r som e of th e se m odern miracl e s

which have puzzl ed and perplexed so many good
person s wh o hav e not known of th e o ccult teach
ings a n d wh o fear that th e worl d i s b ein g turned
,
’
up sid e down and N ature s l aw s overturned by
,
“ ”
th e se new fangled idea s a n d m eth od s
P erhap s th e mo st simple m eth od of h eal i ng by
p sychic influence i s that wh ich i s at th e sam e time
“ ”
th e O ld e st m ethod i e th e laying on of hand s
,
. .
,
.

Th i s m eth od wa s rev ived ab out twenty years ago

i n A m erica a n d E urop e by th e n ew sch ool o f
“ "
magnetic h eal ing wh ich sprun g rap idly into
public favor Th e oth er sch ool s o f p sych ic h eal
.

“ " “
ing generally known a s m ental h ealing
, spir ,
” “
i t u a l h ealing d ivin e h ealing etc gen erally
, , _ .
,

frown upon th e u se of th e han d s i n p sych ic h eal

“ ”
ing d eeming it too material and to o much
, ,

allied to hypnoti sm etc B ut thi s vi ew i s quite

,
.

bigoted and narrow for th i s m ethod h as no rela

,

tion to hypnoti sm an d m oreover it give s th e pa

, , ,

t i ent th e ben efit of th e fl ow of prana from th e

h eal er wh i l e at th e sam e tim e pro ducing th e
,
312 C LAI RV OYA N C E

p sych i c e ff ect o n th e a s t ral body a s I h a v e j u s t ,

m entioned .

I ta k e t h e l ib erty of q uot i ng her e so m ething

“
o n th i s subj ect from my l ittl e boo k entitl e d Th e
H uman A ura I n th e c ha p t er o f tha t b o o k d e
.

v oted to th e con s i d eration of th e subj ect o f

“ ” “
A uri c M agnet i sm I sai d : ,
I n ca se s o f ma g
n etic h eal i ng etc th e h eal e r by a n e ff ort of h i s
,
.
,

will ( s o m e t i m e s u n co n s ci o u s l y ap plied ) proj ec t s

_

a supply of h i s pr a n i c aura vi b rat i on s int o th e

body of h i s pat i ent b y w ay of th e n ervou s sys
,

tem of th e pat i en t and al so by m ean s o f what

,

may b e calle d th e i ndu c t i on O f th e aura i t sel f .

Th e m er e pre sence of a p er son strongly c h arged

with prana i s often enough t o cau se a n ov erflow
,

into th e aura of oth er p er son s w i th a re sulting ,

feelin g o f n ew stren gt h a n d energy B y th e u se .

o f th e han d s of th e h eal er a h ei ghtene d effect i s

,

produce d by r ea son of certa i n pro pertie s i n he r

,

ent i n th e n ervou s syste m o f both heal er a n d pa

t i ent Th ere i s even a fl o w of eth eri c sub stance
.

from th e aura o f th e h e al er t o th at o f t h e pat i ent ,

i n ca se s i n w h ich th e v ital i ty o f th e l at t er i s v ery

low Man y a h ealer ha s actual ly a n d l it erally
.
, ,

pum ped hi s l if e force a n d ethe r i c s u b stan c e i n t o

th e b o d y o f h i s p a t i ent wh en th e l atter wa s s i n k
,

i ng in t o t h e w ea k ne s s wh i c h p re c ed e s d eath and ,

h a s by so d oing b een abl e t o b r i n g hi m bac k t o

stren gt h an d l i fe Th i s i s pract i cally a ki n t o t h e
.

tran sfu s i on o f bl oo d— exce p t t h a t i t i s u p on th e

”
p sych i c p lan e i n stea d o f th e p h ys ic al .

“ ”
B ut th e t rue ma gn et i c h eal er ( c a ll h im by
wh a te v er na m e you w i sh ) d oe s n o t m a k e thi s
3 14 C LAI R V OY A N C E

ga n s w i l l funct i on n ormal l y ; et c e tc B u t the

.
, .

student of th e p re sent l e s son s w i ll r ead i ly see th a t

th e only virtue i n th e spoken wor d s con s i s t s i n
t h e i r p ower to evok e an d i nduce th e m ental
i m age of th e d e s i red con dition i n th e m i n d of the
patient Th e m enta l pi cture t h u s evo k ed pro
.

duce s a corre spon ding e ff ect i n th e a stra l b ody of

th e pati ent an d set s into operation th e mat e
,

r i a l i z a t i o n of d e sired re sult s . In a dd iti on th e ,

word s pro duc e a strong m ental picture in th e

m i n d of th e h eal er h im sel f an d thu s gi v e for m
,

an d str en gt h t o h i s p sych ic vibrat i on s w h ich are

b e i n g poure d out towar d th e patient Th i s i s .

really th e secret of sugge stiv e treatment .

Th e many cult s O f m e t aphysical h ealing i n ,

A m erica an d E u r o pe l a y great stre s s u p on wh a t

, .

“
th ey cal l a ffi rmation s ,
which are b ut state
m ent s o f th e patient of h i s o r h er faith i n th e h eal
ing power o f G o d or of Min d o r Spir i t or P rin
, , ,

ci pl e ( di ff erent nam e s are u sed ) . Th e patient

naturally ha s confi denc e arou sed an d a s nat ,

u r a l l y b egin s to picture th e d e sired condition ;

th i s i n turn reacting u pon th e a stral b ody an d ,

th i s upon th e phys i cal b o dy o r organ In add i

'
.

t i on th e h eal er s mind i s al so set t o wor k i n th e

,

sam e way an d set s i nt o m ot i on th e h eal i n g

,

p sychic force s i n th e way ju st m ent i on ed Y ou .

will n otice that th e sam e pr i nc i pl e i s always i n

v olved and set i nt o o peration an d man i fe stat i on .

Th ere i s no par ti cul ar v i rtue i n t h e for m o f a f

fir m a t i o n u sed by th e h ealer o r pat i en t e x ce pt ,

th e imp or t ant virtue o f be i ng abl e t o a rou s e

strong m en t a l p i c t ure s o f r e s t o r e d h e a lt h p r ope r ,
 P SY C H I C M A GNETI C HE A LI N G
, 31 5

f unct i onin g etc Th ere i s o f cour se thi s al so :

, .

c ertain form s o f a ffirmation s o r m ental state

m ent s are better suited than oth er s to th e par
t i cu l a r want s O f certain per son s Fo r in stance a
.
,

v ery religiou s p er son will be arou sed b etter by

a ffirmation s an d statement s filled with reli giou s
sentiment s an d i dea s ; wh il e a person of a purely
scientifi c turn o f m in d will receive m ore benefit
from a ffirmation s i n which th e preci se phys i o l o g
ical function s ar e specifically m entioned ; wh ile
th e person wh o i s fond of mystery a n d strange
cerem onie s will b e b etter s erved in th e a ffir m a
t i on s o r statement s taken i n th e form o f some
m agical i ncantati on etc Th e di fference h ow
,
.
,

ever l ie s i n th e m in d o f th e patient rath er than

, ,

i n th e word s th em selves Word s ar e m erely i h

.

v o ke s r o f i d ea s — symb ol s of id ea s In th em
.

—
selve s word s are noth ing idea s are everyth ing .
,

I f you wi sh to t reat your sel f p sych ically for

some physical di sord er or if you wi sh t o d o goo d
,

to oth er s i n th e sam e way you h av e but to put

,

into o peration th e gen eral principl e s of p sychic

influenc e h erein d escribed That i s to say you
.
,

mu st fi r st b e fill ed with th e strong d esire a n d

w i sh t o ma k e th e cure ; th en you mu st ma k e a
stron g m ental i mage of th e d e sired re sult a s
‘

,
“
actually p re sent ( D o not th ink of i t a s going
.

t o be in stead say and thin k that it i s

th en concentrat e th e attent i on firmly an d po si
t i v e l y upon th e i dea. You may aid yoursel f and
oth er s b y a ffir m ation s or auto sugge stion s -

( word s creat i n g d esire d i dea s and mental pic

t u re s ) i f you wi s h— you may get b etter re sult s
316 C L A I RVOYAN C E

in t h i s w ay In th i s conn ection l et m e rem i nd

.
,

you that th e h eal ing wor k i n many ca ses con s i st s

largely in p lacing proper m ental pi cture s i n th e
m in d of th e patient th ereby di splacin g im proper
,

a n d harm ful m ental picture s o f d i sea se etc , .

,

wh ich hav e b een given lodgm ent th ere before .

Many per son s are sick b ecau se O f i mp rop er and

h armful m ental p icture s that th ey have allowe d
to b e place d th er e by th e suggestion s of oth ers .

Fear a n d dr ead o f d i sea se often act s to b r i ng

ab out th e feared con dition for rea son s th at you
,

can readily see .

A n d now finally for th e wor k of ab sent h eal

, ,
”
ing by p sychi c influen ce I ca n stat e th i s t o
.

you very sim ply ; it i s thi s : take what I h ave j u st

t old you r egarding personal t reatm ent s and ,

combin e i t with what I have tol d you i n prev i ou s

”
l e s son s ab out lon g di stance p sych ic i nfluence
— th en yo u will h ave th e whol e th in g H ere i s a .

“
sam pl e o f an e ff ective d i stant treatm ent ; or a b
”
sent treatm ent t o u se th e po pular term i t may
,
—
b e varie d a n d enlarged u p t o fit ind i v i dual ca s e s :
Sit quietly in your o w n room i n duc i ng a calm
, ,

peac eful m ental attitud e and state Th en ( i n t h e .

way already tol d you i n th i s b oo k ) m ak e a m e n

tal picture o f th e patient a s sitting o ppo s i te t o
you o r ly i ng d own i n front of you I f you h ave
, .

n ever se en th e p atient make s im pl y a m ental

,

im age o f a m an o r a woman a s th e ca se may b e

, , ,

and th in k o f th e fi gure a s b eing th e p at ient Th e .

b e st pract i t i oners o f d i stant p sych i c h eal i n g pro

duce such a strong mental i mage of th e pati ent
“ ”
t h at th ey can often actually feel h i s o r h er
318 C L A I RVOYAN C E

que stion ev i d ently i s well acqua i n t e d w it h th i s

occult law j udgin g from h i s oth er wr i t i ngs and
, ,

h a s simply veil ed h i s knowl e d ge with th i s ea sily

understo od m eth o d of treatm ent wh ich undoubt
”
e dl y will d o th e work to u se th e A m erican ,

t erm .

Finally n o matter what may b e th e th eory or

, ,

m eth o d given i n connection with p sychic h eal

,

ing of any or al l kind s you w i l l fin d th e sam e

,

gen eral principl e s und erly i ng i t that hav e b een

pre sented over an d over again i n t hi s b oo k I n .

fact many pur ely mater i al a n d physical rem edie s

,

owe th eir succe s s to th e fact that th ey appeal to

th e imagination o f th e pati ent and al so in spire ,

confi dence i n h im A nything that will i n spire

.

confiden ce faith an d h ope i n th e mind o f a pa

,

tient an d will b rin g to h i s min d stron g m ental

,

picture s of re stored h ealth and n ormal function

—
ing o f h i s organ s that th ing will make for
h ealth for h im SO th er e you h av e th e w hol e
.
,

th eory an d practice i n a sentence !

I would rem i nd th e stu d ent that th e se are n ot

le s son s to b e rea d but once and th en la i d a s i de .

I n ord er t o get fro m th em al l that th ey contain

for you you w i ll fin d i t nece s sary t o rea d th em
,

several t i m e s w i th a r ea sonabl e i nterval b etween

,

read i n gs for t h e knowl ed g e t o s i n k i nto your

m i n d I fee l sure tha t you w i ll find w i th each
.

readin g that th ere are many po i nt s that you over

l oo k e d b e f ore Th e l es son s cover a w id e field
. ,
 P SY C H I C M A GNETI C H E A L I NG
, 31 9

wit h m any l ittle e x c ur s i on s in t o b ye p ath s and

-

lane s o f thoug h t I tru st that th e read i ng an d

.

s t u d y w i ll m a k e you not only a w i ser p er son but

,

al so a stron g er and more e ffic i ent o n e I than k .

you for your ki nd attent i on an d t ru st that we

,

shal l m ee t aga i n i n th e future .

FI N I S .